BS-240
Chemistry Analyzer
Service Manual
© 2016 Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights Reserved.
For this Operator's Manual, the issue date is 2016-04.
BS-240 Operator's Manual
i
Intellectual Property Statement
SHENZHEN MINDRAY BIO-MEDICAL ELECTRONICS CO., LTD. (hereinafter called Mindray)
owns the intellectual property rights to this Mindray product and this manual. This
manual may refer to information protected by copyright or patents and does not convey
any license under the patent rights or copyright of Mindray, or of others.
Mindray intends to maintain the contents of this manual as confidential information.
Disclosure of the information in this manual in any manner whatsoever without the
written permission of Mindray is strictly forbidden.
Release, amendment, reproduction, distribution, rental, adaptation, translation or any
other derivative work of this manual in any manner whatsoever without the written
permission of Mindray is strictly forbidden.
,
,
,
,
BeneView, WATO,
BeneHeart,
are the trademarks, registered or otherwise, of Mindray in China and
other countries. All other trademarks that appear in this manual are used only for
informational or editorial purposes. They are the property of their respective owners.
ii
BS-240 Service Manual
Responsibility on the Manufacturer Party
Contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice.
All information contained in this manual is believed to be correct. Mindray shall not be
liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages in
connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this manual.
Mindray is responsible for the effects on safety, reliability and performance of this product,
only if:

all installation operations, expansions, changes, modifications and repairs of this
product are conducted by Mindray authorized personnel;

the electrical installation of the relevant room complies with the applicable national
and local requirements; and

the product is used in accordance with the instructions for use.
Warning
It is important for the hospital or organization that employs this equipment to carry out
a reasonable service/maintenance plan. Neglect of this may result in machine
breakdown or personal injury.
Note
This equipment must be operated by skilled/trained clinical professionals.
BS-240 Service Manual
iii
Warranty
THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Exemptions
Mindray's obligation or liability under this warranty does not include any transportation
or other charges or liability for direct, indirect or consequential damages or delay
resulting from the improper use or application of the product or the use of parts or
accessories not approved by Mindray or repairs by people other than Mindray authorized
personnel.
This warranty shall not extend to:

Malfunction or damage caused by improper use or man-made failure.

Malfunction or damage caused by unstable or out-of-range power input.

Malfunction or damage caused by force majeure such as fire and earthquake.

Malfunction or damage caused by improper operation or repair by unqualified or
unauthorized service people.

Malfunction of the instrument or part whose serial number is not legible enough.

Others not caused by instrument or part itself.
Customer service department
Manufacturer:
Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co., Ltd.
Address:
Mindray Building, Keji 12th Road South, High-tech
industrial park, Nanshan, Shenzhen 518057,P.R.China
Website:
www.mindray.com
E-mail Address:
service@mindray.com
Tel:
+86 755 81888998
Fax:
+86 755 26582680
EC - Representative
iv
EC-Representative:
Shanghai International Holding Corp. GmbH(Europe)
Address:
Eiffestraβe 80, 20537 Hamburg, Germany
Tel:
0049-40-2513175
Fax:
0049-40-255726
BS-240 Service Manual
Preface
Preface
This manual contains the instructions necessary to operate the product safely and in
accordance with its function and intended use. Please read this manual thoroughly before
using the product. Observance of this manual is a prerequisite for proper performance
and correct operation, and it ensures patient and operator safety. All graphics including
screens and printouts in this manual are for illustration purpose only and must not be
used for any other purposes. The screens and printouts on the actual product should
prevail.
Product introduction
BS-240 is a computer-controlled fully-automated chemistry analyzer, intended for
quantitative determination of clinical chemistries in serum, plasma, urine, cerebrospinal
fluid (CSF), and other human body fluids. It can fulfill auto dispensing, reaction,
colorimetric measurement, process monitoring, and result calculation. It provides
measurement of multiple biochemistries and ISE (ion-selective electrode) tests (Na+, K+
and Cl-), with maximum throughput up to 400 tests per hour. It is one of the necessary
tools for laboratory automation.
BS-240 Service Manual
1
Safety Information
Safety information
This chapter provides you with safety symbols used in this manual and their meanings,
summarizes the safety hazards and operating precautions that should be considered
seriously when the instrument is being operated, and lists the labels and silkscreens that
have been applied to the instrument and their indications.
BS-240 Service Manual
1
Safety symbols
Safety symbols are used in this manual in order to remind you of the instructions
necessary to operate the product safely and in accordance with its function and intended
use. A safety symbol and text constitutes a warning as shown in the table below:
Symbol
2
Text
Description
WARNING
Read the statement following the symbol. The statement is
alerting you to an operating hazard that can cause
personal injury.
BIOHAZARD
Read the statement following the symbol. The statement is
alerting you to a potentially biohazardous condition.
CAUTION
Read the statement following the symbol. The statement is
alerting you to a possibility of system damage or unreliable
results.
NOTE
Read the statement following the symbol. The statement is
alerting you to information that requires your attention.
BS-240 Service Manual
Summary of hazards
This section lists hazards of the instrument itself. The hazards of specific operation are
included in the warning information of each operation task.
Observe the following safety precautions when using the product. Ignoring any of them
may lead to personal injury or equipment damage.
WARNING
If the product is used in a manner not specified by our company, the protection
provided by the product may be impaired.
Electric shock hazards
WARNING
When the MAIN POWER is turned on, users other than the servicing personnel
authorized by our company must not open the rear cover or side cover.
Spillage of reagent or sample on the product may cause equipment failure and even
electric shock. Do not place sample and reagent on the product. In case of spillage,
switch off the power immediately, remove the spillage and contact our Customer
Service Department or your local distributor.
Moving Parts Hazards
WARNING
Do not touch such moving parts as sample/reagent carousel, reaction carousel, probe,
mixer, and cuvette wash station, when the system is in operation.
Exercise caution while using the ISE module. Prevent your hair, legs or other parts of
your body from being hurt by the driving parts.
Do not put your fingers or hands into any open part when the system is in operation.
Photometer lamp hazards
WARNING
Eye injury could occur from light emission from the photometer lamp. Do not stare into
the lamp when the system is in operation.
If you want to replace the photometer lamp, first switch off the MAIN POWER and then
wait at least 10 minutes for the lamp to cool down before touching it. Do not touch the
lamp before it cools down, or you may get burned.
BS-240 Service Manual
3
Laser beam hazards
WARNING
Light emitted by the bar code reader may cause eye injury. Do not stare into the laser
beam radiated from the bar code reader when the system is in operation.
Sample, calibrator and control hazards
BIOHAZARD
Inappropriately handling samples, controls and calibrators may lead to biohazardous
infection. Do not touch samples, controls, calibrators, mixtures, or waste with your
bare hands. Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.
In case your skin contacts the sample, control or calibrator, follow the standard
laboratory safety procedure and consult a doctor.
The serum samples remaining in the electrodes may contain a great number of viruses.
Wear gloves to prevent infection while operating around the electrodes.
Reagent and wash solution hazards
WARNING
Reagents and concentrated wash solution are corrosive to human skins. Exercise
caution when using reagents and concentrated wash solution. In case your skin or
clothes contact them, wash them off with soap and clean water. If reagents or wash
solution spills into your eyes, rinse them with much water and consult an oculist.
Waste hazards
BIOHAZARD
Some substances contained in reagent, control, calibrator, concentrated wash solution,
and waste are subject to regulations of contamination and disposal. Dispose of the
waste in accordance with your local or national rule for biohazard waste disposal and
consult the manufacturer or distributor of the reagents for details.
Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.
System disposal hazards
WARNING
Materials of the analyzer are subject to contamination regulations. Dispose of the
waste analyzer in accordance with your local or national rule for waste disposal.
4
BS-240 Service Manual
Fire and explosion hazards
WARNING
Ethanol is flammable substance. Please exercise caution while using ethanol around the
instrument in order to prevent fire and explosion.
Removal of analyzer from use for repair or disposal
WARNING
When the analyzer is not in use, for example, in repair, transportation or disposal
process, please clean and sterilize the parts that may cause biohazards(probe, mixer,
etc.) and remind the person who handles the device of the related hazards.
BS-240 Service Manual
5
Summary of precautions
This section lists precautions to be understood during instrument operation. The
precautions of specific operation are included in the warning information of each
operation task.
To use the product safely and efficiently, pay attention to the following operating
precautions.
Intended use
WARNING
The instrument is an automated chemistry analyzer for in vitro diagnostic use in clinical
laboratories and designed for in vitro quantitative determination of clinical chemistries
in serum, plasma, urine and cerebrospinal fluid samples. Please consult us before you
use the instrument for other purposes.
When drawing a clinical conclusion, please also refer to patients' clinical symptoms and
other test results.
Environment precautions
CAUTION
Please install and operate the system in an environment specified by this manual.
Installing and operating the system in other environment may lead to unreliable results
and even equipment damage.
To relocate the system, please contact our Customer Service Department or your local
distributor.
Electromagnetic noise precautions
CAUTION
Electromagnetic noise may interfere with operations of the system. Do not install
devices generating excessive electromagnetic noise around the system. Do not use such
devices as radio transmitters in the room housing the system. Do not use other CRT
displays around the system.
Do not use other medical instruments around the system that may generate
electromagnetic noise to interfere with their operations.
Do not use this device in close proximity to sources of strong electromagnetic radiation
(e.g. mobile phones or radio transmitters), as these may interfere with the proper
operation.
6
BS-240 Service Manual
The electromagnetic environment should be evaluated prior to operation of the device.
This device has been designed and tested to CISPR 11 Class A, and in a domestic
environment may cause radio interference, in which case, you may need to take
measures to mitigate the interference.
NOTE
It is the manufacturer's responsibility to provide equipment electromagnetic
compatibility information to the customer or user.
It is the user's responsibility to ensure that a compatible electromagnetic environment
for the equipment can be maintained in order that it will perform as intended.
Operating precautions
CAUTION
Take the clinical symptoms or other test results of the patient into considerations when
making diagnosis based on the measuring results produced by the system.
Operate the system strictly as instructed by this manual. Inappropriate use of the
system may lead to unreliable test results or even equipment damage or personal injury.
When using the system for the first time, run calibrations and QC tests to make sure
the system is in proper state.
Be sure to run QC tests every time when you use the system, otherwise the result may
be unreliable.
Do not uncover the reagent carousel when the system is in operation. Keep the reagent
carousel cover closed.
The RS-232 port on the analyzing unit is used for connection with the operation unit
only. Do not use it for other connections. Use the cables provided by our company or
your local distributor for the connection.
The operation unit is a personal computer with the operating software installed.
Installing other software or hardware on the computer may interfere with the system
operation. Do not run other software when the system is working.
Computer virus may destroy the operating software or test data. Do not use the
computer for other purposes or connect it to the Internet. If the computer is infected
by virus, please install anti-virus software to check for and clear virus.
Do not touch the display, mouse or keyboard with wet hands or hands with chemicals.
Do not place the MAIN POWER to ON again within 10 seconds after placing it to OFF;
otherwise the system may enter the protection status. If it does so, place the MAIN
POWER to OFF and place it to ON again.
BS-240 Service Manual
7
Chemistry parameter configuration precautions
CAUTION
To define such parameters as sample volume, reagent volume and wavelength, follow
the instructions in this manual and the instructions of reagents.
ISE module precautions
CAUTION
To prevent ISE electrodes from being damaged due to water scarcity, if the system,
when equipped with an ISE module, will be powered off for a long time, perform the
electrode storage maintenance.
Sample precautions
CAUTION
Use samples that are completely free of insoluble substances like fibrin or suspended
matter; otherwise the sample probe may be clogged.
Medicines, anticoagulants or preservative in the samples may lead to unreliable results.
Hemolysis, icterus or lipemia in the samples may lead to unreliable test results; running
a sample blank, therefore, is recommended.
Store the samples properly. Improper storage may change the compositions of samples
and lead to unreliable results.
Sample volatilization may lead to unreliable results. Do not leave the sample open for a
long period.
Prepare sufficient sample volume before analysis.
Load samples to correct positions on the sample carousel before the analysis begins;
otherwise reliable results may not be obtained.
8
BS-240 Service Manual
Reagent, calibrator and control precautions
CAUTION
Use proper reagents, calibrators and controls on the system.
Select appropriate reagents according to the performance characteristics of the system.
Consult the reagent suppliers, our company or our authorized distributor for details, if
you are not sure about your reagent choice.
Store and use the reagents, calibrators and controls strictly as instructed by the
suppliers; otherwise, reliable results or best performance of the system may not be
obtained. Improper storage of reagents, calibrators and controls may lead to unreliable
results and bad performance of the system even in validity period.
Perform calibration after changing the reagents, otherwise reliable results may not be
obtained.
Contamination caused by carryover among reagents may lead to unreliable test results.
Consult the reagent suppliers for details.
ISE calibration precautions
BIOHAZARD
The calibrators contain preservatives. In case your skin contacts calibrators, wash them
off with soap and water. In case the calibrators spill into your eyes, rinse them with
water and consult an oculist. If you swallow them by mistake, see a doctor.
CAUTION
Use the calibrators specified by our company. Use of other reagents or calibrators may
result in unreliable results, or damage the Hydropneumatic system, or even shorten the
electrodes life span.
Prior to using the calibrators, check if they are within the expiration date.
Place them correctly; otherwise, it may cause unreliable results, or leak, or module
damage.
ISE wash solution biohazards
BIOHAZARD
The ISE wash solution is sodium hypochlorite. Use the ISE wash solution carefully to
prevent it from contacting your skins or eyes. If your skins or eyes contact the ISE wash
solution, rinse them off with fresh water and consult a doctor.
BS-240 Service Manual
9
Data archiving precautions
NOTE
The system automatically stores the data to the built-in hard disk. Data loss, however,
is still possible due to mis-deletion or physical damage of the hard disk. You are
recommended to regularly archive the data to such medium as CDs.
To avoid the data loss caused by unexpected power failure, UPS (uninterrupted power
supply) is recommended.
External equipment precautions
WARNING
For operating instructions and precautions of the computer and printer, please refer to
their operation manuals.
External equipment connected to the analogue and digital interfaces must be
authorized and complied with relevant safety and EMC standards (e.g., IEC 60950
Safety of Information Technology Equipment Standard and CISPR 22 EMC of Information
Technology Equipment Standard (CLASS B)). Any person, who connects additional
equipment to the signal input or output ports and configures an IVD system, is
responsible for ensuring that the system works normally and complies with the safety
and EMC requirements. If you have any questions, consult the technical services
department of your local representative.
Tube and liquid container precautions
WARNING
When the tube or the part that contain liquid become aged or damaged, please stop its
use immediately and contact our customer service department or your local distributor
to check and replace it.
10
BS-240 Service Manual
Labels and silkscreen
The following non-warning and warning labels and silkscreen are used on the product for
system identification and operating instruction.
Check the labels regularly for cleanliness and integrity. If any of the labels becomes vague
or peels off, contact our Customer Service Department or your local distributor for
replacement.
Non-warning labels and silkscreen
Serial number
This symbol, contained in the product label which is attached to the rear cover of the
system, indicates the production serial number of the product.
Date of manufacture
This symbol, contained in the product label which is attached to the rear cover of the
system, indicates the manufacture date of the product.
In vitro diagnostic equipment
This symbol, contained in the product label which is attached to the rear cover of the
system, indicates that the product is in vitro diagnostic equipment.
European community representative
This symbol, contained in the product label which is attached to the rear cover of the
system, indicates the name and address of the authorized representative in the European
Community.
BS-240 Service Manual
11
WEEE label
The following definition of the WEEE label applies to EU member states only.
The use of this symbol indicates that this product should not be treated as household
waste. By ensuring that this product is disposed of correctly, you will help prevent
bringing potential negative consequences to the environment and human health. For
more detailed information with regard to returning and recycling this product, please
consult the distributor from whom you purchased the product.
Main power switch: ON
This symbol located on the main power switch indicates that the system power is on
when the switch is toggled rightwards to expose this symbol and ON character and the
green light is lightened.
Main power switch: OFF
This symbol located on the main power switch indicates that the system power is off
when the switch is toggled leftwards to expose this symbol and OFF character and the
green light is extinguished. All components including the reagent refrigeration system
will be stopped.
Analyzer power switch
This symbol located on the analyzer power switch indicates that the analyzer power is on
when the switch is on the dotted-circle portion and off when it is on the blank-circle
portion.
Network interface
This symbol located on the network interface indicates the connection between the
analyzer and the operation unit.
12
BS-240 Service Manual
Serial port
This symbol located on the serial port indicates the connection between the analyzer and
the operation unit.
Electrical ground
This symbol indicates an electrical ground.
Interfaces for fluid connection
This symbol located on the right panel of the analyzer indicates the connection of fluid
tubing.
BS-240 Service Manual
13
Near ISE tube installation unit
This symbol indicates a specific name of the ISE tube.
Humidity limit
This symbol indicates a humidity limit on a normally working instrument.
Barometric limit
This symbol indicates a barometric limit on a normally working instrument.
Temperature limit
This symbol indicates a temperature limit on a normally working instrument.
14
BS-240 Service Manual
Warning Labels
Biohazard warning
This label indicating the risk of biohazardous infection is located in the following
positions:

Probe

Waste outlet

Waste tank
Moving parts warning
This symbol and text indicating the hazardous moving parts is located in the following
positions:

Probe

Mixer
Laser warning
This symbol and text located near the bar code reader reminds you of not staring into the
laser beam.
Photometer lamp warning
This symbol and text located on the lamp housing reminds you of not touching the lamp
before it gets cool.
BS-240 Service Manual
15
Probe collision warning
This symbol and text located near the sample/reagent carousel and reaction carousel
reminds you of not opening the cover to prevent from damaging the probe.
Upper cover
This symbol and text located on the transparent upper cover reminds you of not wipe the
upper cover with ethanol or other organic solutions.
ISE module
This symbol and text located on the left side panel of the analyzer. Please turn off the main
power before opening the small door.
Liquid level floater
This symbol and text is located near the DI water tank liquid level floater, Please do not
take out the liquid level floater during test.
Cuvette replacement window
This symbol and text is located on the cuvette replacement window.
16
BS-240 Service Manual
BS-240 Service Manual
17
18
BS-240 Service Manual
Safety Information
Table of Contents
Intellectual Property Statement ............................................................................................................................................. ii
Responsibility on the Manufacturer Party........................................................................................................................ iii
Warranty ........................................................................................................................................................................................ iv
Exemptions ..................................................................................................................................................................... iv
Customer service department ................................................................................................................................ iv
EC - Representative ..................................................................................................................................................... iv
Preface ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 1
Product introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 1
Safety information ··································································································· 1
Safety symbols............................................................................................................................................................................... 2
Summary of hazards................................................................................................................................................................... 3
Summary of precautions .......................................................................................................................................................... 6
Labels and silkscreen .............................................................................................................................................................. 11
Non-warning labels and silkscreen..................................................................................................................... 11
Warning Labels................................................................................................................................................................ 15
1 System Description ······························································································1-1
1.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-2
1.2 Components of Analyzing Unit ................................................................................................................................... 1-3
1.3 Functions of Analyzing Unit ........................................................................................................................................ 1-5
2 System Performance and Workflow ··········································································2-1
2.1 Major Specifications ....................................................................................................................................................... 2-2
2.1.1 General Specifications.................................................................................................................................. 2-2
2.1.2 Sample Specifications................................................................................................................................... 2-3
2.1.3 Reagent Specifications ................................................................................................................................ 2-5
2.1.4 Specifications of Reaction System .......................................................................................................... 2-6
BS-240 Service Manual
I
Table of Contents
2.1.5 Specifications of Operation Unit .............................................................................................................. 2-7
2.1.6 Typical Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................ 2-8
2.1.7 Startup Procedure .......................................................................................................................................... 2-8
2.1.8 Shutdown Procedure .................................................................................................................................... 2-9
2.1.9 Workflow Descriptions ................................................................................................................................ 2-9
2.1.10 Measuring Points ...................................................................................................................................... 2-10
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure ··································································3-1
3.1 Check before Installation ............................................................................................................................................... 3-2
3.1.1 Installation Environment ............................................................................................................................ 3-2
3.1.2 Configuration Check ..................................................................................................................................... 3-2
3.2 Installation Requirements ............................................................................................................................................. 3-3
3.2.1 Space and Accessibility Requirements for Installation ................................................................... 3-3
3.2.2 Power Supply and Noise ............................................................................................................................. 3-3
3.2.3 Water Supply and Drainage ...................................................................................................................... 3-4
3.3 Computer Requirements(for International Customers).................................................................................. 3-5
3.3.1 CPU ...................................................................................................................................................................... 3-5
3.3.2 Memory.............................................................................................................................................................. 3-5
3.3.3 Network Adapter............................................................................................................................................ 3-5
3.3.4 Serial Port ......................................................................................................................................................... 3-5
3.3.5 Hard disk defragment .................................................................................................................................. 3-5
3.3.6 Remove Screen Saver and System Standby ......................................................................................... 3-6
3.3.7 Screen Display Properties .......................................................................................................................... 3-7
3.4 Installation Procedure ................................................................................................................................................. 3-10
3.4.1 Unpacking ...................................................................................................................................................... 3-10
3.4.2 Installation ..................................................................................................................................................... 3-10
3.4.3 Fluidic Connection ...................................................................................................................................... 3-13
3.4.4 Connection of Analyzer ............................................................................................................................ 3-13
3.4.5 Startup ............................................................................................................................................................. 3-13
3.4.6 Fluidic Prime................................................................................................................................................. 3-15
3.4.7 Initial Maintenance Record .................................................................................................................... 3-16
3.4.8 Startup Initialization .................................................................................................................................. 3-17
3.4.9 Importing and Configuring Chemistry Parameters of Mindray Reagents ........................... 3-18
3.4.10 System Performance Test ..................................................................................................................... 3-21
3.5 Stop Use ............................................................................................................................................................................. 3-23
3.5.1 Stop Use for Short Term ........................................................................................................................... 3-23
3.5.2 Stop Use for Long Term ............................................................................................................................ 3-23
II
BS-240 Service Manual
Table of Contents
4 Software Introduction ··························································································4-1
4.1 Software Installation ....................................................................................................................................................... 4-2
4.1.1 Introduction of Installation Package ....................................................................................................... 4-2
4.1.2 Folder Structure ............................................................................................................................................... 4-2
4.1.3 Log Files ............................................................................................................................................................. 4-4
4.1.4 Normal Startup Procedure.......................................................................................................................... 4-5
4.2 Software Upgrading......................................................................................................................................................... 4-6
4.3 Software Uninstallation .................................................................................................................................................. 4-7
4.3.1 Uninstalling BS-240 Software ................................................................................................................... 4-7
4.3.2 Uninstalling SQL Database ......................................................................................................................... 4-7
4.4 Database Backup and Restoration ............................................................................................................................ 4-8
4.4.1 Database Backup ............................................................................................................................................ 4-8
4.4.2 Database Restoration ................................................................................................................................... 4-8
4.5 Demo Software Setup ..................................................................................................................................................... 4-9
5 Modules and Units ·······························································································5-1
5.1 Shell Assembly .................................................................................................................................................................. 5-2
5.1.1 Main functions ................................................................................................................................................ 5-2
5.1.2 Component Locations and FRU Details ................................................................................................. 5-2
5.1.3 Replacing sheilding cover ........................................................................................................................... 5-4
5.1.4 Removing and Reinstalling Left and Right Panels ............................................................................ 5-4
5.1.5 Removing and Reinstalling Front Panel ............................................................................................... 5-5
5.1.6 Removing and Reinstalling Panels .......................................................................................................... 5-6
5.1.7 Replacing Air Spring ..................................................................................................................................... 5-7
5.1.8 Cleaning Fans ................................................................................................................................................... 5-7
5.2 Frame Assembly ............................................................................................................................................................... 5-9
5.2.1 Main functions ................................................................................................................................................ 5-9
5.2.2 Component Locations and FRU Details .............................................................................................. 5-10
5.2.3 Replacing Front and Rear Dust Screens ............................................................................................ 5-10
5.3 Reaction Carousel Assembly .................................................................................................................................... 5-12
5.3.1 Main functions ............................................................................................................................................. 5-12
5.3.2 Locations and FRU details ........................................................................................................................ 5-13
5.3.3 Replacing Cables of Upper Cover Assembly ..................................................................................... 5-15
5.3.4 Replacing Heat Chamber Assembly Cables ...................................................................................... 5-16
5.3.5 Replacing Cables of Home Position Sensor and Coder Sensor ................................................. 5-19
5.3.6 Replacing Motor Assembly and Synchronous Belt ....................................................................... 5-21
BS-240 Service Manual
III
Table of Contents
5.3.7 Replacing Reaction Cuvette ..................................................................................................................... 5-23
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly ...................................................................................................................... 5-24
5.4.1 Main functions ............................................................................................................................................. 5-24
5.4.2 Assembly Locations and FRU Details .................................................................................................. 5-25
5.4.3 Replacing Sample/Reagent Carousel Body Assembly ................................................................. 5-27
5.4.4 Replacing Temperature Sensor ............................................................................................................. 5-28
5.4.5 Replacing Peltier and Sealing Ring ...................................................................................................... 5-30
5.4.6 Replacing Cables of Home Position Sensor and Coder Sensor ................................................. 5-32
5.4.7 Replacing Sample/Reagent Carousel Motor Assembly ............................................................... 5-34
5.4.8 Replacing the synchronous belt ............................................................................................................ 5-35
5.4.9 Replacing Reagent Refrigeration and Radiating Fans.................................................................. 5-37
5.4.10 Replacing Bar Code Reader ................................................................................................................... 5-38
5.4.11 Replacing Reagent Carousel Antifogging Heating Assembly ................................................. 5-40
5.5 Sample Probe Movement Assembly ...................................................................................................................... 5-42
5.5.1 Main functions ............................................................................................................................................. 5-42
5.5.2 Assembly Locations and FRU Details .................................................................................................. 5-44
5.5.3 Replacing Horizontal Movement Photocoupler and Vertical Movement Photocoupler . 5-45
5.5.4 Replacing Sample Probe Assembly, Anti-collision Spring and Power Screw ..................... 5-46
5.5.5 Replacing Reagent Preheating Assembly .......................................................................................... 5-48
5.5.6 Replacing Level Sense Board ................................................................................................................. 5-49
5.5.7 Replacing Horizontal Rotating Synchronous Belt .......................................................................... 5-50
5.5.8 Replacing Horizontal Motor Assembly............................................................................................... 5-51
5.5.9 Replacing Sample Probe Drive Assembly .......................................................................................... 5-53
5.6 Mixer Movement Assembly ...................................................................................................................................... 5-55
5.6.1 Main functions ............................................................................................................................................. 5-55
5.6.2 Assembly Locations and FRU Details .................................................................................................. 5-56
5.6.3 Replacing Horizontal Movement Photocoupler and Vertical Movement Photocoupler . 5-57
5.6.4 Replacing horizontal rotating synchronous belt ............................................................................ 5-58
5.6.5 Replacing Horizontal Motor Assembly............................................................................................... 5-59
5.6.6 Replacing DC Motor, Mixer and Powder Screw ............................................................................... 5-61
5.6.7 Replacement of Mixer Drive Assembly .............................................................................................. 5-62
5.7 Wash Assembly .............................................................................................................................................................. 5-65
5.7.1 Main functions ............................................................................................................................................. 5-65
5.7.2 Locations and FRU Details ....................................................................................................................... 5-66
5.7.3 Replacing Wash Probe Assembly ......................................................................................................... 5-67
5.7.4 Replacing Wash Station Photocoupler ................................................................................................ 5-68
IV
BS-240 Service Manual
Table of Contents
5.7.5 Replacing Wash Probe Drive Assembly ............................................................................................. 5-69
5.7.6 Replacing Zero Position Photocoupler ............................................................................................... 5-71
5.8 Syringe Assembly.......................................................................................................................................................... 5-73
5.8.1 Main functions ............................................................................................................................................. 5-73
5.8.2 Assembly Locations and FRU Details .................................................................................................. 5-73
5.8.3 Replacing 2.5ml Syringe and 10ml Syringe ..................................................................................... 5-74
5.8.4 Replacing Syringe ....................................................................................................................................... 5-74
5.9 Photoelectric Unit .......................................................................................................................................................... 5-75
5.9.1 Functions and Parameters ...................................................................................................................... 5-75
5.9.2 Composition and Structure of Optical Assembly............................................................................ 5-76
5.9.3 Replacing Lamp ........................................................................................................................................... 5-78
5.9.4 Disassembling/Assembling Optical Assembly ............................................................................... 5-79
5.9.5 Replacing Filter ............................................................................................................................................ 5-81
5.9.6 Replacing Preamplifier Board ............................................................................................................... 5-82
5.9.7 Replacing lamp fan...................................................................................................................................... 5-83
5.9.8 Replacing Reaction Cuvette ..................................................................................................................... 5-84
5.9.9 Replacing AD collection board ............................................................................................................... 5-85
5.10 ISE Unit (Optional) .................................................................................................................................................... 5-87
5.10.1 Module Functions ..................................................................................................................................... 5-87
5.10.2 Structure and FRU List ........................................................................................................................... 5-87
5.10.3 Unclogging Waste Tubes ....................................................................................................................... 5-90
5.10.4 Replacing Pump Tube............................................................................................................................. 5-91
5.10.5 Replacing Calibrator Tube .................................................................................................................... 5-92
5.10.6 Inventory Calculation of Reagent Pack ............................................................................................ 5-93
6 Hardware Circuits ·······························································································6-1
6.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................................................................. 6-2
6.2 Hazards ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-3
6.3 Summary of PCBAs ......................................................................................................................................................... 6-4
6.4 Functions of PCBA ........................................................................................................................................................... 6-7
6.4.1 Control Structure ............................................................................................................................................ 6-7
6.4.2 Main Control Board ....................................................................................................................................... 6-7
6.4.3 Power drive board ...................................................................................................................................... 6-12
6.4.4 AD collection board .................................................................................................................................... 6-16
6.4.5 Pre-amplification Board .......................................................................................................................... 6-19
6.4.6 Level sense board ....................................................................................................................................... 6-21
6.4.7 Reagent Refrigeration Board ................................................................................................................. 6-23
BS-240 Service Manual
V
Table of Contents
6.5 Power Supply System .................................................................................................................................................. 6-29
6.5.1 Power Supply System of Whole Unit................................................................................................... 6-29
6.5.2 Performance Indices ................................................................................................................................. 6-29
6.5.3 Power supply board .................................................................................................................................. 6-30
6.6 Wiring Diagram of Analyzer .................................................................................................................................... 6-35
7 Hydropneumatic System ·······················································································7-1
7.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................................................................. 7-2
7.2 Fluidic Diagram ................................................................................................................................................................. 7-3
7.3 Principles of Hydropneumatic System ................................................................................................................. 7-11
7.3.2 Probe wash module .................................................................................................................................... 7-11
7.3.3 Cuvette Wash Module ................................................................................................................................ 7-12
7.3.4 Inlet/outlet module ..................................................................................................................................... 7-13
7.3.5 Other ................................................................................................................................................................ 7-15
7.4 Introduction of Fluidic Actions................................................................................................................................. 7-17
7.4.1 Fluidic Initialization ................................................................................................................................... 7-17
7.4.2 Priming Wash Station ................................................................................................................................ 7-17
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components ......................................................................... 7-18
7.5.1 Overview ........................................................................................................................................................ 7-18
7.5.2 Probe and Mixer Wash Module.............................................................................................................. 7-19
7.5.3 Cuvette Wash Module ................................................................................................................................ 7-25
7.5.4 External Modules......................................................................................................................................... 7-31
8 Alignment··········································································································8-1
8.1 Basic Operation ................................................................................................................................................................. 8-2
8.1.1 Utility - Maintenance .................................................................................................................................... 8-2
8.1.2 Alignment fixtures ......................................................................................................................................... 8-3
8.1.3 Mechanical Reset ........................................................................................................................................... 8-4
8.2 Alignment Procedure...................................................................................................................................................... 8-5
8.3 Photoelectric Unit ............................................................................................................................................................. 8-6
8.3.1 Photoelectric collection position adjustment ...................................................................................... 8-6
8.3.2 Photoelectric gain adjustment .................................................................................................................. 8-8
8.4 Sample/reagent carousel unit ................................................................................................................................. 8-11
8.4.1 Reaction Carousel Rotary ........................................................................................................................ 8-11
8.4.2 Sample/Reagent Carousel Outer Ring Radial Position ................................................................ 8-13
8.4.3 Sample/Reagent Carousel Middle Ring Radial Position .............................................................. 8-14
8.4.4 Sample/Reagent Carousel Inner Ring Radial Position ................................................................ 8-15
VI
BS-240 Service Manual
Table of Contents
8.5 Probe unit ........................................................................................................................................................................ 8-16
8.5.1 Probe to Horizontal Position on Reaction Carousel ..................................................................... 8-16
8.5.2 Aligning Horizontal and Vertical Positions from Probe to Wash Well .................................. 8-17
8.5.3 Probe to Sample/Reagent Carousel Outer Ring ............................................................................. 8-18
8.5.4 Probe to Sample/Reagent Carousel Middle Ring ........................................................................... 8-18
8.5.5 Probe to Sample/Reagent Carousel Inner Ring ............................................................................. 8-19
8.5.6 Sample Probe Cuvette Height ................................................................................................................. 8-19
8.5.7 Vertical Extreme Position from Probe to Reagent Bottle ............................................................ 8-19
8.5.8 Sample Probe Rotary to ISE (Optional) .............................................................................................. 8-20
8.5.9 Sample Probe Rotary to SIC Height (Optional) ............................................................................... 8-20
8.6 Mixer Unit ........................................................................................................................................................................ 8-22
8.6.1 Adjusting Horizontal Position from Mixer to Reaction Carousel ............................................ 8-22
8.6.2 Adjusting Vertical Position from Mixer to Reaction Carousel .................................................. 8-24
8.6.3 Adjusting Horizontal Position from Mixer to Wash Well............................................................ 8-24
8.7 Setting Parameters of Cuvette Wash Unit ........................................................................................................... 8-26
8.7.1 Setting Parameters of Best Alignment Position ............................................................................. 8-26
8.7.2 Adjust Horizontal Position from Wash Probe to Reaction Cuvette ........................................ 8-27
8.7.3 Cuvette Wash Station Height .................................................................................................................. 8-28
8.8 Bar Code Unit (Optional) ............................................................................................................................................ 8-30
8.8.1 Bar Code Sticking Requirements ........................................................................................................... 8-30
8.8.2 Bar code Unit................................................................................................................................................. 8-31
8.8.3 Adjusting Bar Code Reader Position .................................................................................................... 8-31
8.8.4 Bar Code Stability Test ............................................................................................................................... 8-33
8.9 Hydropneumatic Unit .................................................................................................................................................. 8-35
8.9.1 Preparations before Alignment ............................................................................................................ 8-35
8.9.2 Checking Floater and Valve Status ........................................................................................................ 8-36
8.9.3 Syringe Check ............................................................................................................................................... 8-36
8.9.4 Fluidic Prime................................................................................................................................................. 8-37
8.10 Pyrology Unit ................................................................................................................................................................ 8-39
8.10.1 Sensor Configuration window ............................................................................................................ 8-39
8.10.2 Observe Temperature Curve ............................................................................................................... 8-40
8.10.3 Wash Solution Temperature Control ................................................................................................ 8-41
8.10.4 Reagent Refrigeration Alignment ..................................................................................................... 8-42
9 Proactive Maintenance ·························································································9-1
9.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................................................................. 9-2
9.2 Maintenance Tools ........................................................................................................................................................... 9-3
BS-240 Service Manual
VII
Table of Contents
9.3 Maintenance Procedure ................................................................................................................................................ 9-4
9.3.1 Execution order of maintenance items ................................................................................................. 9-4
9.3.2 Steps .................................................................................................................................................................... 9-5
10 Troubleshooting ······························································································ 10-1
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting ........................................................................................................................ 10-3
10.2 Error feedback sheet ............................................................................................................................................. 10-35
VIII
BS-240 Service Manual
1
System Description
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
1-1
1 System Description
1.1 Overview
1.1 Overview
The BS-240 is a fully automated and computer-controlled chemistry analyzer designed
for the in vitro determination of clinical chemistries in serum, plasma, urine, and
cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) samples. BS-240 consists of the analyzing unit and operation
unit.
Figure 1.1 BS-240 chemistry analyzer
The throughput of the analyzer is at most 200 tests/hour;
The throughput of the ISE module: Serum/plasma: 300 tests/hour (Na+, K+, Cl-).
Urine: 198 tests/hour (Na+, K+, Cl-).
Maximum throughput of biochemistry and ISE: 400 tests/hour.
1-2
BS-240 Service Manual
1 System Description
1.2 Components of Analyzing Unit
1.2 Components of Analyzing Unit
The BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer consists of the analyzing unit (analyzer), operation unit
(computer), and output unit (printer).
The analyzing unit performs all operations of sample analysis, which include dispensing
sample and reagent, mixing, reaction and measurement, washing of cuvettes, ISE analysis,
etc.
The operation unit (computer) is installed with the operating software to control the
running and operation of the analyzers and to process the test data.
The printer is used to print test results.
The operation unit and the analyzing unit are independent structurally and communicate
with each other through the serial port. The operation unit sends data and instructions to
the analyzing unit and acquires the data and status information from the analyzing unit.
Figure 1.2 System structure
Analyzer
PC (Operating
software)
Chemistry Analyzer
Printer
BS-240 has a throughput of at most 200 tests per hour for single- or double- reagent
analysis, and its maximum throughput is 400 tests per hour with ISE module. The
working period is 18 seconds.
The instrument is composed of the following components: one reaction carousel, one
sample/reagent carousel, one sample probe, one mixer, one cuvette wash station, one
optical measurement system, and one ISE module(optional). The optical measurement
system, which is composed of "filters", performs photometric measurement to the
reaction cuvettes that hold "sample+reagent" mixture. After testing, a phase-8 automatic
cuvette washing is conducted by the automatic cuvette wash station.
BS-240 Service Manual
1-3
1 System Description
1.2 Components of Analyzing Unit
Figure 1.3 Layout of the analyzer's operation panel
(1)
(5)
(4)
(2)
(1) Sample probe
(3) Mixer
(5) Cuvette wash station
1-4
(3)
(2) Sample/reagent carousel
(4) Reaction carousel
BS-240 Service Manual
1 System Description
1.3 Functions of Analyzing Unit
1.3 Functions of Analyzing Unit
The working procedure of the system is described as follows.
1
The system resets to initialize all mechanical units and wash the exterior and
interior of the probes and mixers.
2
Perform 8-phase automatic washing for each reaction cuvette, and after phase 6,
water blank is analyzed automatically.
3
Rotate the reagent carousel to the first specified reagent position, and lower the
sample probe to aspirate the reagent.
4
The reaction cuvettes are carried to the reagent dispense position after the 8-phase
washing. Then rotate sample probe with R1 added to the reaction carousel and
dispense R1 into the reaction cuvette.
5
R1 is incubated for 10 periods in the cuvettes.
6
Rotate the sample carousel to the specified sample addition position, and lower the
sample probe into the sample carousel to aspirate a specified amount of sample.
7
Rotate the reaction cuvette with R1 added to the sample addition position, and rotate
the sample probe with sample aspirated to the reaction carousel and dispense
samples into the reaction cuvette.
8
Rotate the reaction cuvette with samples added to the mixing position for mixing.
9
For double-reagent tests, rotate the reagent carousel to the second specified reagent
position after a specific period, and lower the sample probe into the reagent carousel
to aspirate reagents.
10 The reaction cuvettes are carried to the second reagent dispense position. And the
sample probe with R2 added rotates to the reaction carousel and dispenses R2 into
the reaction cuvette.
11 With R2 added, the reaction cuvette rotates to the mixing position for stirring.
12 During each period, the reaction cuvette receives photometric measurement
(absorbance reading taking) when passing by the photometric unit.
13 The reaction cuvettes in which reaction is finished will be washed automatically
when passing by the wash station.
Table 1.1 Functions of system units
Unit Name
Probe unit
BS-240 Service Manual
Functions
Performs aspiration and dispensing for all biochemistries and ISE tests.
Performs aspiration and dispensing of reagents for all biochemistry tests.
1-5
1 System Description
1.3 Functions of Analyzing Unit
Sample/reagent
carousel unit
The outer ring can hold 40 sample containers.
The middle ring supports 40ml and 20ml reagent bottles, and can hold 40
sample containers via an adapter.
The inner ring supports 20ml reagent bottles.
A refrigerating environment which is constant within 2°C-12°C for 24 hours a
day is provided.
The outer and middle rings support bar code scanning.
Reaction
Unit
40 positions are available for plastic cuvettes.
Carousel
Mixer Unit
Mixing reactant
Photometric unit
Forward splitting, filter, implementing 8-wavelength measurement, 340, 405,
450, 510, 546, 578, 630, 670nm
Cuvette Wash Unit
8-phase automatic washing of reaction cuvettes, which is performed 2 times
for 4 stations
ISE Unit (Optional)
Provides the function of ISE measurement
1-6
BS-240 Service Manual
2
System Performance and Workflow
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
2-1
2 System Performance and Workflow
2.1 Major Specifications
2.1 Major Specifications
2.1.1 General Specifications
System
Random selection, multi-channel, multi-chemistry, capable to pause test and adding new
tests
System structure
Analyzing unit + computer + printer
Sample type
Serum, urine, plasma, CSF(cerebrospinal fluid), full blood, etc.
Maximum number of tests run simultaneously
39 double-reagent tests/78 single-reagent tests
Throughput
At most 200 tests/hour (single/double-reagent), and at most 400 tests/hour (with ISE
module)
Reaction types
Endpoint, Kinetic and Fixed-time; supporting single-/double-reagent tests, and single/double-wavelength tests.
Reaction time
The longest reaction time is 20 minutes for single-reagent test, and 10 minutes for
double-reagent test.
Reaction temperature
37±0.3°C.
Test type
Clinical chemistries, Immunoturbidimetry, Therapeutic Drug Monitoring (TDM).
Predilution
Dilution is conducted in reaction cuvette at the ratio of 3~125.
2-2
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
2 System Performance and Workflow
2.1 Major Specifications
Operation mode
Chemistries are defined one by one via the operating software; panels and calculation
tests are supported.
Math Model
Single-point linear, two-point linear, multi-point linear, Logit-Log 4P, Logit-Log 5P, Spline,
Exponential, Polynomial, and Parabola.
QC
Westgard multi rules, cumulative sum check, and twin-plot.
Result Printouts
Capable of storing and outputting various types of data and charts, and calculating among
different chemistries.
Dimensions
Analyzing unit: l×b×h: 690 mm×580 mm×595 mm;
Weight
Analyzing unit: 79 kg;
STAT sample
Emergent samples can be analyzed at any time with highest priority.
Networking
Allowed to connect with a LIS (Laboratory Information Management System).
2.1.2 Sample Specifications
Sample loading
Samples are loaded via sample carousel.
Sample cuvette type
Table 2.1 Sample tube volume and dead volume
Sample Container
BS-240 Service Manual
Specification
Sample cup(Beckman)
Φ14×25mm,
0.5ml(Beckman microtube)
Sample cup(Beckman)
Φ14×25mm, 2ml(Beckman microtube)
Sample cup(Beckman)
Φ12×37mm, 2ml (Hitachi)
Primary tube or plastic tube
Φ12×68.5 mm
Primary tube or plastic tube
Φ12×99 mm
Primary tube or plastic tube
Φ12.7×75 mm
2-3
2 System Performance and Workflow
2.1 Major Specifications
Sample Container
Specification
Primary tube or plastic tube
Φ12.7×100 mm
Primary tube or plastic tube
Φ13 X 75 mm
Primary tube or plastic tube
Φ13 X 95 mm
Primary tube or plastic tube
Φ13 X 100 mm
Least sample volume
The same container requires a sample to be 8mm higher than the unacceptable sample
level height.
Sample carousel
The sample and the reagent share a carousel, and all sample positions of the outer ring
and the middle ring support bar code scanning.
Sample positions on sample carousel
The outer ring can hold 40 samples, the middle ring can hold at most 40 samples via an
adapter, and the outer ring and the middle ring contain at most 80 sample positions in
total.
STAT sample
Emergent samples can be analyzed at any time with highest priority.
Sample volume
2μl ~ 45μl, with an increment of 0.1μl
ISE: 70μl for serum and 140μl for urine
Sample probe
The sample and the reagent share one probe, featuring level detection (vertical collision
detection) and level tracking.
Sample probe cleaning
The exterior and interior of the sample probe is washed with carryover rate less than or
equal to 0.05%.
Sample input mode (bar code)
Name
2-4
Value
Symbology
Codabar, ITF, Code128, Code39, UPC/EAN, and Code93
Minimum bar code
density
0.19mm~0.5mm
Data bits
3-27 bits
Format and content
Defined by user
Maximum width
55mm
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
2 System Performance and Workflow
2.1 Major Specifications
Name
Value
Minimum height
10mm
Maximum
inclination angle
±5°
Print quality
No less than Class C according to the ANSI MH10.8M
Print Quality Specification.
Width
narrowness
and
2.5-3.0:1
2.1.3 Reagent Specifications
Reagent loading
Samples are loaded via reagent carousel.
Reagent bar code
Name
Value
Symbology
Codabar, ITF, Code128, Code39, UPC/EAN, and
Code93
Minimum bar code density
0.25mm~0.5mm
Data bits
13~30 bits
Format and content
Defined by user
Maximum width
55mm
Minimum height
10mm
Maximum inclination angle
±5°
Print quality
Class A (ANSI MH10.8M)
Width and narrowness
2.5:1
Reagent refrigeration
Reagent Refrigeration Temperature: 2~12°C
Reagent addition approach
Reagent is aspirated and dispensed precisely by syringe, which is capable of detecting
fluid level and checking reagent volume.
Supported reagent types
R1, R2.
Reagent Vol
R1 volume 100μl~250μl, with an increment of 0.5μl; R2 volume 10μl~250μl, with an
increment of 0.5μl.
BS-240 Service Manual
2-5
2 System Performance and Workflow
2.1 Major Specifications
Reagent carousel
The sample and the reagent share a carousel, and the reagents can be set in the middle
ring or the inner ring. The positions of middle ring reagents support built-in reagent bar
code reader.
Number and volume of reagent bottle
The reagent positions support Mindray reagent bottles, which include: outer ring 40ml,
middle ring 20ml, and inner ring 20ml.
Reagent carousel reagent quantity
The middle ring supports 40ml and 20ml reagent bottles, and the inner ring supports
20ml reagent bottles. When a radial position of the middle ring has been loaded with a
40ml reagent bottle, the inner ring is forbidden to be loaded with a 20ml reagent bottle.
Reagent probe
The sample and the reagent share one probe, featuring level detection (vertical collision
detection) and level tracking.
Reagent probe cleaning
Both interior and exterior of the sample probe are washed.
Prevention of reagent cross contamination
Users are allowed to perform carryover settings, e.g. washing interior and exterior of
reagent probes and inserting special wash between tests.
2.1.4 Specifications of Reaction System
Optical pathlength of reaction cuvette
Light pathlength 5mm
Material of reaction cuvette
5mm×5mm×29.5mm, plastic cuvette; cuvette segment structure, each segment containing
5 cuvettes
Number of reaction cuvettes
40
Mixing method
Mix after the sample and R2 are added.
Reaction volume
100~360μl
2-6
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
2 System Performance and Workflow
2.1 Major Specifications
Optical measurement method
Forward splitting filter system, detecting each wavelength through a photodiode
Wavelength
8 wavelengths: 340nm, 405nm, 450nm, 510nm, 546nm, 578nm, 630nm, 670nm
Light source
12V/20W tungsten-halogen lamp
Wavelength accuracy
±2nm
Photometric measurement method
Measuring through a photodiode
Number of wavelengths simultaneously measured for each test
Supporting one or two wavelengths
Absorbance range
0-4.0A, optical path: 10mm
Resolution of photometer
0.0001OD
2.1.5 Specifications of Operation Unit
Display monitor
Screen resolution of 1280×1024
Operating system
Supporting Window 8 (64 bit)
Communication Interfaces
RS232, compatible with TCP/IP.
Printer
Supporting three types of printer: inkjet printer, laser (black and white) printer and
stylus printer.
Data input
Keyboard; mouse; bar code reader; LIS: HL7, ASTM1394 (communicating through the
TCP/IP or serial interface of static IP address)
BS-240 Service Manual
2-7
2 System Performance and Workflow
2.1 Major Specifications
Data output
Display monitor, printer, RMS (communicating through TCP/IP interface of static IP
address), and LIS.
Data storage
Hard disk and USB interface.
2.1.6 Typical Test Procedure
Mixer performs mixing
Add sample to probe
Add R1 to probe
Add R2
to probe
Mixer
performs
mixing
Single Reagent
Chemistries
Available
chemistries are
finished
Shutdown Procedure
Wash Cuvette
Double Reagent
Chemistries
Wash Cuvette
Wait for
steadiness of
lamp and
balance of
reaction
carousel
temperature
Complete absorbency measurement
Startup Initialization Procedure
Figure 2.1 Test flowchart
Next test
2.1.7 Startup Procedure
1
The analyzer is powered on.
2
The operating software is run and starts checking the running environment.
3
Check the middle-low layer units status.
4
The software checks the parameters and status of the analyzer, and inquires the key
parameters and status of all units.
5
If a bar code reader is configured, its handshake is performed.
6
Fluidic initialization is performed.
7
Mechanical reset is performed.
8
The reaction carousel temperature control is turned on.
9
The lamp is turned off and the dark current and maximum luminance value of the
reaction carousel lamp are inquired. The lamp is turned on (it takes 5 minutes for the
lamp to become steady. When 5 minutes are not reached and the system finishes its
home procedure, the system enters incubation status). If the lamp has been turned
on, neither turn off the lamp nor query the dark current.
10 System reset is executed.
11 Clean special exterior of the sample probe.
12 Turn on the cuvette cleaning water, preheat the wash solution, and preheat the
reagent.
2-8
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
2 System Performance and Workflow
2.1 Major Specifications
13 The reagent bar code is scanned (when the reagent bar code reader is configured.)
14 The ISE module stats initialization (only if an ISE module is configured.)
15 If the conditions for system standby are met, the system enters into Standby status.
2.1.8 Shutdown Procedure
1
When the system is in the Standby status, the shutdown procedure can be performed.
2
Turn off the lamp; turn off the reaction cuvette temperature control, cuvette cleaning
water and wash solution preheating and reagent preheating.
3
Pumps and valves are powered off for resetting.
4
Execute MANT periods of the ISE for 10 times, and discharge the waste in the ISE
tube into the reagent pack (only if the ISE module is configured).
5
The database is shut down. If the operation fails, the system gives a warning, and
continues the shutdown after confirmation.
6
The system exits.
2.1.9 Workflow Descriptions
Sequential actions of sample probe in each period (adding sample for
biochemistry test and R1)
Wash ->Rotate to sample carousel->lower to sample tube->aspirate sample->raise to
“home” position vertically -> rotate to reaction carousel-> lower into the reaction
carousel -> dispense sample-> raise to “home” position vertically -> rotate to wash well >wash->Rotate to reagent carousel->lower to reagent bottle->aspirate R1-> raise to
“home” position vertically -> rotate to reaction carousel-> lower into the reaction
carousel -> dispense R1 ->raise to “home” position vertically-> rotate to wash well.
Sequential actions of sample probe in each period (adding sample for
ISE test)
Wash ->rotate to sample carousel->lower into the sample tube-> aspirate sample -> raise
to “home” position vertically -> rotate to top of ISE sample injection port -> lower to ISE
sample injection port -> dispense sample -> raise to “home” position vertically -> rotate to
wash well -> wash -> go to next period
BS-240 Service Manual
2-9
2 System Performance and Workflow
2.1 Major Specifications
Sequential actions of sample probe in each period (adding sample for
whole blood test)
Wash ->rotate to sample carousel->lower to sample tube->aspirate sample->raise to
“home” position vertically -> rotate to wash well->lower to special wash position->wash
special outer wall-> raise to “home” position vertically -> rotate to reaction carousel->
dispense sample ->raise to “home” position vertically-> rotate to wash well->wash->lower
to special wash position -> wash special outer wall->raise to “home” position vertically ->
go to next period.
Sequential actions of sample probe in each period (adding sample for
R2 test)
Wash ->rotate to reagent carousel->lower into the reagent bottle-> aspirate R2 -> raise to
“home” position vertically -> rotate to reaction carousel -> lower into the reaction
carousel -> dispense R2 -> raise to “home” position vertically-> rotate to wash well ->
wash-> go to next period.
Sequential actions of mixer in each period
Rotate to wash well -> lower to wash well -> wash -> raise to wash well -> rotate to
reaction carousel -> lower to reaction carousel -> mix -> raise to top of reaction carousel>go to next period.
Sequential actions of reaction carousel
18 seconds per period. Depending on the need of the dispense action of the sample probe,
stop 3 times after rotating 3 times, or stop 2 times after rotating 2 times.
2.1.10 Measuring Points
Figure 2.2 Measuring points for single-/double-reagent test
R1
T1
R1 incubates for
180s
Set incubation
S MixS time of R2
arbitrarily
R2 MixR2
Maximum reaction time of
double reagent is over 10 min
Reaction end
T11
Maximum reaction time of single reagent is over 20 min
2-10
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
3
Installation Requirements and Procedure
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
3-1
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.1 Check before Installation
3.1 Check before Installation
3.1.1 Installation Environment

Altitude:-400~2,000m

The system is for indoor use only.

The bearing platform (or ground) should be level (with gradient less than 1/200).

The bearing platform (or ground) should be able to support at least 100Kg weight.

The installation site should be well ventilated.

The installation site should be free of dust.

The installation side should not be in direct sun.

The installation site should be kept away from a heat or draft source.

The installation site should be free of corrosive gas and flammable gas.

The bearing platform (or ground) should be free of vibration.

The installation site should be kept away from large noise and power supply
interference.

Keep the system away from brush-type motors and electrical contact device that is
frequently switched on and off.

Do not use such devices as mobile phones and radio transmitter near the system.

Ambient temperature: 15°C-30°C, with fluctuation less than 2°C/H during operation.

Relative humidity: 35%-85%, without condensation.

Provide air conditioning equipment if the room temperature does not meet the
requirements.

Install the equipment near a sewer for convenient discharging of waste liquid.

Dimensions before packing: 690mm(length)×580mm(depth)×595mm(height)

Dimensions after packing: 825mm(length)×695mm(depth)×795mm(height)
3.1.2 Configuration Check
3-2

BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer

Packing list of accessory kit

Packing list of ISE accessory kit (for ISE module only)
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.2 Installation Requirements
3.2 Installation Requirements
3.2.1 Space and Accessibility Requirements for Installation
Figure 3.1 System Clearance
Minimum 500
Wall
Maximum 3000
Minimum 500
Minimum 500
708
Operation Unit
Analyzer
1180
Front
Unit: mm
Minimum 500
3.2.2 Power Supply and Noise

Power supply: 220V model: 220V-240V~50Hz, 220/230V~60Hz, 110/115V~ 60Hz;
voltage fluctuation: ±10%. Line frequency: ±3Hz. Three-wire power cord with good
grounding performance (ground voltage ≤ 5V).

The instrument should be powered by a properly-grounded power supply no less
than 3000VA, and the mains socket used to connect the instrument should have its
load no less than 10A.

Keep the instrument at least 2.5m away from the mains socket.

If you are going to use a UPS to power the instrument, make sure that the UPS can
provide power supply greater than or equal to 3000VA/2100W.
WARNING
Make sure the power socket is grounded correctly. Incorrect grounding may lead to
electric shock or equipment damage.
Measurement of ground voltage:
Set the multimeter to the AC 250V scale, connect the black probe to the earth wire and
the red probe to the live wire and neutral wire. If grounding is proper, the voltage
between earth wire and neutral wire should be less than 5V, and the voltage between
earth wire and live wire should be similar to that between live wire and neutral wire.
Check if the power socket outputs voltage meeting the specified requirements and has
a proper fuse installed.
BS-240 Service Manual
3-3
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.2 Installation Requirements
3.2.3 Water Supply and Drainage

Water quality: meeting requirements of CLSI type II with specific resistance no less
than 1 (MΩ.cm@25°C) and silicate less than 0.1mg/L.

Water temperature: 5-32°C.

Water is supplied to the instrument by using a deionized water tank that
accompanies the instrument, with a tank volume of 15L.

The deionized water tank should be placed on the ground.

Make the instrument discharge low-concentration waste to the sewer, or to the lowconcentration waste tank.

Low-concentration waste tube is shorter than 5m.

Make sure that the low-concentration waste outlet is no less than 50mm wide.
BIOHAZARD
Dispose of liquid waste according to the local regulations.
CAUTION
The supplied water must meet the requirements of CLSI type II; otherwise,
insufficiently purified water may result in misleading test results.
3-4
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.3 Computer Requirements(for International Customers)
3.3 Computer Requirements(for International Customers)
3.3.1 CPU
At least Intel Dual Core, 2.6GHz
3.3.2 Memory
At least 2GB for each RAM
3.3.3 Network Adapter
The computer needs to be connected to an LIS or Internet network, and one network
adapter (Intel 1000M network adapter) needs to be added.
3.3.4 Serial Port
The computer should provide an RS232 serial port, which is used to connect it with the
analyzer.
3.3.5 Hard disk defragment
Install the operating system in the C drive and the operating software of the instrument in
the D drive. Make sure that the C drive is over 30G and D drive over 100G, and the disk file
system is of NTFS format. Deselect the two options at the bottom of the disk properties
window: “Compress drive to save disk space” and “Allow Indexing Service to index this
disk for fast file searching”.
BS-240 Service Manual
3-5
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.3 Computer Requirements(for International Customers)
Figure 3.2 Hard disk defragment
Operating System
Microsoft Window 8 (64 bit)
The default login user of the computer must belong to the Administrator group and has
permissions for administrator.
Application Software
Except for the operating system, other application software must not be installed or
reserved on the computer. If the anti-virus application has been installed, then remove
the automatic scheduled scanning and add BS-240 (Workstation) and BSLOG to the trust
list.
3.3.6 Remove Screen Saver and System Standby
To remove the screen saver and system standby, select None in the Screen saver pulldown list box of the Screen Saver Settings window, and then select Change power settings
-> Change plan settings to go to the Edit plan settings window. Perform the settings as
shown in the figures below.
3-6
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.3 Computer Requirements(for International Customers)
Figure 3.3 Remove screen saver
Figure 3.4 Standby settings 1
Select None in the Turn off the display and Put the computer to sleep pull-down list boxes.
Figure 3.5 Standby settings 2
3.3.7 Screen Display Properties
Set the screen resolution as 1280*1024 pixels and color quality as Highest (32 bit).
BS-240 Service Manual
3-7
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.3 Computer Requirements(for International Customers)
Disable Automatic Synchronization with Internet Time Server
Double click the time icon on the lower-right corner of the task bar. The Date and Time
Properties window is displayed.
Figure 3.6 Disable automatic synchronization with Internet time server - 1
Select the Internet Time tab, and then deselect the checkbox in front of Synchronize with
an Internet time server.
Figure 3.7 Disable automatic synchronization with Internet time server - 2
Turn off automatic updates
Turn off the automatic updates on the Windows Update window.
3-8
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.3 Computer Requirements(for International Customers)
Figure 3.8 Turn off automatic updates
BS-240 Service Manual
3-9
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.4 Installation Procedure
3.4 Installation Procedure
3.4.1 Unpacking
1
Before unpacking, check the packing list and see if the following items are included:
chemistry analyzer, accessory kit, deionized water tank, dilution wash solution tank,
high-concentration waste tank, low-concentration waste tank, wash solution, and ISE
module (accessory kit, optional).
2
The chemistry analyzer is about 100kg. Unload it from the truck with a forklift.
3
Use a utility knife and an adjustable wrench to unpack, and remove the bracket and
screws.
4
Move the instrument into position.
3.4.2 Installation
Taking out Sample Probe and Reagent Probes
Remove the packaging material and plastics on the analyzer panels. Take out the sample
probe from the accessory kit and insert them into the corresponding metal connectors.
Note not to forget the white washers in the package.
Figure 3.9 Install white washer
3-10
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.4 Installation Procedure
Installing Probes
Figure 3.10 Installation procedure of probes
Washer
Keep the
washer
steady
Retaining screw
and spring
Earthing
wire
Fluid level
sense board
connector
1
Before installing the probe, remove the probe arm cover by loosen the screws on it.
2
Insert the probe downwards into the hole on the probe arm while aligning the screw
hole on the probe plate to the rod inside the arm.
3
Install the washer in the tube connector. To replace the washer, remove the old one
from the tube connector and install the new one. Connect the tube connector to the
probe and then tighten it.
4
Fix the earthing wire of the probe to the earthing terminal inside the arm; connect
the probe connector to the fluid level detection board.
5
Sleeve the spring on the rod and tighten the retaining screw. Pay attention to the
spring direction and make the thread opening face downwards.
6
Pinch the probe by the part near the probe arm. Push the probe upwards and then
release it to check if the spring works well. If it does, proceed to the next step. If not,
check if the spring is clamped or fixed too tightly.
7
After installation, power on the chemistry analyzer, and then check if the No.D2 LED
indicator on the circuit board inside the probe arm is lit. If it is, it indicates that the
level detection system works normally.
8
BS-240 Service Manual
Install the arm cover and tighten the screws on it.
3-11
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.4 Installation Procedure
9
Pinch the probe by the part near the probe arm. Push the probe upwards and then
release it to check if the spring works well. If it does, proceed to the next step. It not,
it indicates that the arm cover is not installed correctly. Reinstall the arm cover and
check the spring until it can move freely.
Installing Mixers
1
Take out the mixer from the accessory kit and lift the mixer arm to the vertical
extreme.
Figure 3.11 Take out mixers
2
Screw the mixer into the large hole of the retaining screw till it is level with the small
hole end.
Figure 3.12 Mixer
3
Insert the mixer motor shaft into the mounting hole and make sure they contact
tightly and there is no gap in the vertical direction.
4
Tighten the fixing screws of the mixer clockwise and check whether the mixer is
perpendicular. If not, reinstall the mixer.
Figure 3.13 Tighten the retaining nut and check if the mixer is vertical
3-12
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.4 Installation Procedure
3.4.3 Fluidic Connection
1
The deionized water tank is filled with deionized water.
2
Prepare the dilution wash solution at a proportion of 1:9 (1 portion of concentrated
wash solution to 9 portions of deionized water), and fill the dilution wash solution
tank with the dilution wash solution.
3
Use the deionized water tank connectors, dilution wash solution tank connectors,
and waste tank connectors in the accessory kit to connect the tank to the deionized
water inlet, the dilution wash solution inlet, the low-concentration waste outlet, and
the high-concentrated waste outlet on the right side of the instrument.
3.4.4 Connection of Analyzer
1
If you are using an UPS, install it and make it properly grounded.
2
Connect the analyzer, computer, printer, display monitor, power cord and data cable.
Do not switch on the power before finishing all connections.
3
Connect the computer with the analyzer with the serial port cable, and choose the
COM1 port for the computer.
3.4.5 Startup
1
Turn on the main power switch and the analyzer power switch.
2
Start the computer. The BS-240.exe operating software is run automatically when
the Windows is started. You are also allowed to run the operating software by
selecting the shortcut icon on the desktop or in the Start menu. See the figure below.
The system skips the initialization procedure when detecting that the fluidic prime is
not performed. Enter the username “ServiceUser” and password “#BS8A#SEU” in
the login window.
BS-240 Service Manual
3-13
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.4 Installation Procedure
Figure 3.14 Startup screen
Figure 3.15 "Login" Screen
3
When the main screen is shown, select Utility -> System Setup -> Factory. Select
"Optional Modules", and enable the ISE module, sample bar code and reagent bar code,
and then select Save. See the figure below:
3-14
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.4 Installation Procedure
Figure 3.16 "Optional Modules" window
3.4.6 Fluidic Prime
1
Select Utility -> Maintenance -> Alignment -> Hydro Unit. The screen is displayed as
follows.
Figure 3.17 "Hydro Unit" screen
2
Select 3 Fluidic Prime to display the following window. The check of solenoid valve,
level floater and pump and syringe has been finished by default. Click "Continue".
Follow the screen instructions, remove the cuvette wash station and put it in an
opening container to finish syringe priming, and then install the wash station back.
BS-240 Service Manual
3-15
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.4 Installation Procedure
3
Complete cleaning and priming of inner and outer walls of the sample probe and the
mixer.
4
The fluidic prime is finished.
3.4.7 Initial Maintenance Record
Select Utility -> Maintenance -> Maintenance to display the maintenance window. Confirm
all scheduled maintenance procedures and set up start time for them. The maintenance
frequencies include Daily, Weekly, Two-Week, Monthly, Three-Month, Six-Month, and
Other. Select the Select All button on each maintenance frequency tab page, and then
select OK. The current date and time appears in the Date Performed column of each
maintenance procedure as shown in the figure below.
3-16
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.4 Installation Procedure
Figure 3.18 Scheduled Maintenance screen
3.4.8 Startup Initialization
When the fluidic prime is finished, exit the operating software and reboot the computer.
The operating software is automatically run and starts initializing. When the login
window is displayed, enter the user name: "Admin" and password "Admin", as shown
below.
Figure 3.19 Startup screen
BS-240 Service Manual
3-17
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.4 Installation Procedure
Figure 3.20 "Login" Screen
When the main screen is shown, select Reagent -> Reagent/Calibration, and then
perform ISE reagent loading.
3.4.9 Importing and Configuring Chemistry Parameters of Mindray
Reagents
1
3-18
Select Utility -> Chemistries -> Config, and select Options to display the Option
window. Select Import to display the Import window.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.4 Installation Procedure
Figure 3.21 Enter the "Import" window
2
Select Load Default to display all Mindray reagent chemistries in the left column.
Select Add All to add all chemistries to the right column. Select Exit to close the
window.
BS-240 Service Manual
3-19
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.4 Installation Procedure
Figure 3.22 "Import" window
3
All Mindray reagent chemistries are displayed in the "Available Chemistries" column.
You can delete chemistries that will not be used in your laboratory.
Figure 3.23 "Chemistry Configuration" screen
3-20
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.4 Installation Procedure
4
Select OK to complete the chemistry configuration.
Figure 3.24 Complete chemistry configuration
3.4.10 System Performance Test
Water Test
1
2
Perform the following checks before starting test:

All components' mechanical movement is correct without abnormal alarms (of
optics, temperature control, mechanics, communication, etc.).

Probes are washed normally without hanging liquid.

When lowering to cuvette bottom, the wash station is lifted

The reaction curve of all samples has no periodical fluctuation or sharp jumps,
and the absolute value of test results is no greater than 10.
Chemistry Setup
Set a single-reagent chemistry "Water", with parameters including: endpoint,
positive reaction, primary wavelength 340nm, secondary wavelength 405nm, result
unit U/L, decimal places of result 0.01, blank time (-9)-(-7), incubation time 0,
reaction time (13)-(22), sample volume 10, reagent volume R1:100.
3
BS-240 Service Manual
On the Calibration Setup window, select the chemistry "Water", specify the K factor
math model with K factor 10000, select Save and exit the window.
3-21
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.4 Installation Procedure
4
Load the reagent.
5
Preparation for Analysis

Load deionized water as R1 (each more than 10ml).

Place deionized water as 1 sample (each more than 2ml).

Place concentrated wash solution in position 39 on the reagent carousel.
NOTE:
Wear gloves when loading the wash solution.
6
Starting Analysis
Program 1 sample with the chemistry "Water", with 40 replicates. Start the test and
observe the working status of the parts. If an alarm is given, troubleshoot the error.
3-22
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.5 Stop Use
3.5 Stop Use
3.5.1 Stop Use for Short Term
When to do
Stop use for short term (within 3 days)
How to do
1
Select Utility -> Maintenance -> Alignment -> Fluidic Emptying Unit.
2
Empty the fluidic tubes according to the software prompts.
3
If the ISE module is configured, select Empty ISE Tube to empty the ISE tubes
according to the software prompts. Remove the ISE electrodes and inject proper
amount of Calibrator A into the Na, K and Cl electrodes with a pipettor, and use tape
to seal the electrodes before storing them. As regards the reference electrode, insert a
soft tube into it.
4
Exit the operating software, shut down the computer and power off the analyzer.
5
If the analyzer is to be stored in another place, disconnect the data cables among the
analyzing unit, computer, monitor, and disconnect the tubes in the back of the
analyzer following the reversed order in Section 3.4.3.
3.5.2 Stop Use for Long Term
When to do
Stop use for long term (more than 3 days or for several years)
How to do
1
Select Utility -> Maintenance -> Alignment -> Fluidic Emptying Unit;
2
Empty the fluidic tubes according to the software prompts.
3
If the ISE module is configured, select Empty ISE Tube to empty the ISE tubes
according to the software prompts. Remove the ISE electrodes and inject proper
amount of Calibrator A into the Na, K and Cl electrodes with a pipettor, and use tape
to seal the electrodes before storing them. As regards the reference electrode, insert a
soft tube into it.
4
Exit the operating software, shut down the computer and power off the analyzer.
5
Follow the reversed order in 3.4.4 Connection of Analyzer to disconnect the analyzer
and follow the reversed order in 3.4.3 to disconnect the tubes in the back of the
analyzer.
BS-240 Service Manual
3-23
3 Installation Requirements and Procedure
3.5 Stop Use
3-24
6
Follow the reversed order in 3.4.2 Installation to restore the analyzer, and place the
probes and related parts into the accessory kit for storing.
7
Follow the reversed order of unpacking in 3.4.1 Unpacking to push the main
analyzing unit into the packing box for packing.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
4
Software Introduction
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
4-1
4 Software Introduction
4.1 Software Installation
4.1 Software Installation
4.1.1 Introduction of Installation Package
The installation package of the operating software contains three folders: Setup,
SetupGuide, and Thirdparty.
Figure 4.1 Folders in operating software installation package
Setup folder: includes the operating software installation file (setup.exe) and the KillBsLog
tool that can end the Bslog service.
Figure 4.2 Setup folder
KillBslog: a service run automatically when the operating software is started, and used to
record the logs of the software. When started, the software checks if the service is started,
and if it is not started, the software gives an alarm indicating startup failure. When logging
on the software, you are allowed to end this process, and this action will not be recorded
in the logs.
SetupGuide folder: includes the software installation and upgrading guide.
Thirdparty folder: includes dotnetfx and SQLExp installation packages. The former
contains the installation program of Microsoft .net Framework and is the running
environment assembly of SQL;while the latter is database software.
4.1.2 Folder Structure
The default installation path of the operating software is: D:\Mindray\Workstation.
4-2
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
4 Software Introduction
4.1 Software Installation
After installation, the folder structure is like the following:
Figure 4.3 Workstation folder
The OperationSoft folder is relatively important and expanded as follows:
Figure 4.4 OperationSoft folder
Important folders include:

AbsData: stores reaction curve files.

AlarmFile: stores alarm log messages.

Database: database file, which contains all parameters, test results, calibration and QC
data, etc.

ExceptionLog: records address segment for error analysis when the software
collapses abnormally. (Note: There are two ExceptLog files, and the other one is in
Instrument_1 folder.)

BS-240 Service Manual
Help: online help in .chm format.
4-3
4 Software Introduction
4.1 Software Installation

Instrument_1: log file of analyzer.

Item: Mindray's chemistry parameter file.

LOG: records software upgrading information. (last upgrading information record)

Logs: RMS (Remote Management System) logs. Not used temporarily.

Workstation.exe: shortcut of the BS-240 program.
4.1.3 Log Files
The BsLog process records in real-time mode the communication and action information
of the software and analyzer, which includes but not limited to the following:

Keyboard input

Error log, operation log and maintenance log of the software

Communication instructions between the PC and analyzer

Action instructions of the analyzer

Floater and photocoupler statuses of the analyzer (real-time)

Pump and valve powering statuses of the analyzer (real-time)

Photoelectric data (real-time)

……
Separate log files are produced every day and stored in the following addresses:
1
WorkstationLOG folder at D:\Mindray\Workstation\OperationSoft.
2
InstrumentLOG folder at D:\Mindray\Workstation\OperationSoft\Instrument_1.
The folder structure is shown below:
4-4
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
4 Software Introduction
4.1 Software Installation
Figure 4.5 InstrumentLOG folder
Important folders include:

InstrService: water blank data.

Lislog: LIS communication data.

RPC: (short form of Remote Procedure Call) basic control command data.

ISEAdapterSrv: ISE command and test data.

Workdata: instrument working instructions record
4.1.4 Normal Startup Procedure
The normal startup procedure of the operating software is as follows:
1
The system checks if the Bslog process has been started automatically. If not, the
Bslog.exe program is run.
2
Sqlserver is started, and it will exit if an error indicating database initialization failed
occurs.
3
The software process is started.
4
Enter the username and password.
5
The software shakes hands with the middle-/lower-layer units. If handshake fails, an
alarm is given prompting the unit is abnormal.
BS-240 Service Manual
4-5
4 Software Introduction
4.2 Software Upgrading
4.2 Software Upgrading
Refer
to
the
upgrading
guide
in
the
SetupGuide
folder
or
in
the
D:\Mindray\Workstation\UpgradeTool path.
Note: After upgrading the software, switch off the main power and switch it on again to
refresh the refrigeration unit.
4-6
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
4 Software Introduction
4.3 Software Uninstallation
4.3 Software Uninstallation
4.3.1 Uninstalling BS-240 Software
1
End the BSlog process by using the KillBslog tool in the installation package.
2
Find the WorkStation program on the Control Panel window and uninstall it.
4.3.2 Uninstalling SQL Database
Find the SQL Server program on the Control Panel window and uninstall it.
BS-240 Service Manual
4-7
4 Software Introduction
4.4 Database Backup and Restoration
4.4 Database Backup and Restoration
4.4.1 Database Backup
To back up a database, exit the operation software first, and then copy the BA80.bak file
at D:\Mindray\Workstation\OperationSoft\ Database\Backup to a database file backup
location of a local disk.
4.4.2 Database Restoration
To restore a database, find a location of the to-be-restored database in the local disk first,
and
then
copy
the
database
file
to
D:\Mindray\Workstation\OperationSoft\
Database\Backup.
4-8
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
4 Software Introduction
4.5 Demo Software Setup
4.5 Demo Software Setup
To set the operation software to a Demo mode, exit the operation software first, and then
add a command line in the WorkStation.exe startup program. Specifically, change the
name WorkStation of the WorkStation.exe startup program to WorkStation -Demo MCUDemo –ISEDemo, and then start the operation software so that the software enters a
Demo mode.
BS-240 Service Manual
4-9
4 Software Introduction
4.5 Demo Software Setup
4-10
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5
Modules and Units
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5-1
5 Modules and Units
5.1 Shell Assembly
5.1 Shell Assembly
5.1.1 Main functions
The shells assembly indicates the apparent structures of the whole analyzer and is
designed for preventing dust and protecting the internal assemblies. It provides
interfaces for each module, and is also a representation of industrial design.
5.1.2 Component Locations and FRU Details
The shells assembly consists of the shielding cover, top cover, left and right panel
assemblies, front cover assembly, panel, middle baffle, and rear panel.
Figure 5.1 BS-240 shell assembly (1)
Shielding cover hinge
assembly
Syringe cover assembly
Auto wash tube sleeve
Shielding cover
assembly
Middle baffle (BA24)
Air spring
ISE port plug for panel
Sample/reagent panel
Sample/reagent carousel
cover assembly
Wash station desk panel
Air spring holder
Reaction carousel panel
assembly (BA24)
Lamp panel
Screw plug for panel
Front cover
assembly (BA24)
Left panel assembly
5-2
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.1 Shell Assembly
Figure 5.2 BS-240 shell assembly (2)
Top cover
Rear panel
Right panel assembly
Table 5.1 List of materials
No
BS-240 Service Manual
FRU No. or Part
No.
Part Name
Remark
1
115-036569-00
Shielding cover assembly
FRU
2
042-016861-00
Middle baffle (BA24)
FRU(BS-240)
3
042-016862-00
Middle baffle (BA25)
FRU(BS-230)
4
M6T-010005---
Air spring
FRU
5
BA40-20-72908
ISE port plug for panel
/
6
043-006892-00
Sample/reagent panel
FRU
7
115-036339-00
Sample/reagent carousel cover assembly
FRU
8
115-036338-00
Left panel assembly
FRU
9
115-036337-00
Front cover assembly (BA24)
FRU(BS-240)
10
115-036334-00
Front cover assembly (BA25)
FRU(BS-230)
11
BA40-20-72907
Screw plug for panel (Mould MR72907)
FRU
12
043-006894-00
Lamp panel
FRU
13
115-036340-00
Reaction carousel panel assembly (BA24)
FRU(BS-240)
14
115-036335-00
Reaction carousel panel assembly (BA25)
FRU(BS-230)
15
042-018183-00
Air spring holder
/
16
043-006896-00
Wash station desk panel
FRU(BS-240)
17
043-006897-00
Wash tube sleeve
/(BS-240)
18
BA10-30-78156
Syringe skylight cover assembly
FRU
19
BA10-20-77801
Top cover
FRU
20
115-036570-00
Right panel assembly
FRU
21
042-016863-00
Rear panel
/
5-3
5 Modules and Units
5.1 Shell Assembly
5.1.3 Replacing sheilding cover
When to do
Replace the shielding cover when it is damaged.
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Cross head screwdriver
/
1
Flathead screwdriver(small)
/
1
How to do
1
Cut off the power of the analyzer to ensure all the assemblies are not in the work
status.
2
Open the shielding cover assembly, insert a flathead screwdriver into a gap between
the circlip and the round head on the air spring head on a side of the shielding cover,
and push outward the circlip to a limit of not dropping the circlip.
3
Hold the shielding cover body, and take out the air spring from the round head with a
slight force, and then put the circlip back into the original position.
4
Use a cross screwdriver to remove the 4 M4×10 powder screws that fasten the hinge
assembly of the shielding cover to the shielding cover assembly, so as to remove the
shielding cover assembly.
5
To restore the shielding cover assembly, follow the steps mentioned above in the
reversed order.
Alignment and confirmation
After restoring the shielding cover assembly, check the gap with the panels, and if the gap
is uneven or the shielding cover interferes with the panels, adjust the position of
fastening the hinges (the screw holes are rectangular holes that allow adjustment).
5.1.4 Removing and Reinstalling Left and Right Panels
When to do
This operation is performed when an inner component of the instrument needs repair
and the left and right panels need to be removed.
Tools
Name
Cross head screwdriver
5-4
Code
/
Quantity
1
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.1 Shell Assembly
How to do
1
Remove the 3 screws at the back of the left panel or right panel.
2
Use one hand to hold the side panel, and use the other hand to exert a slight force of
beating from the side panel arc on the upper part of the bench to the back of the
instrument to push the side panel to move until the 2 stop bolts on the front end of
the side panel are fully removed from the front cover bracket, and then remove the
side panel.
3
To reinstall the side panel, follow the steps mentioned above in a reverse order.
Alignment and confirmation
The left and right panel needs to fit the top panel exactly. Otherwise, the rear side cannot
fit the frame closely, which affects fastening of the screw.
5.1.5 Removing and Reinstalling Front Panel
When to do
This operation is performed when an inner component of the instrument needs repair
and the front panel need to be removed.
Tools
Name
Cross head screwdriver
Code
/
Quantity
1
How to do
1
Remove the left panel and the right panel first.
2
Loosen the 2 screws (without removing) in the front of the sample/reagent panel,
and then remove the lamp panel.
3
Loosen (without removing) a retaining screw of the front panel and the front beam
of the frame to the maximum extent.
4
Remove the retaining screws located on both sides of the front panels and used for
fastening to the frame.
5
Pull out the panel assembly towards the front of the instrument.
6
To restore the front panel assembly, follow the steps mentioned above in the
reversed order.
Alignment and confirmation
When restoring, if the gap between the front panel and the sample/reagent panel and the
lamp panel is not proper, you can remove the lamp panel, and adjust the gap by adjusting
the retaining screw that fastens the front panel and the frame beam.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-5
5 Modules and Units
5.1 Shell Assembly
5.1.6 Removing and Reinstalling Panels
When to do
This operation is performed when an inner component of the instrument needs repair
and the front panel need to be removed.
Tools
Name
Cross head screwdriver
Code
/
Quantity
1
How to do
Removing and Reinstalling BS-240 Reaction Carousel Panel
1
Remove the panel screws on the wash station panel, the reaction carousel panel, the
lamp panel first, unscrew the retaining screws on the 3 parts, and remove the wash
station panel and the lamp panel.
2
Loosen the knurled screws on the wash probe assembly, and remove the wash probe
assembly. Handle carefully to protect the probe assembly against bending and
contamination.
3
Remove the probe arm cover and the mixer arm cover.
4
Remove the reaction carousel panel assembly. Note that the panel needs to tilt at a
specific angle so that it can be taken out. Handle carefully to protect the sampe probe
and the mixer.
5
To restore the reaction carousel panel assembly, follow the steps mentioned above
in the reversed order.
Removing/Reinstalling Sample/Reagent disk panel
1
Remove the panel screws on the reaction carousel panel and the lamp panel, and
unscrew the retaining screw.
2
Remove the sample/reagent carousel cover assembly from the sample/reagent
carousel panel.
3
Remove the sample/reagent panel.
4
To restore the reaction carousel panel assembly, follow the steps mentioned above
in the reversed order.
Alignment and confirmation
To restore the reaction carousel panel, adjust the gap evenly before tightening the screw.
5-6
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.1 Shell Assembly
5.1.7 Replacing Air Spring
When to do
Replace the air spring if it loses elasticity or fails.
Tools
Name
Flathead screwdriver(small)
Code
/
Quantity
1
How to do
1
Open the shielding cover, insert a flathead screwdriver into a gap between the circlip
and the round head on the air spring head, and push outward the circlip to a limit of
not dropping the circlip.
2
Grasp the air spring cylinder with a hand, and pull the air spring out. The
undamaged air spring head is still usable.
3
Install a new air spring (only the air spring cylinder needs to be replaced).
Alignment and confirmation
The cylinder end of the air spring needs to located at the side of the shielding cover. After
the air spring is replaced, open and close the shielding cover repeatedly for several times
so that the air spring cylinder is sufficiently lubricated.
5.1.8 Cleaning Fans
When to do
When much dust is accumulated on the fans, or it has been 1 year since the last
maintenance.
Maintenance Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Cross head screwdriver
/
1
Suction cleaner or Hair brush
/
1
Maintenance Procedure
1
Place the analyzing unit power to the OFF position.
2
If the reagent refrigeration fan and PCB fan need cleaning, remove the left panel
assembly.
3
If the system radiating fan and the power supply radiating fan need cleaning, remove
the rear panel.
4
If the lamp fan needs cleaning, remove the right panel assembly.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-7
5 Modules and Units
5.1 Shell Assembly
5
Manually rotate the fan and remove the dust on it.
6
Install the removed panels.
7
Turn on the analyzing unit.
Alignment and confirmation
Check if the fans work normally.
5-8
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.2 Frame Assembly
5.2 Frame Assembly
5.2.1 Main functions
The frame assembly is a basic unit for installing and supporting the components of the
analyzer.
Figure 5.3 Locations of components on the instrument
Sample Probe Movement Assembly
Mixer Movement Assembly
Shielding Cover Warning
Sample/reagent carousel cover
Sample/reagent panel
Reagent bar code
assembly
Wash station desk
panel
Reaction
carousel panel
Lamp panel
Frame
Assembly
Reaction Carousel
Assembly
Left panel assembly
BS-240 Service Manual
Sample/reagent
carousel assembly
Front cover assembly
Reagent refrigeration
board and the bracket
5-9
5 Modules and Units
5.2 Frame Assembly
5.2.2 Component Locations and FRU Details
Figure 5.4 Frame assembly
Dust screen
retaining screw
BA24 rear dust screen
BA24 front dust screen
Dust screen retaining screw
Table 5.2 List of materials
No
FRU No. or Part No.
Part Name
Remark
1
048-006111-00
BA24 front dust screen
FRU
2
048-006112-00
BA24 rear dust screen
FRU
5.2.3 Replacing Front and Rear Dust Screens
When to do
The front and rear dust screens need to be replaced when they need cleaning or are
damaged.
Tools
Name
Cross head screwdriver
5-10
Code
/
Quantity
1
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.2 Frame Assembly
Exploded view for installation
See the schematic diagram of the frame assembly.
How to do
1
Switch off the power supply of the whole unit.
2
Remove the right panel assembly.
3
Use a cross head screwdriver to loosen the dust screen retaining screw M3×10 and
cross recessed pan head screw.
4
Remove the dust screens.
5
Replace or clean the dust screens.
6
Restore the assembly in the reversed order.
Alignment and confirmation
Make sure that the dust screen completely covers the air inlet.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-11
5 Modules and Units
5.3 Reaction Carousel Assembly
5.3 Reaction Carousel Assembly
5.3.1 Main functions
Reaction carousel assembly is situated at the right front side of the analyzer, including the
body of the reaction carousel, reaction carousel drive assembly, reaction carousel
chamber, reaction carousel sensor, and the reaction carousel motor assembly. It is used
to complete various actions, such as carrying and rotating the reaction cuvette to the
specified position, adding sample/reagent to the cuvette, mixing and washing, together
with the sample probe, the mixer and the 4-phase wash probes. It, as well as, provides a
constant temperature for the reaction cuvette for analysis.
Figure 5.5 Locations of assemblies on the instrument
Sample Probe Movement
Assembly
Shielding Cover Warning
Sample/reagent
carousel cover
Mixer Movement
Assembly
Wash station desk panel
Sample/reagent panel
Reagent bar code
assembly
Reaction carousel panel
Lamp panel
Frame Assembly
Reaction Carousel
Assembly
Left panel assembly
5-12
Sample/reagent carousel
assembly
Front cover
assembly
Reagent refrigeration
board and the bracket
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.3 Reaction Carousel Assembly
5.3.2 Locations and FRU details
The reaction carousel assembly is located in the right front side of the instrument.
Figure 5.6 Reaction carousel assembly
Upper cover assembly
Optical
assembly
Reaction carousel
motor assembly
BS-240 Service Manual
Sensor
assembly
Reaction carousel heat
chamber assembly
5-13
5 Modules and Units
5.3 Reaction Carousel Assembly
Temperature protection switch wire
(for reaction carousel)
Heater cable above
reaction carousel
Cuvettes
Cover
Reaction Carousel
Body Assembly
M2.5×8 cross countersunk
head screw
M3× cross pan head
combination screw
Temperature control fan cable
M5×20 hexagon screw
M3×14 cross recessed pan
head screw
Reaction carousel
temperature sensor
cable
Reaction chamber
Stand bar of fan
Heater cable under
reaction carousel
Thermal Guard 60C 2Lead15.6mm
M3×6 cross recessed pan head screw
Heater baffle plate
M4×8 cross pan head screw
Reaction carousel
motor assembly
Reaction carousel support
Reaction Carousel Sensor Assembly
Table 5.3 List of materials
No
Part Name
Remark
1
009-006306-00
Reaction carousel temperature
sensor cable
FRU
2
115-006048-00
Motor assembly
FRU
3
BA10-20-78144
Temperature control fan cable
FRU
BA10-21-78143
Heater cable under reaction
carousel
FRU
BA10-21-78142
Heater cable above reaction
carousel
FRU
BA10-21-78147
Temperature protection switch
wire (for reaction carousel)
FRU
7
009-002204-00
Correlative photocoupler (S)
FRU
8
M6C-020007---
Synchronous
TBN180XL037
FRU
4
5
6
5-14
FRU No. or Part No.
cog
belt,
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.3 Reaction Carousel Assembly
5.3.3 Replacing Cables of Upper Cover Assembly
When to do
The temperature in the heat chamber of the reaction carousel is abnormal, and it is
checked that the heater cable on the reaction carousel or the temperature protection
switch cable of the reaction carousel is faulty. In this case, the faulty part needs to be
replaced.
Tools
Name
Cross head screwdriver
Code
/
Quantity
1
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.7 Upper cover assembly cables
M4×12 cross pan head screw
M4×8 cross
countersunk head
screw
Reaction carousel anchor plate
Temperature protection switch
wire (for reaction carousel)
Heater cable above
reaction carousel
Cover
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover, loosen the knurled screws on the wash probe assembly,
remove the wash probe assembly, and place the probe properly against bending.
Remote the sample probe to the reagent aspirating port position, remote the mixer
to the wash well position, unscrew the M4×8 cross recessed pan head padded screw,
remove the BA24 reaction carousel panel, lamp panel, wash panel, unscrew the 3
M4×8 cross recessed pan head screws for fastening the right panel assembly, and
remove the right panel assembly.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-15
5 Modules and Units
5.3 Reaction Carousel Assembly
3
Use a cross head screwdriver to unscrew the 4 M4×12 cross recessed combination
screws that fasten the upper cover assembly, unplug the heater connection cable on
the reaction carousel and the temperature protection switch cable of the reaction
carousel, and remove the upper cover assembly.
4
Unscrew the 4 M4×8 cross pan head combination screws that fasten the anchor
plate of the reaction carousel, and remove the anchor plate of the reaction carousel.
5
Remove the faulty heater cable on the reaction carousel or the faulty temperature
protection switch cable of the reaction carousel.
6
To replace the heater cable on the reaction carousel, apply thermal paste evenly on
the heater cable of the reaction carousel, and apply a small amount of hot melt
adhesive at the outlet of the heater cable on the reaction carousel to fasten the leadout cable.
7
To replace the temperature protection switch cable of the reaction carousel, apply
thermal paste evenly in the installation slot on the panel, and apply a small amount
of hot melt adhesive at the outlet of the temperature protection switch cable of the
reaction carousel to fasten the lead-out cable.
8
Restore the components in the reversed order.
Alignment and confirmation
After replacing the heater cable on the reaction carousel or the temperature protection
switch cable of the reaction carousel, configure the sensor-related parameters on
software, and perform the heat insulation performance test. For sensor parameter
configuration, see 8.10.1; for reaction carousel temperature test, see 8.10.2; for reaction
carousel temperature curve, see 8.10.2.
5.3.4 Replacing Heat Chamber Assembly Cables
When to do
The temperature in the heat chamber of the reaction carousel is abnormal, and it is
checked that the heater cable under the reaction carousel, or the Thermal Guard 60C
2Lead15.6mm, or the temperature sensor cable, or the temperature control chamber fan
cable is faulty. In this case, the faulty part needs to be replaced.
Tools
Name
5-16
Code
Quantity
Cross head screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.3 Reaction Carousel Assembly
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.8 Assembling/disassembling heat chamber assembly cable of reaction carousel
Upper cover assembly
M2.5×8 cross countersunk head screw
M3×6 cross pan head combination screw
M3×14 cross recessed pan head screw
Temperature control fan cable
Stand bar of fan
Reaction carousel temperature sensor cable
M5×20 hexagon screw
Reaction chamber
Heater cable under
reaction carousel
Thermal Guard 60C 2Lead15.6mm
M3×6 cross recessed pan head screw
Heater baffle plate
M4×8 cross pan head screw
Reaction carousel support
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover, loosen the knurled screws on the wash probe assembly,
remove the wash probe assembly, and place the probe properly against bending.
Remote the sample probe to the reagent aspirating port position, remote the mixer
to the wash well position, unscrew the M4×8 cross recessed pan head padded screw,
remove the BA24 reaction carousel panel, lamp panel, wash panel, unscrew the 3
M4×8 cross recessed pan head screws for fastening the right panel assembly, and
remove the right panel assembly.
3
Use a cross head screwdriver to unscrew the 4 M4×12 cross recessed combination
screws that fasten the upper cover assembly, unplug the heater connection cable on
the reaction carousel and the temperature protection switch cable of the reaction
carousel, and remove the upper cover assembly and place it properly
BS-240 Service Manual
5-17
5 Modules and Units
5.3 Reaction Carousel Assembly
4
Disassemble the BS-240 reaction carousel assembly: Loose the anchor plate of the
reaction cuvette, remove the reaction cuvette segment, and place them properly.
Loosen the 3 M3×12 hexagon screws that fasten the reaction carousel assembly, and
remove the reaction carousel assembly, as shown in the following diagram:
Figure 5.9 Assembling/disassembling reaction carousel assembly
Reaction cuvette Reaction cuvette
segment
anchor plate
M3×12 hexagon screw
5
Fan and
bracket
Reaction carousel
temperature sensor cable
Reaction Carousel Body Assembly
To replace the temperature sensor cable of the reaction carousel, use a cross head
screwdriver to loosen the M3×8 cross countersunk head screw, unplug the
temperature sensor cable of the reaction carousel, remove the temperature sensor
cable of the reaction carousel directly, and replace it with a new temperature sensor
cable of the reaction carousel and plug it properly.
6
To replace the heat chamber fan cable, unplug the heat chamber fan cable, use a
cross head screwdriver to unscrew 2 M3×6 cross recessed pan head combination
screws, remove the stand bar of the fan together with the fan, and install a new fan
onto the stand bar and plug it properly. (Note: When installing the fan, please make
sure that the label faces the stand bar, and the cable of the fan is led out from the
lower right side)
7
To change the heater cable under the reaction carousel or the Thermal Guard 60C
2Lead15.6mm, remove 1 M4×12 screw and two M4×16 hexagon screws that fasten
the optical assembly, unplug the cable that connects the motor and the sensor, loosen
the 3 M5X20 hexagon screws that fasten the reaction chamber, unplug the related
cables, and remove the reaction chamber.
8
To replace the Thermal Guard 60C 2Lead15.6mm, put the reaction chamber upside
down, and loosen the 2 M3×6 cross recessed pan head screws directly to perform
replacement.
5-18
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.3 Reaction Carousel Assembly
9
To replace the heater cable under the reaction carousel, loosen 10 M4×8 cross
recessed pan head combination screws that fasten the baffle plate of the heater,
remove the baffle plate of the heater, and replace the heater cable under the reaction
carousel. Apply thermal paste evenly on the heater cable under the heater of the
reaction carousel, and apply a small amount of hot melt adhesive at the outlet of the
heater cable under the reaction carousel to fasten the lead-out cable.
10 Restore the assembly in reserved order. Try to align the heat chamber with the rotor
of the reaction carousel when installing the heat chamber.
Alignment and confirmation
After replacing the heater cable under the reaction carousel, the Thermal Guard 60C
2Lead15.6mm, and the temperature sensor cable of the reaction carousel, reconfigure the
related sensor parameters on the software and perform the heat insulation performance
test. For sensor parameter configuration, see 8.10.1; for reaction carousel temperature
test, see 8.10.2; for reaction carousel temperature curve, see 8.10.2.
5.3.5 Replacing Cables of Home Position Sensor and Coder Sensor
When to do
Replace the home position sensor or the coder sensor of the reaction carousel when they
fail.
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Cross head screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.10 Replacing cables of home position sensor and coder sensor
M3×6 cross pan
head screw with
washer
Coder sensor
Home position
sensor
Mounting plate
of sensor
Sensor bracket
BS-240 Service Manual
M3×8 hexagon socket
head cap screw
Install sensor in left
screw hole of bracket
M3×6 cross recessed
pan head screw
5-19
5 Modules and Units
5.3 Reaction Carousel Assembly
NOTE:
Install the sensors according to the identifications on the cable connectors and the
instrument connectors: "RCD--PHO-C" for coder sensor and "RCD--PHO-O" for home
position sensor.
Do not tighten the sensor screws with excessive torque force, in order to avoid
damaging the sensors.
Make sure to install the home position sensor in the correct position.
How to do
Disassembling and assembling the coder sensor.
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Unscrew 3 M4×8 cross recessed pan head screws that fasten the right panel
assembly, remove the right panel assembly, and then unscrew 2 M4×8 cross
recessed pan head combination screws that fasten the AD bracket assembly, and put
the AD bracket assembly aside (without removing the cable of the AD box).
3
Unplug the cable of the coder sensor.
4
Loosen the 2 M3×6 cross combination screws that fasten the mounting plate of the
sensor, and remove the coder sensor cable together with the mounting plate.
5
Loosen the 2 cross pan head screws on the coder sensor, and remove the coder
sensor from the mounting plate.
6
Fix the new coder sensor on the mounting plate using two M3×6 cross pan head
screws.
7
Use 2 M3×6 cross combination screws to attach the mounting plate of the sensor to
the bracket of the sensor, adjust the height of the mounting plate, make sure that the
coder lie in the middle of the coder sensor, and then tighten the screws of the
mounting plate.
8
Plug the cable of the coder sensor.
9
After aligning and checking the sensor assembly of the reaction carousel, restore the
assembly in the reversed order of steps 1~2.
Disassembling and assembling home position sensor
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Unscrew 3 M4×8 cross recessed pan head screws that fasten the right panel
assembly, remove the right panel assembly, and then unscrew 2 M4×8 cross
recessed pan head combination screws that fasten the AD bracket assembly, and put
the AD bracket assembly aside (without removing the cable of the AD box).
3
5-20
Unplug the connectors of the reaction carousel home position sensor and coder
sensor.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.3 Reaction Carousel Assembly
4
Unscrew the three M3X8 hexagon socket head cap screws with spring and flat
washers on the reaction carousel sensor assembly to remove it. Do not drop the
screws into the analyzer.
6
Unscrew 2 M3×6 cross pan head screws on the cables of carousel home sensor to
remove it from the bracket of the sensor.
7
Fix the new cables of carousel home sensor onto the sensor bracket using 2 M3×6
cross pan head screws.
8
Fix the reaction carousel sensor assembly on the large bottom plate using 3 M3×8
hexagon socket head cap screws with spring and flat washers. Rotate the reaction
carosuel with a hand, and prevent the zero position baffle plate of the coder from
interfering with the sensor.
9
Connect the home position sensor and the coder sensor.
10 After aligning and checking the sensor assembly of the reaction carousel, restore the
assembly in the reversed order of steps 1~2.
Alignment and confirmation
Align the photoelectric signal collecting position according to 8.3.1, and align the
circumferential position of the reaction carousel assembly, the circumferential position of
the sample/reagent carousel assembly, the horizontal position of the sample probe and
the mixer, and the horizontal position of the wash station according to 8.4.1~8.4.4.
5.3.6 Replacing Motor Assembly and Synchronous Belt
When to do
Replace the reaction carousel motor or synchronous belt when they are damaged.
Tools
Name
BS-240 Service Manual
Code
Quantity
Cross head screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
5-21
5 Modules and Units
5.3 Reaction Carousel Assembly
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.11 Reaction carousel motor assembly
M4×10 hexagon socket head
cap screw + spring washer
Motor
Motor shock pad
M5×12 hexagon
socket head cap screw
+ spring/flat washer
WARNING
During removing and installation, avoid dropping screws and washers into the analyzer.
How to do
Replace the motor
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Unscrew 3 M4×8 cross recessed pan head screws that fasten the left panel assembly
and those that fasten the right panel assembly, remove the left and right panel
assemblies, unscrew M4×8 cross countersun head screws that fasten the front
housing of the BS-240, and remove the front housing of the BS-240.
3
Disconnect the motor cable, unscrew the 4 M5×12 hexagon socket head screws with
spring washer on the reaction carousel motor assembly, remove the motor assembly
and avoid dropping screws into the analyzer.
4
Fix a new motor assembly to the large bottom plate using 4 M5×12 hexagon socket
head cap screws with spring washer. Tighten the belt and screws and connect the
cable of the motor.
5
Restore the components in the reversed order.
Replacing the synchronous belt
1
5-22
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.3 Reaction Carousel Assembly
2
Open the shielding cover, loosen the knurled screws on the wash probe assembly,
remove the wash probe assembly, and place the probe properly against bending.
Remote the sample probe to the reagent aspirating port position, remote the mixer
to the wash well position, unscrew the M4×8 cross recessed pan head padded screw,
remove the BA24 reaction carousel panel, lamp panel, wash panel, unscrew the 3
M4×8 cross recessed pan head screws for fastening the left panel assembly and
those for fastening the right panel assembly, and remove the left and right panel
assemblies. Unscrew the M4×8 cross countersunk head screw that fastens the front
housing of the BS-240, and remove the front housing of the BS-240.
3
Use a cross head screwdriver to unscrew the 4 M4×12 cross recessed combination
screws that fasten the upper cover assembly, unplug the heater connection cable on
the reaction carousel and the temperature protection switch cable of the reaction
carousel, and remove the upper cover assembly and place it properly
4
Loose the anchor plate of the reaction cuvette, remove the reaction cuvette segment,
and place them properly. Loosen the 3 M3×12 hexagon screws that fasten the
reaction carousel assembly, and remove the reaction carousel assembly.
5
Remove 1 M4×12 screw and two M4×16 hexagon screws that fasten the optical
assembly, unplug the cable that connects the motor and the sensor, loosen the 3
M5X20 hexagon screws that fasten the reaction chamber, unplug the related cables,
and remove the reaction chamber.
6
Disconnect the motor cable, unscrew the 4 M5×12 hexagon socket head screws with
spring washer on the reaction carousel motor assembly, remove the motor assembly
and avoid dropping screws into the analyzer.
7
Install a new synchronous belt.
8
Fix a reaction carousel motor assembly to the large bottom plate using 4 M5×12
hexagon socket head cap screws with spring washer. Tighten the belt and screws
and connect the cable of the motor.
9
Restore the assembly in reserved order. Try to align the heat chamber with the rotor
of the reaction carousel when installing the heat chamber.
Alignment and confirmation
N/A
5.3.7 Replacing Reaction Cuvette
See 5.9.8 for the methods and steps of replacing reaction cuvette.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-23
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
5.4.1 Main functions
The sample/reagent carousel assembly is situated at the left front of the analyzer, and
includes the sample/reagent carousel body assembly, sample/reagent refrigeration
assembly, sample/reagent carousel drive assembly, motor assembly, coder photocoupler
assembly, and bar code reader (optional). It is used to complete various actions, for
example, carry and rotate the reagent bottle with reagent and the sample container with
samples, so that the reagent/sample reach the specified position, add samples together
with sampling assembly. It provides a refrigerating environment, and the reagents stored
in such environment can be kept stable with little volatilization. For details, please refer to
the following contents.
1
Holding reagent/sample: Holding specified number of reagent bottles/sample
containers of certain specification, and cooperating with the dispenser to aspirate
reagent/sample from the bottles and dispense it into reaction cuvettes.
5-24
2
Refrigerating reagent: Provide 24-hour refrigeration and constant temperature
environment (2-10°C) to keep the reagent stable with little volatilization..
3
Sequential feeding: The drive assembly drives the reagent carousel to carry certain
reagent bottle in the given order to the aspirate position for aspiration.
4
Input reagent/sample data automatically: Bar code reader (optional).
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
Figure 5.12 Locations of assemblies on the instrument
Sample Probe Movement Assembly
Mixer Movement Assembly
Shielding Cover
Sample/reagent carousel cover
Wash station desk panel
Sample/reagent panel
Reagent bar code assembly
Reaction carousel panel
Lamp panel
Frame Assembly
Reaction Carousel Assembly
Left panel assembly
Sample/reagent
carousel assembly
Front cover assembly
Reagent refrigeration
board and the bracket
5.4.2 Assembly Locations and FRU Details
The sample/reagent carousel assembly is located in the front left of the instrument.
Figure 5.13 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
BS-240 Service Manual
5-25
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
1
11
10
2
9
3
4
5
8
6
7
Table 5.4 List of materials
No
5-26
FRU No. or Part
No.
Part Name
Remark
1
115-036341-00
Sample/reagent carousel body assembly
FRU
2
024-000110-00
Sensor temperature 5Kohm B3470K with
threads
FRU
3
082-000855-00
O-shaped 48.7X2.65 silicon rubber black A70
/
4
082-000856-00
O-shaped 65X2 silicon rubber black A70
/
5
BA40-21-61655
Semi-conductive Peltier cable
FRU
6
009-002204-00
Correlative photocoupler (S)
FRU
7
115-036317-00
Sample/reagent carousel motor assembly
FRU
8
M6C-020007---
Synchronous cog belt, TBN180XL037
FRU
9
BA10-20-78146
Cables of reagent refrigeration and radiating
fan
FRU
10
115-036320-00
Reagent
assembly
heater
FRU
11
023-000738-00
Built-in bar code reader MS-3 High density
laser D-Sub
FRU
12
BA20-20-75214
Cuvette holder base 1
FRU
13
115-036342-00
Handle assembly
FRU
14
BA30-20-15100
Rubber pad 1
FRU
15
BA30-20-15210
Transparent shield rubber pad
FRU
16
041-022590-00
Sample tube adapter
FRU
carousel
anti-fogging
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
5.4.3 Replacing Sample/Reagent Carousel Body Assembly
When to do
Replace the sample/reagent carousel body assembly when it is damaged.
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Cross head screwdriver
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.14 Reagent carousel body assembly
Sample/reagent carousel
body assembly
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover, rotate the sample probe to the reaction carousel side, and
remove the sample/reagent carousel cover assembly.
3
Lift the handlebar to remove the sample/reagent carousel body assembly.
4
Align the locating holes on the new sample carousel body with the stop bolt, and
pinch the handlebar flat.
5
Restore the sample/reagent carousel cover, and close the shielding cover.
Alignment and confirmation
N/A
BS-240 Service Manual
5-27
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
5.4.4 Replacing Temperature Sensor
When to do
Replace the temperature sensor when it fails.
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Cross head screwdriver
/
1
Flathead screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Glue gun
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.15 Disassembling/assembling temperature sensor
Sample/reagent
carousel body assembly
Refrigeration sleeve
M3×10 cross countersunk
head screw
M4×10 hexagon socket cap head screw
Rubber pad 1
Abrasion-resistant pad
Reagent refrigeration chamber
Rubber cushion
Temperature sensor
How to do
1
5-28
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
2
Open the shielding cover, remove the sample/reagent carosuel cover, and remove the
left panel assembly, front cover assembly, lamp panel, reaction carosuel panel, wash
panel, and sample/reagent panel. Protect the sample probe from colliding during the
deatching.
3
Lift the handlebar to remove the sample/reagent carousel body assembly.
4
Remove the reagent refrigeration board and bracket, disconnect the drain tube of
the reagent refrigeration compartment from the reagent refrigeration compartment,
remove the temperature sensor connector, and remove the reagent bar code
assembly if the bar code is configured.
5
Use a cross head screwdriver to remove 6 M3×10 cross countersunk head screws
that fasten the refrigeration sleeve, and remove the refrigeration sleeve and the
rubber pad 1.
6
Use the hexagon wrench to remove the 8 M4×10 hexagon socket head cap screws
that fasten the reagent refrigeration compartment, remove the abrasion-resistant
pad, and remove the reagent refrigeration compartment.
7
Clear the sealing glue in the installation position of the temperature sensor, and
remove the temperature sensor and the rubber pad.
8
Sheathe the rubber pad into a new temperature sensor, load them into the reagent
refrigeration compartment, and seal the installation hole with the sealing glue.
9
Apply thermal paste on the installation surface of the reagent refrigeration
compartment and the refrigeration aluminum block, apply the sealing glue on the
abrasion-resistant pad, and use 8 M4×10 hexagon socket head cap screws to install
the reagent refrigeration compartment onto the refrigeration aluminum block. Try
to align the reagent refrigeration compartment with the rotor.
10 Sheathe the rubber pad 1 into the refrigeration sleeve, apply the sealing glue to the
fitting surface of the reagent refrigeration compartment, and use 6 M3×6 cross
countersunk head screws to fix the refrigeration sleeve.
11 Install the disassembled parts in reversed order of steps 2~4.
NOTE
When filling the installation hole of the temperature sensor with the sealing glue,
completely fill the cable hole with glue. Wipe off overflowing glue when filling the
abrasion-resistant pad.
Alignment and confirmation
1
Re-align the sample probe to the positions of the outer ring sample tube and the
middle and inner ring reagent bottle (BA60-J07 pseudo probe, BA48-J10 sample
position alignment fixture, and BA10-J16 reagent center align with the alignment
fixture).
BS-240 Service Manual
5-29
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
2
Re-align the bar code scan position (light adjustment tool of BA24-J03 BA24 bar code
scan).
5.4.5 Replacing Peltier and Sealing Ring
When to do
Replace the Peltier when it fails.
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Glue gun
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.16 Disassembling and assembling Peltier and sealing ring
M3×10 cross countersunk
head screw
Refrigeration sleeve
Rubber pad 1
Sample/reagent
carousel body
assembly
M4×10 hexagon socket cap
head screw
Abrasion-resistant pad
Reagent refrigeration
chamber
Refrigeration aluminum block
M4×8 cross countersunk
head screw
Refrigeration aluminum block
O-shaped 48.7×2.65 sealing ring
Refrigeration fixing base
O-shaped 65×2 sealing ring
Peltier
5-30
M4×8 cross countersunk
head screw
O-shaped 48.7×2.65 sealing ring
M5×20 hexagon socket head cap
screws and spring/flat washer
Refrigeration fixing base
O-shaped 65×2 sealing ring
Peltier
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover, remove the sample/reagent carosuel cover, and remove the
left panel assembly, front cover assembly, lamp panel, reaction carosuel panel, wash
panel, and sample/reagent panel. Protect the sample probe from colliding during the
deatching.
3
Lift the handlebar to remove the sample/reagent carousel body assembly.
4
Remove the reagent refrigeration board and bracket, disconnect the drain tube of
the reagent refrigeration compartment from the reagent refrigeration compartment,
detach the temperature sensor connector, and detach the reagent bar code assembly
if the bar code is configured.
5
Use a cross screwdriver to remove 6 M3×10 cross countersunk head screws that
fasten the refrigeration sleeve, and remove the refrigeration sleeve and the rubber
pad 1.
6
Use the hexagon wrench to remove the 8 M4×10 hexagon socket head cap screws
that fasten the reagent refrigeration compartment, remove the abrasion-resistant
pad, and remove the reagent refrigeration compartment.
7
Remove the 2 M5×20 hexagon socket head cap screws, the elastomer and the flat
washer that are used to fasten the refrigeration base on the Peltier to be replaced,
and remove the refrigeration base that carry a refrigeration aluminum block, so that
the Peltier and the O-shaped 65×2 sealing ring can be replaced.
8
To replace the O-shaped 48.7×2.65 sealing ring, remove the 4 M4×8 cross
countersunk head screws that fasten the refrigeration aluminum block, and replace
the O-shaped 48.7×2.65 sealing ring.
9
Apply thermal pate on both sides of the substitute Peltier, install the Peltier
according to the direction before disassembling, and plug the cable. Install the
substitute sealing ring.
10 Use 4 M4×8 cross countersunk head screws to fix the refrigeration aluminum block
onto the refrigeration base, and then use 2 M5×20 hexagon socket head cap screws,
the elastomer and the flat washer to fix the refrigeration base onto the Peltier. The
direction needs to be consistent with the direction before disassembling.
11 Apply thermal paste on the installation surface of the reagent refrigeration
compartment and the refrigeration aluminum block, apply the sealing glue on the
abrasion-resistant pad, and use 8 M4×10 hexagon socket head cap screws to install
the reagent refrigeration compartment onto the refrigeration aluminum block. Try
to align the reagent refrigeration compartment with the rotor.
12 Sheathe the rubber pad 1 into the refrigeration sleeve, apply the sealing glue to the
fitting surface of the reagent refrigeration compartment, and use 6 M3×6 cross
countersunk head screws to fix the refrigeration sleeve.
13 Install the disassembled parts in reversed order of steps 2~4.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-31
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
NOTE
When filling the installation hole of the temperature sensor with the sealing glue,
completely fill the cable hole with glue. Wipe off overflowing glue when filling the
abrasion-resistant pad.
Alignment and confirmation
1
Re-align the sample probe to the positions of the outer ring sample tube and the
middle and inner ring reagent bottle (BA60-J07 pseudo probe, BA48-J10 sample
position alignment fixture, and BA10-J16 reagent center align with the alignment
fixture).
2
Re-align the bar code scan position (adjustment tool of the bar code scan light of
BA24-J03 BA24).
5.4.6 Replacing Cables of Home Position Sensor and Coder Sensor
When to do
Replace the home position sensor or the coder sensor of the sample/reagent carousel
when they fail.
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.17 Disassembling/assembling correlative photocoupler (S) cables
M3×6 cross pan head
screw with washer
M3×6 cross recessed pan
head screw
Mounting plate of sensor
Coder photocoupler
M3×6 hexagon
socket cap head
screw
M3×6 cross recessed pan
head screw
M3×6 hexagon socket head cap
screws and spring/flat washer
Photocoupler
bracket
Home position
photocoupler
How to do
1
5-32
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
2
Remove the left panel assembly and the front panel assembly.
3
Remove the reagent refrigeration board and bracket, and unplug home position
photocoupler of the reagent carousel and the coder photocoupler.
4
Unscrew the 3 M3×6 hexagon socket head cap screws and the spring/flat washer
that are used to fasten the coder photocoupler assembly, and remove the coder
photocoupler assembly.
5
Loosen the 2 M3×6 cross pan head combination screws on the photocoupler
mounting plate, and then remove the photocoupler mounting plate together with the
coder photocoupler.
6
Loosen the 2 M3×6 cross pan head screws that fasten the coder photocoupler, and
remove the coder photocoupler from the sensor mounting plate.
7
Use 2 M3×6 cross pan head screws to fix the new coder photocoupler onto the
sensor mounting plate.
8
Use 2 M3×6 cross recessed pan head combination screws to fix the sensor with the
coder photocoupler onto the photocoupler bracket, without tightening them.
9
Unscrew the 2 M3×6 cross recessed pan head screws of the photocoupler in the
home position of the reagent carousel, and remove the photocoupler from
photocoupler bracket.
10 Use 2 M3×6 cross recessed pan head screws to fix a new photocoupler cable in the
home position of the reagent carousel onto the photocoupler bracket
11 Use 3 M3×6 hexagon socket head cap screws to fix the coder photocoupler assembly
onto a large bottom plate, push the photocoupler bracket to a stop position of the
two hexagon screws, fit the bracket closely, and tighten the retaining screws. Adjust
the sensor mounting plate to make the coder lie in the middle of the coder
photocupler, and then tighten the screws on the mounting plate.
12 Plug the connectors of the photocoupler in the home position of the reagent carousel
and the coder photocoupler.
13 After aligning the position of the coder photocoupler assembly, restore the assembly
in the reversed order.
Note:

To replace only the coder photocoupler, omit steps 9 and 10.

To replace only the photocoupler in the home position of the reagent coupler, omit
steps 5 to 8.
Alignment and confirmation
After replacing the sensor and the coder sensor in the home position on the
sample/reagent carousel, refer to sections 8.4~8.5 to align the circumferential position of
the sample/reagent carousel assembly and align the horizontal position of the sample
probe on the sample/reagent carousel, and, if bar code is configured, align the bar code
scan position.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-33
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
5.4.7 Replacing Sample/Reagent Carousel Motor Assembly
When to do
Replace the motor when it fails.
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Cross screwdriver
/
1
M3×20 hexagon socket head cap
screws and spring/flat washer
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.18 Disassembling and assembling sample/reagent carousel motor assembly
Synchronous belt
M4×10 hexagon socket
head cap screws and
spring/flat washer
M3×20 hexagon socket cap
head screw hole
Sample/reagent carousel motor assembly
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Remove the left panel assembly and the front panel assembly.
3
Unplug the motor cable, use a hand to check the tension of the synchronous belt and
keep a record.
4
Use the hexagon wrench to remove the 4 M4×10 hexagon socket head cap screws
and spring/flat washer that are used to fasten the sample/reagent carousel motor
assembly, and remove the assembly from the synchronous belt.
5-34
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
5
Replace the assembly with a new sample/reagent carousel motor assembly, sheathe
the pulley of the assembly into the synchronous belt, and then tighten the M4×10
hexagon socket head cap screws and spring/flat washer. Pay attention to the motor
direction.
6
Pass 1 M3×20 hexagon socket head cap screw with a washer (either spring or flat
washer, depending on requirements) through a tension hole, fasten the screw into
the motor mounting plate, strain the belt to the original status, and tighten the motor
assembly screw. Remove the M3×20 hexagon socket screw, and plug the motor cable.
7
Assemble and reset the front panel assembly and the left panel assembly.
NOTE
Make sure that the direction of the motor is correct.
Alignment and confirmation
N/A
5.4.8 Replacing the synchronous belt
When to do
Replace the belt when it is damaged.
Tools
Name
BS-240 Service Manual
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Glue gun
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
M3×20 hexagon socket head cap
screws and spring/flat washer
/
1
5-35
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.19 Disassembling/assembling synchronous belt
Sample/reagent
carousel body
assembly
M3×10 cross
countersunk
head screw
Refrigeration sleeve
Rubber pad 1
Rotor
Gap
Reagent
refrigeration
chamber
Synchronous
belt
M3×20 hexagon
screw hole
Sample/reagent
carousel motor
assembly
Synchronous belt
replacing space
M4×10 hexagon socket
cap head screw
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover, remove the sample/reagent carosuel cover, and remove the
left panel assembly, front cover assembly, lamp panel, reaction carosuel panel, wash
panel, and sample/reagent panel. Protect the sample probe from colliding during the
deatching.
3
Lift the handlebar to remove the sample/reagent carousel body assembly.
4
Remove the reagent refrigeration board and the bracket.
5
Use a cross screwdriver to remove 6 M3×10 cross countersunk head screws that
fasten the refrigeration sleeve, and remove the refrigeration sleeve and the rubber
pad 1.
6
Draw an aligned mark line on the motor mounting plate and the large bottom plate
(in the tension direction of the motor assembly to facilitate use after the
synchronous belt is replaced), loosen the 4 M4×10 hexagon socket head cap screws
that fasten the motor assembly of the sample/reagent carousel until the motor
assembly can move, without taking out the screws.
7
Remove the synchronous belt. If the belt is broken or can be cut off, remove the belt.
If the belt is not broken and needs to keep the current status, remove the belt from
the gap between the reagent refrigeration compartment and the rotor.
5-36
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
8
Sheathe a new synchronous belt into the rotor, and feed the belt slowly into the gap
between the reagent refrigeration compartment and the rotor. At the belt replacing
operation space and at the motor end, sheathe the belt into the motor pulley and
rotor pulley.
9
Pass 1 M3×20 hexagon socket head cap screw with a washer (either spring or flat
washer, depending on requirements) through a tension hole, fasten the screw into
the motor mounting plate, strain the belt until it is aligned with the mark line drawn
before the motor mounting plate is loosened, and tighten the motor assembly screw.
Remove the M3×20 hexagon screw.
10 Sheathe the rubber pad 1 into the refrigeration sleeve, apply the sealing glue to the
fitting surface of the reagent refrigeration compartment, and use 6 M3×6 cross
countersunk head screws to fix the refrigeration sleeve.
11 Install the disassembled parts in reversed order of steps 2~4.
NOTE
Pass the synchronous belt through the gap between the reagent refrigeration
compartment and the rotor slowly, and avoid applying a large force.
Alignment and confirmation
N/A
5.4.9 Replacing Reagent Refrigeration and Radiating Fans
When to do
Replace the fan when it fails.
Tools
Name
BS-240 Service Manual
Code
Quantity
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
Cross screwdriver
/
1
5-37
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.20 Disassembling/assembling reagent refrigeration and radiating fans
M4×45 cross recessed
pan head screw and
flat washer
φ92 fan screen cover
Reagent refrigeration/radiating fan
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Remove the left panel assembly and the front panel assembly.
3
Remove the connector of the fan that needs to be replaced.
4
Remove the 4 M4×45 cross recessed pan head screws and the flat washer of the fan
that needs to be replaced, and remove the fan screen and the fan.
5
Install a new fan. The installation direction of the fan needs to be consistent with the
original direction, and tidy the cable and the connector.
6
Install the front panel assembly and the left panel assembly.
Alignment and confirmation
After powering on the instrument, check that the cooling fan is blowing wind outwards,
5.4.10 Replacing Bar Code Reader
When to do
Replacing the bar code reader when it fails.
Tools
Name
5-38
Code
Quantity
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
Cross screwdriver
/
1
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.21 Disassembling/assembling bar code reader
M3×10 hexagon socket head cap screws
and spring washer and big flat washer
Small bracket for bar code reader
Bar code reader
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover, remove the sample/reagent carosuel cover, and remove the
left panel assembly, front cover assembly, lamp panel, reaction carosuel panel, wash
panel, and sample/reagent panel. Protect the sample probe from colliding during the
deatching.
3
Remove the connector of the bar code reader.
4
Remove the 2 M3×10 hexagon socket head cap screws, the spring washer, and the
big flat washer, and remove the bar code reader.
5
Install a new bar code reader into a small bracket mounting position of the bar code
reader. Pre-tighten the screw, and plug the cable of the bar code reader.
6
Power on the bar code reader, re-align the bar code scan position, and use an
adjustment tool of the bar code scan light of the BA24-J03 BA24 to perform
alignment according to steps described on the software. After the light of the bar
code reader is adjusted, tighten the retaining screw.
7
Assemble and reset the panel removed in step 2.
Alignment and confirmation
See 8.8.3 to align the bar code scan position.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-39
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
5.4.11 Replacing Reagent Carousel Antifogging Heating Assembly
When to do
Replace the assembly when the glass of the antifogging assembly is damaged or the
assembly fails.
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
M3×10 hexagon socket head cap
screws and spring washer and
big flat washer
Small bracket for bar
code reader
Reagent carousel antifogging heater assembly
Dust shield and
sponge
M2×8 cross recessed pan
head screw
Antifogging heater
Temperature
switch
Anti-fogging mounting plate
M3×8 cross recessed pan
head screw
Heat conductive
plate
Bar code reader
Switch
anchor plate
M3×6 cross recessed
pan head screw
M3×12 hexagon
socket cap head
screw
Glass
window
Rubber
cushion
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover, remove the sample/reagent carosuel cover, and remove the
left panel assembly, front cover assembly, lamp panel, reaction carosuel panel, wash
panel, and sample/reagent panel. Protect the sample probe from colliding during the
deatching.
3
Remove the 2 M3×10 hexagon socket head cap screws, the spring washer, and the
big flat washer, and remove the bar code reader.
4
Remove the 4 M3×6 cross recessed pan head screws, and remove the dust shield
with sponge.
5
Remove the connectors of the temperature switch and the antifogging heater,
unscrew the 4 M3×8 cross pan head screws, and remove the antifogging heating
assembly of the reagent carousel.
6
5-40
Remove 1 M3×12 hexagon socket head cap screws, and remove the anchor plate of
the switch, the temperature protection switch, and the antifogging heater.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.4 Sample/reagent carousel assembly
7
Remove 4 M2×8 cross recessed pan head screws, remove the thermal conductive
aluminum plate and the damaged glass pane, and clear the broken glass in the slot of
the mounting plate. Replace the rubber pad when necessary.
8
Place a new glass pane onto the silicone pad in the slot of the mounting plate of the
antifogging apparatus. Ensure that the glass is not cracked or dirty.
9
Use 4 M2×8 cross recessed pan head screws to fasten the thermal conductive
aluminum plate into the mounting position.
10 Apply thermal paste onto the fitting surface between the antifogging heater (if the
heater is damaged, use a new antifogging heater) and the thermal conductive
aluminum plate, and place the heater in the mounting position.
11 Apply thermal paste onto the fitting surface between the temperature switch (if the
temperature switch is damaged, use a new temperature switch) and the antifogging
heater, and place switch in a middle position. Place the anchor plate of the switch in
the mounting position, and fasten it with 1 M3×12 hexagon socket head cap screw.
12 Use 4 M3×8 cross recessed pan head screws to install the reagent carousel
antifogging assembly into the mounting position of the reagent refrigeration
compartment.
13 Plug the cable of the temperature switch and the antifogging heater, use 4 M3×6
cross pan head screws to fasten the dust shield with sponge onto the mounting plate
of the antifogging apparatus.
14 Install the bar code reader into a small bracket of the bar code reader, and pretighten the screw (plug the cable of the bar code reader).
15 Power on the bar code reader, re-align the bar code scan position, and use an
adjustment tool of the bar code scan light of the BA24-J03 BA24 to perform
alignment according to steps described on the software. After the light of the bar
code reader is adjusted, tighten the retaining screw.
16 Assemble and reset the panel removed in step 2.
Alignment and confirmation
See 8.8.3 to align the bar code scan position.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-41
5 Modules and Units
5.5 Sample Probe Movement Assembly
5.5 Sample Probe Movement Assembly
5.5.1 Main functions
The sample probe movement assembly includes a sample probe drive assembly, a sample
probe arm assembly, and a sample probe assembly. The sample probe movement
assembly can implement horizontal rotation movements and vertical movements; and
have the following functions: fluid level detection, clog detection, and vertical bump
detection; and have other functions such as mechanical limit stop, and power failure selflock.
Horizontal direction: The sample probe center can pass through the wash well, the
sample reagent carousel aspiration position, the reaction carousel/ISE dispensing
position->wash well->sample/reagent carousel aspiration position-> reaction carousel
dispensing position->wash well position, and meet the movement stroke requirements.
Vertical direction: The sample probe can move vertically at the reagent bottle, sample
container, reaction cuvette, wash well, and ISE dispensing port, and meet the movement
stroke requirements.
5-42
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.5 Sample Probe Movement Assembly
Figure 5.22 Location of sample probe movement assembly in the instrument
Sample Probe Movement Assembly
Mixer Movement Assembly
Shielding Cover
Sample/reagent carousel cover
Sample/reagent panel
Reagent bar code assembly
Wash station desk
panel
Reaction carousel panel
Lamp panel
Frame Assembly
Reaction Carousel Assembly
Left panel
assembly
BS-240 Service Manual
Sample/reagent
carousel assembly
Front cover assembly
Reagent refrigeration
board and the bracket
5-43
5 Modules and Units
5.5 Sample Probe Movement Assembly
5.5.2 Assembly Locations and FRU Details
Figure 5.23 Sample probe movement assembly
4
5
6
3
7
2
8
1
9
Table 5.5 List of FRU materials
No
Part Name
Remark
1
009-002204-00
Correlative photocoupler (S)
FRU
2
115-037085-00
BA24 HbA1c sample probe assembly
FRU
3
033-000108-00
Anti-collision spring
/
4
115-037552-00
Reagent preheating assembly
FRU
5
051-002479-00
Level sense board PCBA
FRU
6
041-009179-00
Hardened power screw (M3×6)
/
7
BA30-10-06619
Synchronous belt B123MXL6.4
FRU
8
115-016625-00
3-probe drive horizontal motor assembly
FRU
9
115-036662-00
Probe drive assembly
FRU
10
044-000263-00
130mm arm base
FRU
11
043-002344-00
130mm arm cover
FRU
12
115-016462-00
Guide rod and anti-collision spring
FRU
115-005246-00
42 step motor 1 with belt pulley
(horizontal)
FRU
115-005247-00
59 step motor 1 with belt pulley
(vertical)
FRU
115-015298-00
3-probe drive vertical motor assembly
FRU
13
14
15
5-44
FRU No. or Part No.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.5 Sample Probe Movement Assembly
5.5.3 Replacing Horizontal Movement Photocoupler and Vertical
Movement Photocoupler
When to do
Replace the horizontal movement photocoupler and the vertical movement photocoupler
when they fail.
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.24 Disassembling/assembling horizontal movement photocoupler and vertical
movement photocoupler
M3×6 cross recessed pan head screw
M3×6 cross recessed pan head screw
Horizontal
sensor bracket
Horizontal movement
photocoupler
Vertical movement photocoupler
M3×6 cross recessed pan head screw
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover and remove the lamp panel, the reaction carousel panel,
and the wash panel. Protect the sample probe from colliding during the
disassembling.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-45
5 Modules and Units
5.5 Sample Probe Movement Assembly
3
When replacing the vertical movement photocoupler, remove the photocoupler cable,
remove 1 M3×6 cross recessed pan head screw to take out the vertical movement
photcoupler, use 1 M3×6 cross recessed pan head screw to fasten a new
photocoupler, and plug the cable.
4
When replacing the horizontal movement photocoupler, remove the photocoupler
cable, remove 1 M3×6 cross recessed pan head screw to take out the horizontal
sensor bracket with the photocoupler, remove 1 M3×6 cross recessed pan head
screw to take out the horizontal movement photcoupler, use 1 M3×6 cross recessed
pan head screw to fasten a new photocoupler onto the horizontal sensor bracket,
use 1 M3×6 cross recessed pan head screw to fasten the horizontal sensor bracket
in the mounting position, and plug the photocoupler cable.
5
Install the panel that is disassembled in step 2.
Alignment and confirmation
N/A
5.5.4 Replacing Sample Probe Assembly, Anti-collision Spring and Power
Screw
When to do
Replace them when the sample probe assembly is damaged or the anti-collision spring
fails or the power screw has poor appearance.
Tools
Name
5-46
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver
/
1
Flathead screwdriver
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.5 Sample Probe Movement Assembly
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.25 Disassembling/assembling sample probe assembly, anti-collision spring and
power screw
130mm arm cover
Spring guide post
Anti-collision spring
Probe assembly
Hardened power screw
(M3×6)
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover.
3
Remove 2 hardened power screws (M3×6) to take out the 130mm arm cover. The
powder screw may be replaced directly.
4
Use a flathead screwdriver to loosen the guide rod and take out the guide rod and the
anti-collision spring. The anti-collision spring may be replaced directly with a new
spring.
5
Remove the anti-collision detection cable connector, and clean the tube connector.
6
Remove the sample probe assembly, replace it with a new sample probe assembly,
plug the cable connector, and clean the tube connector.
7
Assemble and reset the assembly in the reversed order of steps 2~4.
Alignment and confirmation
N/A
BS-240 Service Manual
5-47
5 Modules and Units
5.5 Sample Probe Movement Assembly
5.5.5 Replacing Reagent Preheating Assembly
When to do
Replace the reagent preheating assembly when it fails.
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.26 Disassembling/assembling reagent preheating assembly
130mm arm cover
Reagent preheating
assembly
Insulating plate
M3×8 cross
recessed pan head
screw
Hardened power screw
(M3×6)
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover.
3
Remove 2 hardened power screws (M3×6) to take out the 130mm arm cover.
4
Remove the reagent preheating assembly cable, remove the wash tube connector
from the sample probe, and remove the quick connector.
5
Remove 2 M3×8 cross recessed pan head screws, remove 2 insulation pads, and lay
flat the reagent preheating assembly. Disassemble the heating cover of the reagent
preheating assembly, and take out the wash tube.
5-48
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.5 Sample Probe Movement Assembly
6
Prepare a new reagent preheating assembly, disassemble the heating cover of the
reagent preheating assembly, and assemble the heating cover after threading the
wash tube.
7
Place 2 insulation pads in the mounting position, and use two M3×8 cross recessed
pan head screws to pass through the insulation pads, and fasten the reagent
preheating assembly.
8
Tidy up the cable, interconnect the cable, tidy up the wash tube, reinstall the
terminals and the quick connector, and screw the quick connector into the assembly.
9
Use the sealing adhesive to seal the outlet and inlet of the wash tube of the reagent
preheating assembly, and the cable hole ends.
10 Assemble and reset the assembly in the reversed order of steps 2~3.
Alignment and confirmation
N/A
5.5.6 Replacing Level Sense Board
When to do
Replace the level sense board when necessary.
Tools
Name
BS-240 Service Manual
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
5-49
5 Modules and Units
5.5 Sample Probe Movement Assembly
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.27 Disassembling/assembling level sense board
130mm arm cover
Level sense board
M3×6 cross
recessed pan
head screw
Hardened power
screw (M3×6)
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover.
3
Remove 2 hardened power screws (M3×6) to take out the 130mm arm cover.
4
Remove the connector on the level sense board.
5
Remove 2 M3×6 cross recessed pan head screws, and remove the level sense board.
6
Replace the board with a new level sense board, and install and reset it in the
reversed order of the steps stated above.
Alignment and confirmation
N/A
5.5.7 Replacing Horizontal Rotating Synchronous Belt
When to do
Replace the horizontal rotating synchronous belt when it fails.
Tools
Name
5-50
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.5 Sample Probe Movement Assembly
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.28 Disassembling/assembling horizontal rotating synchronous belt
Horizontal rotary
synchronous belt
M3×8 hexagon
socket head cap
screw
How to do
Steps of replacing the horizontal rotating synchronous belt:
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover and remove the lamp panel, the reaction carousel panel,
and the wash panel. Protect the sample probe from colliding during the
disassembling.
3
Draw an arc along the flat washers under the two M3×8 hexagon socket head cap
screws that fasten the outside of the motor.
4
Loosen 4 M3×8 hexagon socket head cap screws that fasten the motor, and remove
the synchronous belt.
5
Sheathe a new synchronous belt slowly from the tip into two pulleys.
6
Move the motor. When the flat washers under the two outside screws basically
overlap the arc drawn in step 3, tighten the 4 screws to fasten the motor.
7
Reset the panel disassembled in step 2.
Alignment and confirmation
N/A
5.5.8 Replacing Horizontal Motor Assembly
When to do
Replace the horizontal motor assembly when it fails.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-51
5 Modules and Units
5.5 Sample Probe Movement Assembly
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.29 Horizontal motor assembly
Horizontal rotary
synchronous belt
M3×8 hexagon
socket head cap
screw
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover and remove the lamp panel, the reaction carousel panel,
and the wash panel. Protect the sample probe from colliding during the
disassembling.
3
Draw an arc along the flat washers under the two M3×8 hexagon socket head cap
screws that fasten the outside of the motor.
4
Remove the motor cable connector, remove 4 M3×8 hexagon socket head cap screws
and the spring/flat washers that are used to fasten the motor, and remove the
horizontal motor assembly.
5
Use 4 M3×8 hexagon socket head cap screws and spring/flat washers to pre-tighten
a new horizontal motor, and move the motor until the flat washers under the two
outside screws basically overlap the arc drawn in step 3. Tighten the 4 screws to
fasten the motor, and plug the motor cable connector.
6
Reset the panel disassembled in step 2.
Alignment and confirmation
N/A
5-52
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.5 Sample Probe Movement Assembly
5.5.9 Replacing Sample Probe Drive Assembly
When to do
Replace the sample probe drive assembly when it fails.
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Diagonal pliers
/
1
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.30 Horizontal motor assembly
130mm arm cover
Sample probe arm
assembly
M3×10 hexagon socket
head cap screws and
spring washer
Hardened power
screw (M3×6)
Probe drive
assembly
M6×16 hexagon socket
head cap screws and
spring/flat washer
BS-240 Service Manual
5-53
5 Modules and Units
5.5 Sample Probe Movement Assembly
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover, remove the sample/reagent carousel cover, and remove the
left panel assembly, front cover assembly, rear panel, lamp panel, reaction carosuel
panel, wash panel, and sample/reagent panel. Protect the sample probe from
colliding during the disassembling.
3
Remove the cable and wash tube that pass through the precision shaft, remove all
the cables and tube terminals, and take out the braided hose.
4
Remove vertical and horizontal motor connectors, and remove 2 photocoupling
connectors.
5
Remove 2 hardened power screws (M3×6) to take out the arm cover.
6
Remove 2 M3×10 hexagon socket head cap screws and spring washers to take out
the sample probe arm assembly, and move the cable out of the precision shaft.
Prevent probe collision.
7
Remove 3 M6×16 hexagon socket head cap screws and spring/flat washers, and take
out the sample probe drive assembly from the instrument.
8
Place a new sample probe drive assembly into the mounting position, and use 3
M6×16 hexagon socket head cap screws and spring/flat washers to fasten the
assembly.
9
Thread the cable and tube on the sample probe arm assembly from the top of the
precision shaft, and use 2 M3×10 hexagon socket head cap screws and spring
washers to pre-tighten the arm assembly onto the precision shaft.
10 Sheathe the braided hose into the cable and the tube, reinstall connectors of the cable,
and insert the cable into the corresponding slot. Screw the tube mounting terminals
and the quick connector into the corresponding port.
11 Connect the motor cable and the photocoupler cable.
12 See sections 8.5.1~8.5.9 to align positions from the sample probe to the reaction
carousel, wash well, sample/reagent carousel and ISE, tighten 2 M3×10 hexagon
socket head cap screws to fasten the arm assembly, and use 2 hardened powder
screws (M3×6) to install the arm cover.
13 Reassemble and reset the parts disassembled in step 2.
Alignment and confirmation
See sections 8.5.1~8.5.9 to align positions from the sample probe to the reaction carousel,
wash well, sample/reagent carousel, and ISE.
5-54
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.6 Mixer Movement Assembly
5.6 Mixer Movement Assembly
5.6.1 Main functions
The mixer movement assembly consists of a mixer drive assembly and an arm assembly.
The assembly can implement horizontal rotating movements and vertical movements, and
can stir the reaction mixture when the sample and the reagent are successively added.
Horizontal direction: The mixer center can pass through the wash well and the reaction
carousel mixing position, and meet movement stroke requirements.
Vertical direction: The mixer can perform vertical movements in the reaction cuvette
and the wash well, and meet the movement stroke requirements.
Figure 5.31 Location of mixer movement assembly in the instrument
Sample Probe Movement
Assembly
Shielding Cover
Sample/reagent
carousel cover
Sample/reagent panel
Reagent bar code
assembly
Mixer Movement Assembly
Wash station desk
panel
Reaction
carousel panel
Lamp panel
Frame
Assembly
Reaction Carousel
Assembly
Left panel
assembly
BS-240 Service Manual
Sample/reagent
carousel assembly
Front cover
assembly
Reagent refrigeration
board and the bracket
5-55
5 Modules and Units
5.6 Mixer Movement Assembly
5.6.2 Assembly Locations and FRU Details
The mixer movement assembly is located right above the instrument.
Figure 5.32 Mixer movement assembly
4
3
5
6
2
1
7
Table 5.6 List of materials
No
5-56
FRU No. or Part No.
Part Name
Remark
1
009-002204-00
Correlative photocoupler (S)
FRU
2
BA30-10-06619
Synchronous belt B123MXL6.4
FRU
3
115-016625-00
3-probe
drive
motor assembly
FRU
4
BA30-10-15052
DC motor WRF-130CH
FRU
5
BA31-20-41651
Mixer
FRU
6
041-009179-00
Hardened power screw (M3×6)
/
7
115-036665-00
Mixer drive assembly
FRU
8
044-000333-00
65mm mixer arm base
FRU
9
043-003064-00
65mm mixer arm cover
FRU
10
BA31-20-41651+BA30-20-06774
Mixer assembly
FRU
11
115-015298-00
3-probe drive vertical motor
assembly
FRU
12
115-005246-00
42 step motor 1 with belt
pulley (horizontal)
FRU
13
115-005247-00
59 step motor 1 with belt
pulley (vertical)
FRU
horizontal
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.6 Mixer Movement Assembly
5.6.3 Replacing Horizontal Movement Photocoupler and Vertical
Movement Photocoupler
When to do
Replace the horizontal movement photocoupler and the vertical movement photocoupler
when they fail.
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver (long, short)
/
1 each
Adjustable wrench
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.33 Exploded view for installing horizontal movement photocoupler and
vertical movement photocoupler
Wash well support
shaft
Mixer Movement
Assembly
M3×6 cross recessed
pan head screw
Horizontal movement
photocoupler
Horizontal sensor
bracket
M3×6 cross recessed
pan head screw
Vertical movement
photocoupler
M3×6 cross recessed
pan head screw
Replacement steps:
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover and remove the lamp panel, the reaction carousel panel,
and the wash panel. Protect the mixer from colliding during the disassembling.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-57
5 Modules and Units
5.6 Mixer Movement Assembly
3
When replacing the vertical movement photocoupler, remove the wash well support
shaft, remove the photocoupler cable, use a short crosshead screwdriver to take out
1 M3×6 cross recessed pan head screw and take out the vertical movement
photcoupler, use 1 M3×6 cross recessed pan head screw to fasten a new
photocoupler, and plug the cable. Install the wash well support shaft.
4
When replacing the horizontal movement photocoupler, remove the photocoupler
cable, remove 1 M3×6 cross recessed pan head screw to take out the horizontal
sensor bracket with the photocoupler, remove 1 M3×6 cross recessed pan head
screw to take out the horizontal movement photcoupler, use 1 M3×6 cross recessed
pan head screw to fasten a new photocoupler onto the horizontal sensor bracket,
use 1 M3×6 cross recessed pan head screw to fasten the horizontal sensor bracket
in the mounting position, and plug the photocoupler cable.
5
Install the panel that is disassembled in step 2.
Alignment and confirmation
N/A
5.6.4 Replacing horizontal rotating synchronous belt
When to do
Replace the horizontal rotating synchronous belt when it fails.
Tools
Name
5-58
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.6 Mixer Movement Assembly
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.34 Installing horizontal rotating synchronous belt
Horizontal rotary
synchronous belt
M3×8 hexagon socket
head cap screw
Replacement steps:
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover, remove the sample/reagent carosuel cover, and remove
lamp panel, reaction carosuel panel, wash panel, and sample/reagent panel. Protect
the mixer from colliding during the disassembling.
3
Draw an arc along the flat washers under the two M3×8 hexagon socket head cap
screws that fasten the outside of the motor.
4
Loosen 4 M3×8 hexagon socket head cap screws that fasten the motor, and remove
the synchronous belt.
5
Sheathe a new synchronous belt slowly from the tip into two pulleys.
6
Move the motor. When the flat washers under the two outside screws basically
overlap the arc drawn in step 3, tighten the 4 screws to fasten the motor.
7
Reset the panel disassembled in step 2.
Alignment and confirmation
N/A
5.6.5 Replacing Horizontal Motor Assembly
When to do
Replace the horizontal motor assembly when it fails.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-59
5 Modules and Units
5.6 Mixer Movement Assembly
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.35 Exploded view for installing horizontal motor
Horizontal rotary
synchronous belt
M3×8 hexagon socket
head cap screws and
spring/flat washer
Horizontal motor
assembly
Replacement steps:
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover, remove the sample/reagent carousel cover, and remove
lamp panel, reaction carousel panel, wash panel, and sample/reagent panel. Protect
the mixer from colliding during the disassembling.
3
Draw an arc along the flat washers under the two M3×8 hexagon socket head cap
screws that fasten the outside of the motor.
4
Remove the motor cable connector, remove 4 M3×8 hexagon socket head cap screws
and the spring/flat washers that are used to fasten the motor, and remove the
horizontal motor assembly.
5
Use 4 M3×8 hexagon socket head cap screws and spring/flat washers to pre-tighten
a new horizontal motor, and move the motor until the flat washers under the two
outside screws basically overlap the arc drawn in step 3. Tighten the 4 screws to
fasten the motor, and plug the motor cable connector.
6
5-60
Reset the panel disassembled in step 2.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.6 Mixer Movement Assembly
Alignment and confirmation
N/A
5.6.6 Replacing DC Motor, Mixer and Powder Screw
When to do
Replace them when the DC motor fails, or the mixer is bent, or the power screw has poor
appearance.
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver (big and small)
/
1 each
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.36 Exploded view for installing DC motor, mixer and powder screw
Mixer arm cover
DC motor
Hardened power screw
(M3×6)
M2×4 cross recessed
pan head screw and
flat washer
Retaining nut
Mixer
Replacement steps:
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover and remove the lamp panel. When necessary, remove the
left panel assembly and the front panel assembly.
3
Remove 2 hardened power screws (M3×6) to take out the mixer arm cover. The
powder screw may be replaced directly.
4
Loosen the retaining nut and remove the mixer. When repairing the mixer, replace
the mixer with a new mixer, and insert the mixer into the motor shaft and tighten
the retaining nut.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-61
5 Modules and Units
5.6 Mixer Movement Assembly
5
Remove the motor cable, remove 2 M2×4 cross countersunk head screw and flat
washers, take out the DC motor, replace the motor with a new DC motor, and use 2
M2×4 cross countersunk head screws and flat washers to pre-tighten the motor.
Plug the motor cable.
6
Install the mixer, tighten the retaining nut and install the mixer arm cover.
7
Install the cover that is disassembled in step 2.
Alignment and confirmation
See 8.6.1 to align horizontal positions from mixer to reaction carousel
5.6.7 Replacement of Mixer Drive Assembly
When to do
Replace the mixer drive assembly when it fails.
Tools
Name
5-62
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Diagonal pliers
/
1
Rubber gloves for medical use
/
1 pair
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.6 Mixer Movement Assembly
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.37 Exploded view of mixer drive assembly
Mixer arm cover
Mixer arm
assembly
M3×10 hexagon socket
head cap screws and
spring washer
Hardened power
screw (M3×6)
Mixer drive
assembly
M6×16 hexagon
socket head cap
screws and
spring/flat washer
Replacement steps:
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover, remove the sample/reagent carousel cover, and remove the
left panel assembly, front cover assembly, rear panel, lamp panel, reaction carosuel
panel, wash panel, and sample/reagent panel. Protect the mixer from colliding
during the disassembling.
3
Remove the cable that passes through the precision shaft, remove all the cables and
terminals, and take out the braided hose.
4
Remove vertical and horizontal motor connectors, and remove 2 photocoupling
connectors.
5
Remove 2 hardened power screws (M3×6) to take out the arm cover.
6
Remove 2 M3×10 hexagon socket head cap screws and spring washers to take out
the mixer arm assembly, and move the cable out of the precision shaft. Prevent
mixer collision.
7
Remove 3 M6×16 hexagon socket head cap screws and spring/flat washers, and take
out the mixer drive assembly from the instrument.
8
Place a new mixer drive assembly into the mounting position, and use 3 M6×16
hexagon socket head cap screws and spring/flat washers to fasten the assembly.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-63
5 Modules and Units
5.6 Mixer Movement Assembly
9
Thread the cable on the mixer arm assembly from the top of the precision shaft, and
use 2 M3×10 hexagon socket head cap screws and spring washers to pre-tighten the
arm assembly onto the precision shaft.
10 Sheathe the braided hose into the cable, reinstall connectors of the cable, and insert
the cable into the corresponding slot.
11 Connect the motor cable and the photocoupler cable.
12 See sections 8.6.1~8.6.3 to align positions from the mixer to the reaction carousel
and wash well, tighten 2 M3×10 hexagon socket head cap screws to fasten the arm
assembly, and use 2 hardened powder screws (M3×6) to install the arm cover.
13 Reassemble and reset the parts disassembled in step 2.
Alignment and confirmation
See 8.6.1~8.6.3 to align positions from mixer to reaction carousel and wash well.
5-64
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.7 Wash Assembly
5.7 Wash Assembly
5.7.1 Main functions
The wash assembly, located in the rear right of the whole unit, consists of the wash probe
assembly and wash probe drive assembly. It provides 4-phase wash for non-disposable
reaction cuvettes so that they can be used repeatedly without influencing the test effects.
The first 3 phases are wash phase probe assemblies. The wash probes of the first 1 to 3
phases have dispense and aspiration functions. The 4th phase is a wipe phase probe
assembly.
Figure 5.38 Location of wash assembly
Sample/reagent
carousel assembly
Frame
Assembly
BS-240 Service Manual
Sample Probe
Movement
Assembly
Mixer
Movement
Assembly
Auto Wash
Assembly
Reaction
Carousel
Assembly
Optical
assembly
5-65
5 Modules and Units
5.7 Wash Assembly
5.7.2 Locations and FRU Details
Figure 5.39 Wash assembly
Knurled
screw
Wash probe
drive assembly
Zero position
photocoupler
Table 5.7 List of materials
No
Part Name
Remark
1
115-036353-00
Wash probe assembly
FRU
2
051-001147-00
BA48 wash station
photocoupler PCBA
FRU
3
115-036352-00
Wash
probe
assembly
FRU
4
009-002204-00
Photocoupler cable (S)
FRU / Zero position
photocoupler
BA38-30-88154
Wash phase
assembly
probe
FRU
BA40-30-61934
Wipe
phase
assembly
probe
FRU
041-001845-00
Wipe block
5
6
7
5-66
FRU No. or Part
No.
drive
FRU
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.7 Wash Assembly
5.7.3 Replacing Wash Probe Assembly
When to do
Replace the wash probes when they are bent or damaged.
Tools
Name
Cross screwdriver
Code
/
Quantity
1
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.40 Wash probe assembly
Cable anchor
plate
BA48 wash station
photocoupler
M2.5×4 cross recessed
pan head screw
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover assembly, unscrew 8 M4×8 cross pan head combination
screws to remove the rear panel.
3
Unplug the cable connector of the BA48 wash station photocoupler.
4
Unplug the tubes and cables on the wash probe assembly, and manually loosen the
knurled screw to remove the wash probe assembly.
5
Install the new wash probe assembly, manually tighten the knurled screw, and
restore the tubes and cables according to their numbers.
6
Restore the components in the reversed order.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-67
5 Modules and Units
5.7 Wash Assembly
NOTE:
Reinstall the tubes and cables on the wash probe assembly according to the number
marking.
Alignment and confirmation
Check the wash probes' vertical position in reaction cuvettes according to 8.7.3.
5.7.4 Replacing Wash Station Photocoupler
When to do
Replace the wash station photocoupler when it is damaged.
Tools
Name
Cross screwdriver
Code
/
Quantity
1
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.41 Wash station photocoupler
Cable anchor
plate
M2.5×4 cross
BA48 wash station recessed pan
head screw
photocoupler
How to do
1
5-68
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.7 Wash Assembly
2
Open the shielding cover assembly, unscrew 8 M4×8 cross pan head combination
screws to remove the rear panel.
3
Unplug the cable connector of the wash station photocoupler.
4
Unplug the tubes and cables on the wash probe assembly.
5
Manually loosen the knurled screw to remove the wash probe assembly.
6
Loosen 2 M2.5×8 cross countersunk head screws on the anchor plate and then
remove the anchor plate.
7
Loosen 1 M2.5×4 cross pan head screw on the wash station photocoupler, replace it
with a new one, and tighten 1 M2.5×4 cross pan head screw.
8
Restore the components in the reversed order.
NOTE:
Reinstall the tubes and cables on the wash probe assembly according to the number
marking.
Alignment and confirmation
N/A
5.7.5 Replacing Wash Probe Drive Assembly
When to do
Replace the wash probe drive assembly when it is damaged.
Tools
Name
BS-240 Service Manual
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
5-69
5 Modules and Units
5.7 Wash Assembly
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.42 Wash probe drive assembly
Knurled
screw
Position adjusting
plate
M4×16 hexagon
socket head cap screw
+ spring washer
Zero position
photocoupler
M3×8 cross recessed
pan head screw
M4×12 hexagon socket head
cap screw + spring washer
Motor support
block
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Open the shielding cover, loosen the knurled screws on the wash probe assembly,
remove the wash probe assembly, and place the probe properly against bending.
Remote the sample probe to the reagent aspirating port position, remote the mixer
to the wash well position, unscrew the M4X8 cross recessed pan head padded screw,
remove the BA24 reaction carousel panel (basic part), lamp panel, wash panel,
unscrew the 3 M4X8 cross recessed pan head screws for fastening the right panel
assembly, and remove the right panel assembly.
3
Unplug the zero position photocoupler and the motor, loosen 4 M4×12 hexagon
socket head cap screws with spring washer on the motor supporting block, replace
the wash probe drive assembly with a new one, and then fix it with 4 M4×12
hexagon socket head cap screws with spring washer. Do not tighten the 2 M4×16
hexagon socket head cap screws with spring washer on the wash probe drive
assembly, till you finish the alignment.
4
5-70
Restore the components in the reversed order.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.7 Wash Assembly
Alignment and confirmation
Check the wash probes' vertical and horizontal positions in reaction cuvettes according
to 8.7.2~8.7.3.
5.7.6 Replacing Zero Position Photocoupler
When to do
Replace the zero position photocoupler on the wash probe drive assembly when it is
damaged.
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
Cross screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.43 Zero position photocoupler on the wash probe drive assembly
Knurled screw
Position adjusting plate
M4×16 hexagon socket
head cap screw + spring
washer
Zero position
photocoupler
M3×8 cross recessed
pan head screw
M4×12 hexagon socket head
cap screw + spring washer
Motor support block
BS-240 Service Manual
5-71
5 Modules and Units
5.7 Wash Assembly
How to do
1
Switch off the power of the analyzer.
2
Unscrew the 8 M4×8 cross pan head combination screws on the rear panel. Remove
the syringe drive assembly when removing the rear panel.
3
Unplug the connector of the zero position photocoupler.
4
Loosen 1 M3×8 cross pan head screw on the wash probe drive assembly, replace the
zero position photocoupler with a new one, and then fix it with 1 M3×8 cross pan
head screw.
5
Restore the components in the reversed order.
Alignment and confirmation
Adjust the wash probes' vertical position in reaction cuvettes according to 8.7.3.
5-72
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.8 Syringe Assembly
5.8 Syringe Assembly
5.8.1 Main functions
The syringe assembly includes 1 sample syringe assembly and 2 wash syringe assemblies.
1 of the wash syringe assemblies is used to inject wash solution, and is a 2.5ml syringe
assembly; and the other is used to inject deionized water, and is a hematology 10ml
syringe assembly.
5.8.2 Assembly Locations and FRU Details
Figure 5.44 Syringe assembly
Frame
Syringe
bracket weld
Syringe
module
Syringe left
bracket
2.5ml
syringe
assembly
Syringe left bracket
10 ml screw rod
driving syringe
assembly
Power supply
assembly
Syringe lower
bracket
Table 5.8 List of materials
No
1
BS-240 Service Manual
FRU No. or Part No.
Part Name
Remark
115-011901-00
10 ml screw rod driving syringe
assembly
FRU
2
115-031800-00
2.5ml syringe assembly
FRU
3
2800-21-28878
Motor position sensor assembly
FRU
4
115-036403-00
BA25 syringe assembly
/
5-73
5 Modules and Units
5.8 Syringe Assembly
5.8.3 Replacing 2.5ml Syringe and 10ml Syringe
When to do
Replace the syringe when the syringe is abnormal.
Tools
Name
Code
Quantity
cross screwdriver
/
1
Hexagon wrench
/
1
Exploded view for installation
See syringe assembly.
Replacement steps:
1
Switch off the power supply of the whole unit.
2
Pull out the tube and lines on the syringe, and use a hexagon socket wrench for
loosening. Fasten the 2.5ml syringe to the 4 hexagon screws of the left bracket and
lower bracket of the syringe, so that the 2.5ml syringe assembly can be taken out.
3
Pull out the tube and lines on the syringe, and use a hexagon socket wrench for
loosening. Fasten the 10ml screw rod driving syringe to the 4 hexagon screws of the
right bracket and lower bracket of the syringe, so that the 10ml screw rod driving
syringe assembly can be taken out.
4
After replacing the syringe with a new syringe, restore the assembly in the reversed
order.
5.8.4 Replacing Syringe
Refer to Section 9.3.2.
5-74
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.9 Photoelectric Unit
5.9 Photoelectric Unit
5.9.1 Functions and Parameters
The BS-240 has inherited the mature filter light-splitting technology of Mindray's BS
series. The photoelectric detection unit uses a light source to illuminate directly. After
passing through the interference filter, composite light becomes monochromatic light of
a specific bandwidth. After being absorbed by a solution, the monochromatic beam is
received by a photodetector. The photodetector converts the optical signal with light
intensity into an electric signal. A microprocessing unit calculates the concentration of the
solution by calculating the change of the light intensity. Multiple monochromatic
wavelengths required in a photometric system are implemented by using a filter wheel
apparatus. During measurement, filters are sequentially shifted into the optical path to
implement colorimetric measurement of each wavelength.
Technical Parameters

Optical system method: filter wheel forward-splitting system, optical-to-electric
conversion of silicon photodiode.

Wavelength range: 8 wavelengths: 340nm, 405nm, 450nm, 510nm, 546nm, 578nm,
630nm, and 670nm

Wavelength accuracy: ±2nm

Light source index: 12V/20W tungsten-halogen lamp

Minimum reaction volume: 100μl

Absorbance range: 0-4A, 10mm light pathlength

Optical pathlength of reaction cuvette: 5mm

Number of cuvettes: 8 segments, including 40 cuvettes in total

Cuvette cavity dimensions: 5mm×5mm×29.5mm

Cuvette material: plastic
Terms of Optics

AD value: the value converted from photoelectric signal (voltage) through AD
converter.

Water blank: the AD value of a cuvette measured when the wash station dispenses
water in phase 6. Water blank is the base point for calculation absorbance, that is,
the 0 point of absorbance.

Cuvette blank out of range: means the water blank of phase 6 is less than the light
intensity low limit. This alarm is used to monitor the energy level of the optical
system to ensure normal signal-to-noise ratio.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-75
5 Modules and Units
5.9 Photoelectric Unit
Cuvette blank out of range (10X): means the relative change of continuous phase-6 water
blanks for 10 cuvettes is greater than 3% comparing with the history data. This alarm is
used to prevent light fluctuation or erroneous result due to cuvette overflowing and to
remind the operator of this phenomenon.
5.9.2 Composition and Structure of Optical Assembly
The BS-240 optical assembly uses a filter wheel plus a PD to for photometric
measurement. See the figure below. The light source illuminates directly, and the beam is
converged by the lens 1 and then split by the filter. A monochromatic beam is shaped by
the lens 2 and then passes through the cuvette. After being absorbed by the solution, the
beam is converged by the lens 3. Finally, the optical signal is received by the photodiode
and converted into an electric signal for outputting. The whole optical path is from the
reaction carousel inwards.
Figure 5.45 Optical path
Light source Lens 1
Filter
Cuvettes
Lens 3
Photodiode
Lens 2
5-76
Optical base
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.9 Photoelectric Unit
Figure 5.46 Location of optical assembly
Optical assembly
The optical assembly consists of a light source assembly and a measurement assembly.
Table 5.9 List of materials
No
BS-240 Service Manual
FRU No. or Part No.
Part Name
Remar
ks
1
115-038466-00
20W lamp assembly (FRU)
FRU
2
041-001143-00
Lamp base retaining screw
FRU
3
BA10-20-78211
Patch cord for lamp housing fan
FRU
4
801-BA10-00099-00
Preamplifier board PCBA(FRU/C)
FRU
5
115-036571-00
Cuvette (Surface processed)
FRU
6
801-BA10-00041-00
Filter 340 (C)
FRU
7
801-BA10-00042-00
Filter 405 (C)
FRU
8
801-BA10-00043-00
Filter 450 (C)
FRU
9
801-BA10-00044-00
Filter 510 (C)
FRU
10
801-BA10-00045-00
Filter 546 (C)
FRU
11
801-BA10-00046-00
Filter 578 (C)
FRU
12
801-BA10-00047-00
Filter 630 (C)
FRU
13
801-BA10-00048-00
Filter 670 (C)
FRU
14
801-BA10-00004-00
AD collection board (C)
FRU
5-77
5 Modules and Units
5.9 Photoelectric Unit
5.9.3 Replacing Lamp
When to do
Replace the lamp when an alarm is triggered indicating that the lamp has insufficient
intensity, or not turned on, or has been used for over 2000 hours,
or has cuvette blank out of range (10X).
Tools
Cross screwdriver
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.47 Exploded view of lamp mounting position
Optical assembly
Lamp
assembly
Wiring terminal nut
(screwed manually)
Lamp retaining
screw
NOTE:
Replace the lamp according to the instructions on the screen.
Please wait for at least 5 minutes (if the lamp fan works properly) after turning off the
lamp to avoid injury.
Do not touch the bulb when installing the new lamp. In case of touching, please clean
the bulb with fiber cloth or ethanol-moistened gauze.
How to do
5-78
1
Select Utility -> Maintenance -> Maintenance -> Biochemistry Maintenance, and
select Replace Lamp.
2
Follow the instructions prompted by the software and wait for 10 minutes until the
lamp cools down.
3
Use a cross screwdriver to loosen the screws of the lamp panel, and remove the panel.
4
Unscrew the cable connectors and the lamp base retaining screws with hands, to
remove the lamp.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.9 Photoelectric Unit
5
Install the lamp and panel in a reversed order. Before installing the panel, ensure that
the lamp has been installed properly in the right place and there is no gap between
the lamp and the lamp base.
6
Select "Continue" and wait for 5 minutes for the new lamp to get steady. Select
"Photometer Check" to check if the lamp can work normally.
Alignment and confirmation
Refer to the alignment section.
5.9.4 Disassembling/Assembling Optical Assembly
When to do
Remove the optical assembly before replacing the filter, preamplifier board, and lamp
radiating fan.
Tools
Cross screwdriver and hexagon wrench
Exploded view for installation
Figure 5.48 Exploded view of optical assembly
Insulation
baffle plate
Wiring terminal bracket
M4 hexagon
nut
Wiring
terminal nut
Adjusting washer
Stop bolt
BS-240 Service Manual
5-79
5 Modules and Units
5.9 Photoelectric Unit
NOTE:
Do
not
touch
the
optical
surface
of
the
filter
with
a
hand
during
disassembling/assembling.
During disassembling, please wait for at least 5 minutes (if the lamp fan works properly)
after turning off the lamp, so as to avoid burn.
Do not lose the adjustment washer under the assembly during disassembling.
How to do
1
Switch off the power supply of the instrument.
2
Use a cross screwdriver to loosen the screws of the lamp panel, and remove the
panel and the panel on the top of the reaction carousel.
3
Refer to the Section about the reaction carousel unit maintenance to remove the
upper cover of the reaction chamber and remove the reaction carousel.
4
Remove the right cover.
5
Unplug the power cord of the lamp radiating fan.
6
Unplug the cable between the preamplifier board and the AD collection board.
7
Use a hand to unscrew off the nuts on the cable terminals, and then remove the lamp
power cord terminal from the terminals.
8
Use a cross screwdriver to loosen the 2 screws that fasten the wiring terminal
bracket, and remove the wiring terminal bracket together with the wiring terminal
from the optical assembly.
9
Unscrew the screws that fasten the fiber baffle plate, and remove the fiber baffle
plate.
10 Use a hexagon wrench to remove the 3 M4 hexagon screws that fasten the optical
assembly.
11 Extract the optical assembly upwards. Adjustment washes may exist under the
assembly, which should not be lost and shall be restored after installation. The
positions of the washers are shown in the following figure, and the semicircle of the
washer clasps the positioning pin.
12 Install the optical assembly in reserved order of the foregoing steps.
5-80
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.9 Photoelectric Unit
Figure 5.49 Location of washer
Adjusting washer
Stop bolt
5.9.5 Replacing Filter
When to do
Replace the filter when an alarm indicates that the light intensity is low and when energy
of a wavelength channel is confirmed weak.
Tools
Hexagon wrench, cross screwdriver
How to do
1
Remove the optical assembly according to the method described in the previous
section.
2
According to the following figure and the following table, find the holes of the filter of
the corresponding wavelength. Use a cross screwdriver to loosen the retaining
screws and washers on both ends of the filter that needs to be replaced, and remove
the filter. The outer cylinder surface of the filter has filter center wavelength
silkscreen, which may be used to check again whether the filter is expected to be
replaced.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-81
5 Modules and Units
5.9 Photoelectric Unit
Figure 5.50 Exploded view for replacing filter
Filter retaining
screw
Filter retaining
washer
Filter retaining
washer
Filter hole No.
Hole
1
Filter wavelength (nm)
340
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
405
546
670
450
510
578
630
3
Install a new filter in reversed order of the foregoing steps.
4
Install the optical assembly in reserved order of the foregoing steps.
5
Select "Maintenance"->"Alignment" -> "Photoelectric Gain Adjustment". For details,
see the Section about alignment.
NOTE:
Do
not
touch
the
optical
surface
of
the
filter
with
a
hand
during
disassembling/assembling.
5.9.6 Replacing Preamplifier Board
When to do
The preamplifier board may need to be replaced when no photoelectric signal is output
or a dark current is abnormal.
Tools
Cross screwdriver and hexagon wrench
How to do
5-82
1
Remove the optical assembly according to the method.
2
See the following figure. Use a screwdriver to remove the retaining screws of the
shielding cover, and remove the shielding cover.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.9 Photoelectric Unit
3
Use a cross screwdriver to remove the retaining screws of the preamplifier board,
and gently take out the preamplifier board.
4
Install the preamplifier board in reversed order. Use water as sample or reagent to
request test, the reaction curve must be flat and straight.
Figure 5.51 Exploded view for installing related parts on preamplifier board side on
optical base
Optical base
Retaining
screws on the
shielding cover
Leaf spring
Lens base
Lens
Washer
Preamplifier
board
Preamplifier board
retaining screw
Shielding cover
NOTE:
The parts such as the lens and the lens base in the holes on the preamplifier board in
the optical base are fixed by using only the preamplifier board, and are not fixed by
other means. Therefore, the preamplifier board should be taken out upwards. When
placing the optical assembly after the preamplifier board is taken out, the mounting
holes should face upwards to prevent dropping of the parts in the holes.
Alignment and confirmation
Refer to the Section about alignment.
5.9.7 Replacing lamp fan
When to do
Replace the lamp radiating fan when it fails.
Tools
Flathead screwdriver, hexagon wrench
BS-240 Service Manual
5-83
5 Modules and Units
5.9 Photoelectric Unit
How to do
1
Remove the optical assembly according to the method.
2
See the following figure. Use a screwdriver to remove 4 screws that fasten the fan,
and remove the fan.
3
Install a new fan, and fasten it with screws.
NOTE:
The fan radiates heat towards the lamp base. During installation, the fan surface that
bears characters faces the optical base, and the surface without characters faces
outwards.
Figure 5.52 Exploded view of lamp radiating fan
Lamp base
Light source
radiating fan
Fan retaining
screws
5.9.8 Replacing Reaction Cuvette
When to do
Replace a cuvette if,

it is detected abnormal through the Cuvette Check procedure; or

scratches or cracks are found on the optical surface of the cuvette.
WARNING
While installing the reaction cuvettes, exercise caution to avoid scratching them. Do
not touch the optical surface of the reaction cuvettes. If the optical surface is polluted,
the obtained absorbance may be inaccurate.
Wear gloves free of fiber and powder to avoid polluting the optical surface of the
reaction cuvettes.
5-84
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.9 Photoelectric Unit
BIOHAZARD
Wear gloves and lab coat, and if necessary, goggles during the maintenance process.
Tools
Cross screwdriver, fiber-free gloves, dry cloth or gauze, reaction cuvettes, and
concentrated wash solution manufactured by our company
How to do
1
Select Utility-Maintenance-Maintenance- Biochemistry Maintenance.
2
Choose Replace Cuvette.
3
Select Next.
4
Type in the position number of the cuvette segment you want to replace.
The input range is 1-8. Only one position number can be entered each time.
5
Select Replace.
6
Push open the cuvette window cover. Loosen the cuvette anchor plate screw with a
hand, flip the anchor plate screw rightward, and take out the reaction cuvette.
7
Install a new reaction cuvette, flip back the reaction cuvette anchor plate, and tighten
it with a hand.
Note: If all or many segments need to be replaced, the analyzing unit or the mains supply
may be turned off first. Push open the cuvette window. Rotate the reaction carousel
with a hand to replace the reaction cuvette.
8
After completion of replacing the cuvette, close the cuvette window cover.
9
Select
"Utility"->"Maintenance"->"Maintenance"->"Biochemical
Maintenance
Instruction"->"Reaction Cuvette Detection" to check whether the new cuvette meets
the requirements. Note: If the cuvette detection is not performed, the water blank of
the new cuvette may be too big to use, or an alarm "Water blank out of range (10X)"
appears.
5.9.9 Replacing AD collection board
When to do
The AD collection board may need to be replaced when no photoelectric signal is output
or a dark current is abnormal.
Maintenance Tools
Cross screwdriver and antistatic gloves
How to do
1
BS-240 Service Manual
Power off the analyzing unit or the instrument.
5-85
5 Modules and Units
5.9 Photoelectric Unit
2
Use a cross screwdriver to remove the right cover of the instrument.
3
See the following figure. Use a cross screwdriver to remove the screws that fasten
the upper cover of the AD box, and remove the upper cover of the AD box.
4
Unplug the signal cable between the AD collection board and the main control board.
5
Use a cross screwdriver to remove the screws that fasten the AD collection board,
and remove the AD collection board.
6
Install a new AD collection board in reversed order of the foregoing steps.
Figure 5.53 Exploded view of AD collection board
Signal cable interface
AD collection board
AD box upper cover
NOTE:
Wear ESD gloves when replacing the AD collection board.
Alignment and confirmation
Refer to the Section about alignment.
5-86
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.10 ISE Unit (Optional)
5.10 ISE Unit (Optional)
5.10.1 Module Functions
The ISE module is an optional module for the fully-automated chemistry analyzer and
designed to measure the concentration of K+, Na+ and Cl- in serum, plasma and diluted
urine. The sample volume for measurement is: 70µl for serum and plasma, 140µl for
urine diluted at the ratio of 1:9 (1 for urine and 9 for diluent).
5.10.2 Structure and FRU List
The ISE unit consists of the ISE module, pump module and reagent module,functions of
which are introduced in the following table.
Table 5.10 Components of ISE Unit
Name
Functions
ISE module
The ISE module has the following electrodes: Na+, K+, Cl-,
and reference. It analyzes and measures sample dispensed
through the injection port.
Pump module
Three peristaltic pumps are contained to transfer reagent
and liquid waste.
Reagent module
The reagent module integrates calibrator A, calibrator B,
waste container, and a chip used for monitoring reagent
inventory. It provides reagent for sample analysis and stores
the liquid waste herein.
The figure below shows the composition of the module.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-87
5 Modules and Units
5.10 ISE Unit (Optional)
Figure 5.54 Exploded view for installation of Measuring module
ISE shielding
box
ISE shielding
cover
Figure 5.55 Exploded view for installation of pump module
Peristaltic
Pump
5-88
Pump bracket
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.10 ISE Unit (Optional)
Figure 5.56 Exploded view for installation of reagent module
Figure 5.57 ISE measuring system tube connection
Calibrator B
Calibrator A
Waste well
Pump B
Pump
W
Pump A
ISE
Table 5.11 List of materials
No
BS-240 Service Manual
FRU No. or Part No.
Part Name
Remark
1
115-004626-00
K electrode
FRU
2
115-004627-00
Na electrode
FRU
3
115-004630-00
Cl electrode
FRU
4
115-004625-00
Reference electrode
FRU
5
115-004628-00
Spacer
FRU
6
BA34-10-63657
Main control board of the ISE
module
FRU
7
BA34-10-63659
Pre-amplification board of the ISE
module
FRU
8
BA34-10-63658
Compression plate
FRU
9
801-BA34-00104-00
ISE module bubble detector
FRU
10
801-BA34-00103-00
Sample tube of ISE module
FRU
11
BA34-10-63663
O ring of ISE module (3)
FRU
12
BA34-10-63668
O ring of ISE electrode
FRU
13
082-000684-00
Peristaltic Pump
FRU
14
801-BA34-00105-00
The peristaltic pump tube(3 pcs)
FRU
15
BA34-10-63666
ISE waste tube connector
FRU
5-89
5 Modules and Units
5.10 ISE Unit (Optional)
16
BA34-10-63667
Tube connector of ISE (4)
FRU
17
801-BA34-00106-00
ISE module plastic tube for A ,B
and W liquid
FRU
18
BA34-10-63812
ISE module wand
FRU
5.10.3 Unclogging Waste Tubes
When to do
If the sample contains insoluble substances like fibrin or other substances, they can be
accumulated in the waste tube after long time use, causing clogging of the waste tube.
Maintenance Tools
Name
Unclogging tool for ISE
Code
115-023372-00
Quantity
1
WARNING
Do not spill liquid on the analyzer. Liquid ingression may cause equipment damage.
BIOHAZARD
Wear gloves and lab coat, and if necessary, goggles during the maintenance process.
NOTE
Excessive bleach and deionized water flushed into the ISE reagent pack waste bag may
cause waste bag over expansion and clog the Cal A & Cal B reagent flow.
To prevent this problem, connect to an old used-up reagent pack or use the connector
of the used-up reagent.
How to do
1
Ensure the analyzer is on idle (standby) condition. Open the ISE cover on the right
side analyzer panel.
2
Remove the electrode housing cover. Remove the waste tube fitting from the bottom
of the right angle adaptor. Remove waste peri-pump tube from the pump bracket.
Refer to pictures below.
3
Connect the waste tube fitting to a syringe and unclogging tool with 5 mL of
undiluted household bleach. Refer to pictures below.
4
Press the wand release button to remove the wand from the current in use ISE
reagent pack and keep it in a save place. Engage the wand to an old used-up reagent
pack.
5-90
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.10 ISE Unit (Optional)
5
Inject bleach into the ISE waste tube and soak the tube for 5 minutes. Discharge the
waste into the reagent pack.
Note: When the bleach cannot be injected into the ISE pack, remove the wand and push
down to open the waste valve manually with a sharp object, and then inject again. If
bleach can go through this time, the waste bag was clogged and cannot be used. If
bleach still cannot be injected, replacing the ISE wand is recommended.
6
Repeat this step with 5 mL of deionized water without the 5 minutes of soaking time.
7
Remove the wand from the old use-up pack and re-install it back to the current in
use ISE pack. Re-install the waste tube fitting back to the ISE electrode housing right
angle adaptor and waste peri-pump tube back to the pump bracket. Re-install the
housing cover.
Alignment and confirmation
Perform ISE pump calibration and if it succeeds, the tube has been successfully unclogged.
5.10.4 Replacing Pump Tube
When to do
Replace the pump tube when it is aged or leaking or has not been maintained for a half
year.
Maintenance Tools
Cross screwdriver, pump tube.
Precautions:
BIOHAZARD
Wear gloves and lab coat, and if necessary, goggles during the maintenance process.
How to do
1
Ensure the analyzer is on idle (standby) condition. Open the ISE cover on the right
side analyzer panel.
2
Execute Utility-Maintenance-Maintenance- ISE Maintenance – Reagent Unpack.
3
Execute Utility-Maintenance-Maintenance- ISE Maintenance – Replace Pump Tube
and Calibrator Tube.
4
Select "Pump Tube".
5
Replace it with new one. Make sure the connectors and tubes are correctly
connected; otherwise ISE module failure may occur.
6
Load the reagent pack and the procedure is completed.
7
Install back the right side panel.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-91
5 Modules and Units
5.10 ISE Unit (Optional)
8
Record the maintenance log.
Alignment and confirmation
Perform ISE pump calibration and if it succeeds, the tube has been successfully replaced.
5.10.5 Replacing Calibrator Tube
When to do
Replace the calibrator tube when it is aged or leaking or has not been maintained for over
one year.
Maintenance Tools
Cross screwdriver, calibrator tube
Precautions:
BIOHAZARD
Wear gloves and lab coat, and if necessary, goggles during the maintenance process.
How to do
1
Ensure the analyzer is on idle (standby) condition. Open the ISE cover on the right
side analyzer panel.
2
Execute Utility-Maintenance-Maintenance- ISE Maintenance – Reagent Unpack.
3
Execute Utility-Maintenance-Maintenance- ISE Maintenance – Replace Pump Tube
and Calibrator Tube.
4
Select Calibrator Tube.
5
Replace it with new one. Make sure the connectors and tubes are correctly
connected; otherwise ISE module failure may occur.
6
Load the reagent pack and the procedure is completed.
7
Install back the right side panel.
8
Record the maintenance log.
Alignment and confirmation
Perform ISE pump calibration and if it succeeds, the tube has been successfully replaced.
5-92
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.10 ISE Unit (Optional)
5.10.6 Inventory Calculation of Reagent Pack
Reagent pack as one part of the ISE module should be installed as instructed by this
manual. You should install reagent pack while the analyzer is powered off, and then check
the reagent inventory and prime the ISE module with Calibrator A and B. If the reagent
pack is not properly installed, error may be produced in inventory calculation, and the
actual volume may differ from that displayed on the screen.
The following operations may result in the actual inventory of the ISE reagent pack less
than the displayed one.
1
When the analyzer is turned on and the ISE module is in failure status, the reagent
pack is changed, without recovering the module failure or checking the inventory
immediately.
Operation explanation: When the ISE module is in Stopped status, the software will stop
writing volume information into the reagent pack chip. However, the analyzer will
automatically execute the sip action of the ISE module during startup to consume
certain amount of reagent. Therefore, when the reagent pack is replaced, but the ISE
module is not restored or the screen display refreshed, the software will not calculate
the reagent consumption volume until reading the new reagent pack. At this
moment, the actual reagent volume = displayed volume - consumption of Sip after
replacing the reagent pack, which means that the actual reagent volume is less than
the displayed volume on the screen.
2
When the analyzer is powered on but the software is closed or the computer is shut
down, the reagent pack is changed.
Operation explanation: During shutdown, the analyzer will automatically execute the
sip action of the ISE module to consume certain amount of reagent. When the
analyzer is started up, the software will detect a new reagent pack and zero the
consumption that is not written into the reagent pack chip, and then display the
volume read from the reagent pack chip. At this moment, the actual reagent volume
= displayed volume - consumption of Sip after replacing the reagent pack, which
means that the actual reagent volume is less than the displayed volume on the screen.
3
When the analyzer is powered on but the software is closed or the computer is shut
down, the reagent pack is switched to another analyzer and then installed back after
use.
Operation explanation: During shutdown process, the analyzer cannot detect if the
reagent pack is normal. If the reagent pack is installed on the current instrument
after being used on another one, the analyzer, when started up, will detect that the
recorded reagent volume on the chip is less than the original one, and the software
will zero the reagent consumption of Sip during shutdown and display the read
volume on the screen. At this moment, the actual reagent volume = displayed volume
- consumption of Sip during shutdown (with reagent pack installed), which means
that the actual reagent volume is less than the displayed volume on the screen.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-93
5 Modules and Units
5.10 ISE Unit (Optional)
4
The ISE module is de-configured, but the reagent pack is still on the instrument.
Operation explanation: Though the ISE module is de-configured, the original reagent
pack information is not cleared from the database. When the ISE module is
configured again with the same reagent pack, the Sip period without ISE module will
be included in calculation of the reagent consumption.
NOTE:

In condition 1, restore the ISE module and check the reagent inventory immediately
to minimize or eliminate the calculation error.

In condition 2 and 3, before running the operating software to start up the analyzer,
remove the reagent pack and then run the operating software. After the startup
procedure is complete, re-install the reagent pack and inquire the reagent volume
immediatelyto minimize or eliminate the calculation error.

In condition 4, remove the reagent pack and then de-configure the ISE module.
The following operations may result in the actual inventory of the ISE reagent pack more
than the displayed one.
1
When the analyzer is turned on and the ISE reagent pack is changed, without
checking the inventory immediately.
Operation explanation: The analyzer will automatically refresh the ISE reagent
consumption, by subtracting the consumption of calibrator A or B from the known
volume (of the original reagent pack) and writing it into the reagent pack chip,
when calibrator A or B is consumed for 1%. The written volume is based on the
original reagent pack before replacement, and the volume of a used reagent pack is
often less than that of a new one. So the volume recorded on the chip of the new
reagent pack is less than the actual volume, and the actual volume is greater than the
displayed volume on the screen.
2
When the analyzer is powered on but the software is closed or the computer is shut
down, the reagent pack is removed for storage, and re-installed before the operating
software is run.
Operation explanation: During shutdown process, the analyzer cannot detect if the
reagent pack is normal. If the reagent pack is loaded before the analyzer is started up,
the analyzer, when started up, will detect that the reagent volume recorded on the
chip is same as that recorded by the software, but the software will confirm by
mistake the reagent consumption of sip during shutdown. (Actually, no reagent is
consumed.)Therefore, after calculating the reagent consumption, the software will
write the new volume information onto the chip and display it on the screen. At this
moment, the actual reagent volume = displayed volume + consumption of Sip during
shutdown (with reagent pack installed), which means that the actual reagent volume
is greater than the displayed volume on the screen.
3
5-94
The analyzer is powered off after the operating software is closed, and it is powered
on again before the operating software is run.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
5 Modules and Units
5.10 ISE Unit (Optional)
Operation explanation: When closed normally, the operating software cannot detect if
the ISE module is working. When powered on before the software is run, the
analyzer, when started up, will detect that the reagent volume recorded on the chip is
same as that recorded by the software, but the software will confirm by mistake the
reagent consumption of sip during shutdown. (Actually, no reagent is consumed
because the ISE module is not working while the analyzer is powered off.)Therefore,
after calculating the reagent consumption, the software will write the new volume
information onto the chip and display it on the screen. At this moment, the actual
reagent volume = displayed volume + consumption of Sip during shutdown (with
reagent pack installed), which means that the actual reagent volume is greater than
the displayed volume on the screen.
NOTE:

In condition 1, inquire the ISE reagent volume immediatelyto minimize or eliminate
the calculation error.

In condition 2 and 3, before running the operating software to start up the analyzer,
remove the reagent pack and then run the operating software. After the startup
procedure is complete, re-install the reagent pack and inquire the reagent volume
immediatelyto minimize or eliminate the calculation error.
BS-240 Service Manual
5-95
5 Modules and Units
5.10 ISE Unit (Optional)
5-96
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6
Hardware Circuits
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6-1
6 Hardware Circuits
6.1 Overview
6.1 Overview
This chapter describes the functions of the PCBAs (printed circuit board assemblies)
used on the BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer.
6-2
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.2 Hazards
6.2 Hazards
NOTE:
While the instrument is working, do not touch the hardware circuit boards with your
hands or other objects.
Before removing a circuit board, disconnect the instrument from the (AC) power supply.
Please wear a pair of anti-static gloves or take other measures to prevent static
electricity prior to removing a circuit board.
BS-240 Service Manual
6-3
6 Hardware Circuits
6.3 Summary of PCBAs
6.3 Summary of PCBAs
Sequence number and function description of PCBAs
The table bellows provides a summary of the PCBAs used on the BS-240 Chemistry
Analyzer and briefly describes their functions.
Table 6.1 Summary of PCBAs
PCBA (PCB)
Functions
No.
Main Control Board
051-002414-00
The main control board is the control center of the BS240. It is mainly used to fulfill the following tasks:
communicating with a computer through the RS232
serial port to transmit data and instructions;
communicating with the smart modules, including the
ISE module, through the extended serial ports to
transmit data and instructions; and controlling digital
potentiometer adjustment and photoelectric data
collection of the AD collection board and receiving the
photoelectric data.
#1
Power drive board
051-002413-00
Controlling and driving the sample/reagent probe,
sample/reagent mixer, sample/reagent carousel,
reaction carousel, cuvette wash station, wash syringe,
and related parts.
#2
Reagent
refrigeration
board
BA20-30-75227
The reagent refrigeration board is used to drive the
reagent refrigeration circuit (including heatsinks),
fans, and demisting circuit of the reagent bar code
reader.
#3
Level sense board
051-002479-00
The two boards respectively sense the level of samples
and reagents, and detect/convert the signals of the
two vertical obstruct detection sensors.
#4
AD collection board
BA10-30-77759
The AD collection board adjusts the photoelectric
signals output by the pre-amplification board and
controls it for AD conversion. It provides an SPI
interface for connecting with the main control board.
#5
Pre-amplification Board
BA10-30-77760
The pre-amplification board converts the signals of the
discrete photodiode array from analog to digital.
#6
Power supply board
051-002404-00
These boards are used to power the whole unit,
outputting the A12V, A5V digital, D12V/E12V analog,
C12V power, B24V power, and the B12V power for
partial Peltiers.
#7
For locations of boards in the instrument, see the following exploded view.
6-4
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.3 Summary of PCBAs
Figure 6.1 Locations of boards in the instrument (1)
Power drive board
Main Control Board
Power supply board
BS-240 Service Manual
6-5
6 Hardware Circuits
6.3 Summary of PCBAs
Figure 6.2 Locations of boards in the instrument (2)
Level sense board
Reagent refrigeration
board
Pre-amplification
Board
6-6
AD collection
board
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA
6.4 Functions of PCBA
6.4.1 Control Structure
The BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer consists of the analyzing unit (analyzer), operation unit
(computer), and output unit (printer).
The analyzing unit (analyzer) is composed of the temperature control system, reaction
system (including ISE module), photometric system, sample/reagent handling system,
mixer system, and cuvette wash station.
The general control structure of the BS-240 is shown in the figure below.
The hardware system has the following functions:

Communicating with a computer through the serial port, and receiving/sending
commands, responses, and data.

Controlling data collection of the photometric system.

Controlling movement and status signal collection of execution units.

Controlling working and temperature control signal collection of the temperature
control system.
Figure 6.3 Overall functions
Optical System
Photoelectric signal
Control signal
Temperature
control signal
PC
RS232
Hardware System
Temperature control
system
Control signal
Control signal
Position signal
Drive and execute
system
6.4.2 Main Control Board
Functions and Principles
The main control board (051-002414-00) is used to fulfill the following functions:

Communicating with a computer through the serial port to transmit data and
instructions and to update the application programs of the PCBA.
BS-240 Service Manual
6-7
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA

Communicating with the smart modules, including the ISE module, through the
extended serial ports to transmit data and instructions.

Controlling digital potentiometer adjustment and photoelectric data collection of the
AD collection board and receiving the photoelectric data.

Detecting position signal and horizontal obstruct signal.

Detecting level sense signal and vertical obstruct signal through the interface for the
level sense board.
The figure below shows the relation between the main control board and other PCBAs.
Figure 6.4 Relation between main control board and other PCBAs
Power
supply
board
Reagent
refrigeration
board
Main Control
Board
Power drive
board
AD collection
board
Preamplifier
board
The functional diagram of the main control board is shown below.
6-8
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA
Figure 6.5 Functional diagram of main control board
Bus
TTL Serial
Port
Location sensor
Drive clock/direction signal
Injection unit
Probe wash pump valve signal
Bus
Level floater
Drive clock/direction signal
Mixer Unit
TTL Serial
Port
Wash pump valve signal
Bus
Reaction Unit
PC
Drive clock/direction signal
TTL Serial
Port
FPGA
Drive clock/direction signal
Bus
Cuvette Wash Unit
TTL Serial
Port
Bus
TTL Serial
Port
Bus
Wash pump valve signal
Temperature
Control Unit
Reaction carousel heater control signal
Control signal of deionized water heater
Control signal of wash solution heater
Main Control Unit
Main Control Board
Description
PCB layout
The PCB layout of the main control board is shown below.
BS-240 Service Manual
6-9
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA
Figure 6.6 PCB layout of main control board
Connectors
The main control board includes the following connectors.
Power supply:
Power supply input (J2): 6-pin, providing +12V analog, +5V digital for the PCBAs.
Pin No.
Signal
Reference
Value
1
+5V
4.75~5.25V
2
GND
/
3
/
/
4
/
/
5
12V
11.4~-12.6V
6
GND
/
Connectors for sending/receiving communication signals:
6-10

Connector (J7) for PC: 10-pin, RS232, used for communication with a computer.

Connector (J1) for drive signal: 40-pin, TTL, used for transmitting a control signal to
the power drive board.

Connector (J39) for AD collection board: DB25, used for communication with the AD
collection board and providing power supply for it.

Connector (J6) for ISE module: 8-pin, RS232, used for communication with the ISE
module.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA

Connector (J5) for bar code module: 8-pin, RS232, used for communication with the
bar code module.

Connector (J12) for photocoupler: 36-pin, used for input of movement station
position sensor.

Connector (J13) for photocoupler: 36-pin, used for input of movement station
position sensor.

Connector (J14) for photocoupler: 10-pin, used for input of level floater sensor.

Connector (J18) for temperature sensor: 4-pin, used for input of reaction carousel
temperature sensor.

Connector (J21) for temperature sensor: 4-pin, used for input of deionized water
temperature sensor.

Connector (J22) for temperature sensor: 4-pin, used for input of wash solution
temperature sensor.

Connector (J23) for temperature sensor: 4-pin, used for input of reagent preheating
temperature sensor.

Connector (J11) for power supply and signal output of level sense board: 4-pin, used
to input a level signal and an anti-collision signal into and provide a power supply
for the level sense board.
Connectors for debugging:

JTAG connector (J8): 10-pin, used for debugging the FPGA.
Indicators
The main control board contains the following indicators.

+12V power supply indicator (D8): green. It is lit when the analyzer power switch is
turned on, indicating that the +12V power supply has been connected.

+5V power supply indicator (D7): green. It is lit when the analyzer power switch is
turned on, indicating that the +5V power supply has been connected.

+3.3V power supply indicator (D9): green. It is lit when the analyzer power switch is
turned on, indicating that the +3.3V power supply has been connected.

Analog +12V power supply indicator (D20): green. It is lit when the analyzer power
switch is turned on, indicating that the analog +12V power supply has been
connected.

Analog -12V power supply indicator (D21): green. It is lit when the analyzer power
switch is turned on, indicating that the analog -12V power supply has been
connected.

D19: orange FPGA configuration indicator. On indicates FPGA is successfully
configured.

D14: Green FPGA working status indicator. LED is flashing every second, indicating
FPGA works normally.
BS-240 Service Manual
6-11
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA

D23: Green. When communication with the lower layer unit is interrupted, the
indicator is lit.
Test points
In the following positions of the main control board can signal tests be performed.

12V: +12V power supply input. Normal range: 11.4 - 12.6V.

P12V: analog +12V power supply input. Normal range: 11.4 - 12.6V.

N12V: analog -12V power supply input. Normal range: -11.4 - -12.6V.

5V: +5V power supply input. Normal range: 4.75 - 5.25V.

VDD: +3.3V power supply. It is secondary power supply used to power the major
digital circuits of the PCBA. Normal range: 2.97 - 3.63V.

2.5V: +2.5V power supply. It is secondary power supply used for FPGA downloading.
Normal range: 2.25 - 2.75V.

1.2V: +1.2V power supply. It is secondary power supply used to power the FPGA
core. Normal range: 1.14 - 1.26V.
Installation Methods and Precautions
NOTE:
Prior to removing the PCBA, disconnect the instrument from the power supply and wear
a pair of anti-static gloves or wrist straps.
Make sure that the connectors are inserted properly into the PCBA.
Check the connectors with locks and ensure they have been locked properly.
Check other connectors and ensure that they are inserted into the end of the slots.
It requires relatively great force to plug/unplug connectors J1 and J12~J13. Hold the
PCBA by its edge while plugging/unplugging these connectors to prevent it from being
deformed or damaged.
After connecting J39 connector (DB25), tighten the retaining screws on two sides of it.
Parameters should be saved before uninstalling the board, and can be loaded after the
board is replaced.
6.4.3 Power drive board
Description
6-12

The power drive board controls and drives the step motors, DC motors and valves.

Receiving action signals from the main control board through the relevant interface.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA

Controlling and driving movements of the wash station, wash syringe,
sample/reagent/reagent carousel, sample/reagent/reagent probe, mixer, reaction
carousel, valves, etc.
The functional diagram of the power drive board is shown below.
Figure 6.7 Power drive board
Power drive board
Bus
TTL Serial
Port
Location sensor
Injection unit
Drive clock/direction signal
Probe vertical motor
Probe wash pump valve signal
Probe horizontal motor
Probe syringe motor
Bus
Level floater
Mixer Unit
TTL Serial
Port
Drive clock/direction signal
Wash pump valve signal
CPLD
Motor
drive
A3985/A3
979
Bus
Reaction Unit
PC
Drive clock/direction signal
Wash syringe motor
TTL Serial
Port
FPGA
Drive clock/direction signal
Bus
Cuvette Wash Unit
TTL Serial
Port
Bus
TTL Serial
Port
Bus
Wash pump valve signal
Pump/
Valve
Drive
Pump/ valve
Pump/Valve
Drive
Temperature
Control Unit
Reaction carousel heater control signal
Control signal of deionized water heater
Control signal of wash solution heater
Main Control Unit
220V heater drive
Reaction Carousel Heater
220V heater drive
Deionized Water Heater
220V heater drive
Wash Solution Heater
Power supply board
Main Control Board
Description
The PCB layout of the power drive board is shown below.
BS-240 Service Manual
6-13
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA
Figure 6.8 Power drive board PCB
Connectors:
The power drive board contains the following connectors.
Power supply:
Power supply input (J17): 8-pin, providing analog 24V and 12V and digital +5V for the
PCBAs.
Pin No.
Signal
Reference Value
1
+24V
23.5~26V
2
+24V
23.5~26V
3
+5V
4.75~5.25V
4
+12V
11.4~12.6V
5
GND
/
6
GND
/
7
GND
/
8
GND
/
Connectors for sending/receiving communication signals:

Connector (J20) for transmitting control signal of main control board: 40-pin, TTL,
used for transmitting a control signal.
Connectors for debugging:
JTAG connector (J2): 10-pin, used for debugging the FPGA.
Drive control connectors:
6-14
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA

Valve driving connector (J6): 8-pin, used for driving interior pump and interior wash
valve of sample/reagent probe.

Valve driving connector (J9): 8-pin, used for driving phase-1\2\3\4 waste pump,
deionized water and wash solution dispense valves, and mixer exterior valve.

Sample/reagent carousel motor driving connector (J15): 4-pin, used for driving the
sample/reagent carousel motor.

Reaction carousel motor driving connector (J16): 4-pin, used to drive reaction
carousel motor.

Sample/reagent horizontal motor driving connector (J5): 4-pin, used for driving the
sample/reagent horizontal motor.

Sample/reagent vertical motor driving connector (J13): 4-pin, used for driving the
sample/reagent vertical motor.

Sample/reagent syringe motor driving connector (J8): 4-pin, used for driving the
sample/reagent syringe motor.

Deionized water syringe motor driving connector (J11): 4-pin, used for driving the
deionized water syringe motor.

Wash solution syringe motor driving connector (J12): 4-pin, used for driving the
wash solution syringe motor.

Wash station motor driving connector (J4): 4-pin, used for driving the wash station
motor.

Sample/reagent mixer horizontal motor driving connector (J10): 4-pin, used for
driving the sample/reagent mixer horizontal motor.

Sample/reagent mixer vertical motor driving connector (J14): 4-pin, used for driving
the sample/reagent mixer vertical motor.

Mixer motor driving connector (J22): 2-pin, used to drive the mixer motor.

Reagent preheating driving connector (J24): 2-pin, used for driving the reagent
preheater.
Indicators
The power drive board contains the following indicators.
Power supply:

+12V power supply indicator (D3): green. It is lit when the analyzer power switch is
turned on, indicating that the +12V power supply has been connected.

+5V power supply indicator (D2): green. It is lit when the analyzer power switch is
turned on, indicating that the +5V power supply has been connected.

+24V power supply indicator (D1): green. It is lit when the analyzer power switch is
turned on, indicating that the +24V power supply has been connected.
Test points
BS-240 Service Manual
6-15
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA
In the following positions of the power drive board can signal tests be performed.

12V: +12V power supply input. Normal range: 11.4 - 12.6V.

24V: 24V power supply input. Normal range: 23.5 - 26V.

5V: +5V power supply input. Normal range: 4.75 - 5.25V.
Installation Methods and Precautions
NOTE:
Prior to removing the PCBA, disconnect the instrument from the power supply and wear
a pair of anti-static gloves or wrist straps.
Make sure that the connectors are inserted properly into the PCBA.
Check the connectors with locks and ensure they have been locked properly.
Check other connectors and ensure that they are inserted into the end of the slots.
It requires relatively great force to plug/unplug connectors J20 and J17. Hold the PCBA
by its edge while plugging/unplugging these connectors to prevent it from being
deformed or damaged.
6.4.4 AD collection board
Functions and Principles
The AD collection board is intended to implement the following functions:

Adjusting gains of 12 photoelectric signals via a digital potentiometer.

Controlling the channel selection switch to switch among 12 channel signals at
different time.

Converting photoelectric analog signals into digital signals via an AD converter and
then outputting the signals.
The figure below shows the relation between the AD collection board and other PCBAs.
Figure 6.9 Relation between AD collection board and other PCBAs
Preamplifier
board
AD collection
board
Main Control
Board
6-16
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA
The functional diagram of the AD collection board is shown below.
Figure 6.10 Functional diagram of AD collection board
Preamplifier
board
Single analog signal gain
adjustment
Main Control
Board
ADC
Description
PCB layout
The PCB layout of the AD collection board is shown below.
Figure 6.11 PCB layout of AD collection board
Connectors
The AD collection board contains the following connectors.
Power supply:
BS-240 Service Manual
6-17
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA
Power supply output connector (J1): 6-pin, used to provide +12V and -12V power
supplies for the preamplifier board and receive optical and electric signals from the
preamplifier board.
Pin No.
Signal
Reference Value
1
Signal
0.25V-2.5V (water blank condition)
2
+12V
11.4~12.6V
3
GND
/
4
GND
/
5
GND
/
6
-12V
-11.4~-12.6V
Main control board connector (P1): 25-pin, used for communication with the main
control board.
Indicators
The AD collection board contains the following indicators.
Power supply:

+12V power supply indicator (D5): green. When it is lit, it indicates that the +12V
power supply has been connected.

-12V power supply indicator (D4): green. When it is lit, it indicates that the -12V
power supply has been connected.

+5V power supply indicator (D3): green. When it is lit, it indicates that the +5V
power supply has been connected.
Test points
In the following positions of the AD collection board can signal tests be performed.

VIN: Optical/electric signal output Normal range: varies with the signal strength and
lies between 0-5V.

VPP: +12V power supply input. Normal range: 12V±5%, that is, 11.4 - 12.6V.

VSS: -12V power supply input. Normal range: -12V±5%, that is, -11.4 - -12.6V.

VCC: +5V power supply input. Normal range: 5V±5%, that is, 4.75 - 5.25V.

AVCC: analog +5V power supply. Normal range: 5V±5%, that is, 4.75 - 5.25V.

DVCC: digital +5V power supply. Normal range: 5V±5%, that is, 4.75 - 5.25V.
Installation Methods and Precautions
NOTE:
Prior to removing the PCBA, disconnect the instrument from the power supply and wear
a pair of anti-static gloves or wrist straps.
6-18
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA
Make sure that the connectors are inserted properly into the PCBA.
Check the connectors with locks and ensure they have been locked properly.
Check other connectors and ensure that they are inserted into the end of the slots.
It requires relatively great force to plug/unplug connectors J1. Hold the PCBA by its
edge while plugging/unplugging these connectors to prevent it from being deformed or
damaged.
After connecting P1 connector (DB25), tighten the retaining screws on two sides
of it.
6.4.5 Pre-amplification Board
Functions and Principles
The pre-amplification board is intended to implement the following functions:

Converting optical signals into electric signals via a photodiode array.

With the help of the back circuit, filtering signals and transmitting them to the AD
collection board after amplification.
The figure below shows the relation between the pre-amplification board and other
PCBAs.
Figure 6.12 Relation between pre-amplification board and other PCBAs
Optical signal
Preamplifier board
ADC collection
board
The functional diagram of the pre-amplification board is shown below.
Figure 6.13 Functional diagram of preamplifier board
Optical signal
PDA
Signal filtering and amplification
ADC collection
board
BS-240 Service Manual
6-19
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA
Description
PCB layout
The preamplifier board layout of the main control board is shown below.
Figure 6.14 PCB layout of preamplifier board
Connectors
The pre-amplification board includes the following connectors.
Power supply:
Power supply input connector (2): 1-pin, used to provide +12V power supplies for the
preamplifier board.
Power supply input connector (6): 1-pin, used to provide -12V power supplies for the
preamplifier board.
Power supply input connector (3): 1-pin, used to ground the preamplifier board.
Connectors for sending/receiving communication signals:
6-20
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA
Preamplifier board signal output connector (1): 1-pin, used to transmit 1 optical/electric
analog signal.
Installation Methods and Precautions
Since encapsulated inside the Optical measurement assembly, the preamplifier board
should be maintained together with the Optical measurement assembly rather than
maintained independently.
6.4.6 Level sense board
Functions and Principles
The BS-240 level sense board is used to sense the sample/reagent fluid level, and
primarily implements the following functions:

Sensing the reagent/sample levels; detecting the fluid level steadily and reliably,
especially allowing the sample/reagent probe to correctly detecting the fluid level
inside reaction cuvettes.

Outputting level sense signals to the main control board when the probe contacts the
fluid level.

Detecting vertical collision, and outputting the detection signal to the main control
board.
The functional diagram of the level sense board is shown below.
Figure 6.15 Functional diagram of level sense board
Vertical
collision
circuit
Dual
tube
probe
Capacity
detection
chip
CPU
Connect
or
circuit
Main
Control
Board
Description
PCB layout
The top layer of the level sense board is shown below.
BS-240 Service Manual
6-21
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA
Figure 6.16 Level detection board PCB
Connectors
The level sense board contains the following connectors.
Probe connector (J1): 2-pin, used for connecting the sample/reagent probes with related
circuit.
Pin No.
Signal
1
GND
2
Probe capacitor
signal input
Power supply and signal output connector (J2): 4-pin, used to provide power supply for
the level sense board and output the level sense signal and vertical collision signal.
Pin No.
Signal
1
GND
2
Vertical
collision
output
Reference Value
/
signal
High level (about 4V) is output when no vertical
collision occurs, and low level (about 0V) is output
when vertical collision happens.
3
Level
sense
signal output
Low level (about 0V) is output when the probe fails to
detect the fluid level, and high level (about 4V) is
output when the probe detects the fluid level.
4
+12V
11.4~12.6V
Serial port communication cable connector (J3): 3-pin, used for communication between
the level sense board and the control drive board.
Pin No.
Signal
1
RXD
2
RST
3
TXD
Indicators
The level sense board contains the following indicators.
6-22

Level sense indicator (D5): green. It is extinguished when the probe fails to detect
the fluid level, and vice versa.

Vertical collision indicator (D1): green. It is extinguished when no vertical collision
occurs, and vice versa.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA

Level sense board operation indicator (D2): yellow. The level sense board operation
indicator is blinking when the board works normally, and is always lit when strong
interference is detected.
Test points
In the following positions of the level sense board can signal tests be performed.

LEVEL: level sense signal output. Normal condition: Low level (about 0V) is output
when the probe fails to detect the fluid level, and high level (about 4V) is output when
the probe detects the fluid level.

GND: grounding terminal of the level sense board.

5V: 5V power supply of the level sense board, with a normal range of 4.75 - 5.25V.

3.3V: 3.3V power supply of the level sense board, with a normal range of 2.97 - 3.63V.

RAM: vertical collision signal output. Normal condition: High level (about 4V) is
output when no vertical collision occurs, and low level (about 0V) is output when
vertical collision happens.
Installation Methods and Precautions
NOTE:
Prior to removing the PCBA, disconnect the instrument from the power supply and wear
a pair of anti-static gloves or wrist straps.
Make sure that the connectors are inserted properly into the end of the slots on the
PCBA.
It requires great force to plug/unplug the connectors. Hold the PCBA by its edge while
plugging/unplugging the connectors to prevent it from being deformed or damaged.
6.4.7 Reagent Refrigeration Board
Functions and Principles
The reagent refrigeration board is relatively independent in the entire hardware system
and has the following major functions:

Refrigeration control and drive: controlling the switch of the heatsinks and
refrigerating the reagent compartment to keep the temperature within certain range.

Control of cooling fans and demisting.
The functional diagram of the reagent refrigeration board is shown below.
BS-240 Service Manual
6-23
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA
Figure 6.17 Functional diagram of reagent refrigeration board
Temperature sensor
Reagent
refrigeration
board
Temperature
indication
circuit
Refrigeration
control circuit
2 Peltiers
2 Peltier radiating fans
Voltage conversion
circuit
12 V
6 reserved system radiating
fans
1 lamp radiating fan
12VFAN
1 power drive board
radiating fan
Antifogging circuit
Main Control
Board
Photoelectric
coupling
Reaction carousel fan
feedback signal
processing circuit
1 reserved radiating fan
4 reaction carousel
temperature control fans
Description
PCB layout
The PCB layout of the reagent refrigeration board is shown below.
Figure 6.18 Reagent refrigeration board PCB
Connectors
The reagent refrigeration board includes the following connectors.
Power supply:
6-24
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA
Power supply input connectors (J86): providing refrigeration F12V and refrigeration
B12V for the PCBAs.
Pin No.
Signal
Reference
Value
1
F12V
11.4~12.6V
4
GND
0
2, 3
B12V
11.4~12.6V
5, 6
FGND
/
Description
12V power supply input for
cooling fans.
Refrigeration power supply
input: used for loading the
corresponding
Peltiers
J89_1 and J89_2.
Peltier connectors (J4-J7): providing power supply for the Peltiers.
Connector
Pin No.
J89_1
1
Signal
Reference Value
1 Peltier
0V for ON and 12V for OFF.
2
Connector
J89_2
12V
Pin No.
1
Signal
Reference Value
2 Peltier
0V for ON and 12V for OFF.
2
12V
Demisting circuit connector (J15): providing power supply for the demisting heater.
Connector
J9
Pin No.
1
Signal
1
demisting
heaters
2
Reference Value
11.4~12.6V
/
3
/
4
0
Reagent refrigeration fan connectors (J84, J85): providing a power supply for the reagent
refrigeration 12V fan.
Connector
J84
J85
Pin No.
Signal
Reference Value
1
GND
/
2
FAN
11.4~12.6V
1
GND
/
2
FAN
11.4~12.6V
Temperature sensor connector (J88): checking temperature of the refrigeration
compartment and refrigeration board.
BS-240 Service Manual
6-25
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA
Connector
Pin No.
J88
Signal
Reference
Value
1
GND
0V
2
Temperature sensor signal
of
the
refrigeration
compartment
/
PCBA radiating fan connector (J75): providing a 12V power supply for the PCBA
radiating fan.
Connector
J75
Pin No.
Signal
Reference Value
1
GND
/
2
FAN
11.4~12.6V
Whole unit radiating fan connector (J81): providing a 12V power supply for the whole
unit radiating fan.
Connector
J81
Pin No.
Signal
Reference Value
1
GND
/
2
FAN
11.4~12.6V
Lamp radiating fan connector (J73): providing a 12V power supply for the lamp radiating
fan.
Connector
J73
Pin No.
Signal
Reference Value
1
GND
/
2
FAN
11.4~12.6V
Reaction carousel constant-temperature fan connectors (J76, J77): providing a 12V
power supply for the fan that keeps temperature of the reaction carousel.
Connector
J76
J77
Pin No.
Signal
Reference Value
1
GND
/
2
FAN
11.4~12.6V
1
GND
/
2
FAN
11.4~12.6V
Indicators
The reagent refrigeration board includes the following indicators.
Power supply:
6-26
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA
No.
Description
Color
Introduction
D45
C24V
Green
When it is lit, it indicates that the
power supply works normally.
D48
VCC
Green
When it is lit, it indicates that the
power supply works normally.
D47
B12V
Green
When it is lit, it indicates that the
power supply works normally.
D49
VDD
Green
When it is lit, it indicates that the
power supply works normally.
D46
F12V
Green
When it is lit, it indicates that the
power supply works normally.
Indicators to indicate PCBA functions:
No.
Description
Color
Introduction
D15
Fan
power
indicator
supply
Green
When it is lit, it indicates that the
refrigeration board is working.
D3
Refrigeration
power
supply indicator
Green
When it is lit, it indicates that the
refrigeration board is working.
D4
Indicating the reagent
compartment
temperature
Red
When the reagent compartment
temperature exceeds the high
limit
D6
Indicating the reagent
compartment
temperature
Green
When the reagent compartment
temperature is within the target
range
D5
Indicating the reagent
compartment
temperature
Yellow
When the reagent compartment
temperature is lower than the low
limit
D7
Indicating status
the peltier
Green
When it is lit, it indicates that the
peltier is working.
of
Installation Methods and Precautions

Prior to removing the PCBA, disconnect the instrument from the power supply and
wear a pair of anti-static gloves or wrist straps.

Make sure that the connectors are inserted properly into the PCBA.

Check the connectors with locks and ensure they have been locked properly.

Check other connectors and ensure that they are inserted into the end of the slots.
Installation Methods and Precautions
NOTE:
Prior to removing the PCBA, disconnect the instrument from the power supply and wear
a pair of anti-static gloves or wrist straps.
Make sure that the connectors are inserted properly into the end of the slots on the
PCBA.
BS-240 Service Manual
6-27
6 Hardware Circuits
6.4 Functions of PCBA
It requires great force to plug/unplug the connectors. Hold the PCBA by its edge while
plugging/unplugging the connectors to prevent it from being deformed or damaged.
6-28
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.5 Power Supply System
6.5 Power Supply System
6.5.1 Power Supply System of Whole Unit
Figure 6.19 Power supply system of the whole unit
Connected
to housing
E yellow
green
L brown
Power jack
Analyzer Switch
Main Power Switch
L brown
N light blue
L
N light blue
N
Power
supply
board
Power supply board
The power supply board, as the major part of the entire power supply system, provides
power supply for the lamp, DC power supply for major control boards, and power supply
for refrigeration modules. For details, see the figure below:
Figure 6.20 Power supply board
A12V/2A
Lamp
Power supply board
5V
Main Control
Board
5V/4A
Analog +/-12V
Analog Power
Supply Conversion
Board
Analog +/-12V
AD collection
board
Preamplifier
board
12V/5A
Power drive board
24V/6A
Power Supply
Conversion
Board
12V/11A
ISE module
Reagent
refrigeration
board
6.5.2 Performance Indices
Power supply input

AC voltage input: 220-240V, 220/230V, and 110/115V.

AC voltage frequency: 50/60±1Hz

AC input power: 1KVA
Power supply output
No
1
Name
5V
BS-240 Service Manual
Rated Output
5V/4A
Usage
5V digital
Control Description
Controlled by analyzer
power switch
6-29
6 Hardware Circuits
6.5 Power Supply System
2
12V
12V/2A
Lamp
Controlled by operating
software
3
12V
12V/11A
Reagent
refrigeration
Controlled
by
power switch
4
12V
12V/5A
12V drive
Controlled by analyzer
power switch
5
24V
24V/6A
24V
drive
heater
and
main
Controlled by analyzer
power switch
NOTE:

Control by operating software means that the lamp voltage is controlled by the
operating software while the main power switch and analyzer power switch are
turned on.

Control by analyzer power switch means that the power supply is controlled by the
analyzer power switch with the prerequisite that the main power switch is turned
on.

Control by main power switch means that the power supply works normally when
the analyzer power switch is turned on, and vice versa.
6.5.3 Power supply board
Functions and principles are described below.
The PCB layout of the power supply board is shown below.
6-30
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.5 Power Supply System
Figure 6.21 PCB layout of power supply board
Indication of voltage outputs:
LED
BS-240 Service Manual
Indication Status
Controlled By
L12V
When L12V is lit, it indicates that the
lamp outputs a 12V power.
Controlled
operating software
by
D5V
When D5V is lit, it indicates that the
PCBA outputs a 5V power.
Controlled by analyzer
power switch
B12V
When B12V is lit, it indicates that the
reagent refrigerator outputs a 12V
power.
Controlled by
power switch
P12V
When P12V is lit, it indicates that the
lamp outputs a 12V power.
Controlled by analyzer
power switch
P24V
When P24V is lit, it indicates that the
PCBA outputs a 24V power.
Controlled by analyzer
power switch
main
6-31
6 Hardware Circuits
6.5 Power Supply System
NOTE:

Control by operating software means that the lamp is controlled by the operating
software while the main power switch and analyzer power switch are turned on.

Control by analyzer power switch means that the power supply is controlled by the
analyzer power switch with the prerequisite that the main power switch is turned
on.

Control by main power switch means that the power supply works normally when
the analyzer power switch is turned on, and vice versa.
Output connectors:
No.
J1
J2
J3
Pins
Output Description
1
AC input L
3
AC input N
1
12VOUT
2
Analyzer Switch
3
Ground (Analyzer Switch)
1
deionized water Heater (220V)
12
2
Wash solution heater (220V)
5
3
10
7
9
J4
6-32
Upper heater
(220V)
of
reaction
carousel
Lower heater
(220V)
of
reaction
carousel
4
/
6
/
8
/
11
/
1
Lamp ground
2
Ground
3
Ground
4
Ground
5
Ground
6
Ground
7
Ground
8
Ground
9
Ground
10
Ground
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.5 Power Supply System
No.
J5
J6
Pins
Output Description
11
12V output of lamp
12
12V output of reagent refrigeration
13
12V output of reagent refrigeration
14
24V output of driving
15
24V output of driving
16
12V output of driving
17
12V output of driving
18
12V output of driving
19
5V output
20
5V output
1
Control input of deionized water heater
2
Control input of wash solution heater
3
Control
heater
4
Ground
5
Control input of inlet valve
6
Ground
7
Control input of SV07 dispense valve
8
Ground
9
Reserved
10
Ground
11
Lamp control input
12
Ground
1
Driving output of inlet valve
input
of
reaction
carousel
2
3
Driving output of SV07 dispense valve
4
5
Reserved
6
J7
1
Radiating fan
2
3
Radiating fan
4
BS-240 Service Manual
6-33
6 Hardware Circuits
6.5 Power Supply System
6-34
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.6 Wiring Diagram of Analyzer
6.6 Wiring Diagram of Analyzer
2
1
3
4
5
6
RE
V
ECN
7
8
DESCRIPTION
DRAW
CHECHK
APPR
DATE
D
D
Power
supply
board
Heater voltage
selection board
C
C
Reagent
refrigeration
board
Main Control
Board
Power drive
board
AD collection
board
B
B
APPROVALS
MINDRAY
DATE
DESIGN
CHECK
A
TITLE
Host (220V) cabling
diagram
CHECK
File:
Bytes:
Date:
Time:
CONFIDENTIAL DISCLOSURE: This set of drawing(s) and all it's intellectual property rights (including copyright) subsisting
herein are property of Shenzhen Mindray Bio-medical Electronics Co.,Ltd. No use, copies or reproductions should be made
of this drawing or any part(s) thereof for whatever purpose nor shall any information, data, calculations, or other contents
contained in this drawing be disseminated without prior written permission of Shenzhen Mindray Bio-medical Electronics
Co.,Ltd.
Software & Rev: Microsoft office Visio 2003
1
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
2
3
4
5
CHECK
DWG NO.
R&D
SHEET 1
CHIEF ENG.
6
BA10
OF9
A
REV 1.1
SIZE A4
7
6-35
6 Hardware Circuits
6.6 Wiring Diagram of Analyzer
6
Reserved valve
Reserved pump
Water inlet valve
Heater under
reaction carousel
Heater temperature
protection switch
under reaction
carousel
Heater temperature
protection switch on
reaction carousel
Heater on reaction
carousel
Wash solution
temperature
protection switch
Deionized Water
Heater
5
4
33PV3CTRL
PV3CTRL
99yellow
yellow
2
1
77black
black
3
8
4
77GND
GND
66yellow
yellow
9
88220VCTRL3
220VCTRL3
10
33red
red
88yellow
yellow
10
10red
red
11
12
33
34
8
7
6
5
22black
black
12GND
12GND 66
88blue
blue
10
10black
black
5
2
6
3
5V
5V 11
20
20red
red
6
19
19red
red
GND
GND77
12V
12V 44
99black
black
17
17yellow
yellow
12GND
12GND 88
77blue
blue
15
15orange
orange
24V
24V 11
24V
24V 22
8
14
14orange
orange
GND
GND 66
55white
white
GND
GND 55
44white
white
B
B12V
B12V 33
12
12yellow
yellow
55
B12V
B12V 22
44
GND
GND 66
GND
GND 55
13
13yellow
yellow
33blue
blue
33
22
11
J1
J1
LL
11brown
brown
7
9
3
10
2
5
1
1
2
N
33light
lightblue
blue N
3
AC
ACpower
powersupply
supplycables
cablesfrom
from
power
powerswitch
switchto
toPFC
PFCboard
board
and
and24V
24Vboard
board
11
1
12
2
13
3
14
4
Power
Power supply
supply board
board
C
1
1
12Vout
3
blue
NO
2
3
C
+
2
15
5
16
6
17
7
18
8
19
9
20
10
black
Analyzer Switch
GND
B
22blue
blue
GND
GND 44
66white
white
C12V
C12V11
16
16orange
orange
ISE
ISE power
power supply
supply PCBA
PCBA
ISE
ISEmodule
module
1124V
24V
22GND
GND
3
1
33yellow
yellow12V
12V
2
2
11blue
blueGND
GND
1
J2
J2
J1
J1
M32:
M32:lamp
lamp
12VGND
12VGND
LAMP12V
LAMP12V
A
6
Refrigeration
Refrigerationboard
board12V
12Vpower
powercord
cord
J86
J86
66
5
J2
5V
5V 33
J17
J17
7
4
Drive
Driveboard
boardpower
powercord
cord
BA10-20-78108
BA10-20-78108
Power
Power drive
drive board
board
Refrigeration
Refrigerationboard
board12V
12V
power
powerpatch
patchcord
cord
3
J4
J4
12
12black
black
18
18yellow
yellow
4
2
11
11yellow
yellow
Main
Maincontrol
controlboard
board
12V&5V
12V&5Vpower
powercord
cord
12V
12V 33
3
3
1
J14
J14
66220VCTRL2
220VCTRL2
GND
GND 44
5
7
D
LLbrown
brown
44red
red
1
1
2
11blue
blue
99LAMPCTRL
LAMPCTRL
12
12GND
GND
2
1
6
55220VCTRL1
220VCTRL1
15
15GND
GND
C
5
44GND
GND
20
20GND
GND
4
J5
J5
55blue
blue
22PV2CTRL
PV2CTRL
12
Main
Maincontrol
controlboard
boardcontrol
controlsignal
signal
cable
cable
11PV1CTRL
PV1CTRL
J2
J2
Housing
Housingground
ground
Main Power
Switch
M07-00061S---
Power jack
Main
Main control
control board
board
J16
8
7
Cables
Cablesfrom
frompower
powerjack
jack
to
topower
powerswitch
switch
EEyellow
yellowgreen
green
NNlight
lightblue
blue
J3
J3
D
4
Wash Solution Heater
3
Dionized water
temperature
protection switch
2
1
11black
black
22black
black
MINDRAY
11
11red
red
11red
red
File:
Bytes:
Date:
Time:
Software & Rev: Microsoft office Visio 2003
1
6-36
2
3
4
5
6
A
Power Supply System Cabling
Diagram
TITLE:
1.1
DWG NO.
REV
SHEET 2 OF 9
SIZE A4
7
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
6 Hardware Circuits
6.6 Wiring Diagram of Analyzer
5
GND
4
8
34
5
7
33
11red
red
11
11red
red
11
yellow
88yellow
345V
5V
34
6
3
335V
5V
33
4
1
345V
5V
34
red
66red
yellow
88yellow
220VCTRL3
88220VCTRL3
2
335V
5V
33
3
2
1
10
yellow
77yellow
GND
77GND
9
8
blue
99blue
black
11black
220VCTRL1
55220VCTRL1
7
5
6
red
44red
blue
33blue
black
22black
yellow
55yellow
GND
44GND
Maincontrol
controlboard
boardcontrol
controlsignal
signal
Main
cable
cable
J16
1
2
3
PV3CTRL
33PV3CTRL
4
6
4
PV1CTRL
11PV1CTRL
4 GND
6 12GND
5
Main control board
12V&5V power cord
3
J11
PV2CTRL
22PV2CTRL
2
1
3
4
4 red
1 blue
3 12V
2 black
3 yellow
1 VCC
44
1
22
2
220VCTRL2
66220VCTRL2
2 red
4
44
3
3
22
1
48 47
1
50 49
46 45
44 43
42 41
38 37
40 39
36 35
34 33
28 27
32 31
30 29
26 25
24 23
18 17
20 19
9
4
16 15
7
8
14 13
12 11
2
3
48 47
50 49
42 41
46 45
38 37
44 43
40 39
36 35
28 27
34 33
32 31
30 29
26 25
18 17
22 21
24 23
20 19
16 15
7
9
4
8
14 13
12 11
J20
3
1
5
6
2
J5
J5
J4
2
J65
2 NC
3 NC
4 NC
5 NC
6 NC
7 NC
5
6
Cables from main control board to
power drive board
1 GND
D
(Sample probe) level
sense board PCBA
2 NC
3 NC
4 NC
5 NC
6 NC
7 NC
8 PUMP_FILL_IN
9 VAVLE_FILL_IN
10 PUMP_FILL_OUT
11 VALVE_WASH_INJECT1
12 VALVE_WASH_INJECT2
13 PREHEAT_REAG
14 STIR_DC
15 LAMP_CTRL
16 PWR_PV_WASH1
17 PWR_PV_WASH2
18 RELAY_T
19 GND
20 REAC-CLK
21 REAC-DIR
22 CLK_STIR_R
23 DIR_ STIR_R
24 DIR_WASH_UP
25 CLK_ WASH_UP
26 CLK_RESERVED_MOTOR1
27 DIR_RESERVED_MOTOR1
28 CLK_FILL_T
29 DIR_FIIL_T
30 CLK_RESERVED_MOTOR2
31 DIR_ RESERVED_MOTOR2
32 CLK_STIR_UP
33 DIR_STIR_UP
34 GND
35 CLK_SYR_MOTOR1
36 DIR_ SYR_MOTOR1
37 CLK_SYR_MOTOR2
38 DIR_ SYR_MOTOR2
39 CLK_RESERVED_MOTOR3
40 DIR_ RESERVED_MOTOR3
41 CLK_FILL_R
42 DIR_FILL_R
43 CLK_FILL_UP
44 DIR_ FILL _UP
45 CLK_FILL_SYR
46 DIR_FILL_SYR
47 GND
48 VCC
49 VCC
50 VCC
3
1
1
2
4
High-concentration
waste sensor
2 yellow LEVEL1
3
J1
4
4
5
C
2
6
1
J66
1
1 white GND
Diluted wash solution blank
sensor
Dionized water blank sensor
4 red LEVEL2
7
3 blue GND
8
NC
NC
9
NC
NC
10
NC
NC
J14
Power drive
board
BNC
22 21
BNC
BNC
8
7
2 red
1 black
Sample probe level
detection cable
BA30-20-06546
D
6
PROBE
4
C31: Sample probe
3
1 black
2
1
C
J2
Main control board
J39
6
8
2
4
6
8
10
3
5
7
1
3
5
7
9
7 CTS
Yellow 6
8 TRIG
Orange 9
9 NC
4 NC
NC 5
NC 7
NC 8
NC 11
13 GND
10 DCP_CLK
25 GND
6
24 CH_A0
5
12 GND
4
NC
GND
9 DCP_EN
TXD232
23 CH_A1
11 DCP_DIN
3
22 CH_A2
CTS 8
9 NC
2
21 CH_A3
NC 6
RTS 7
7
Cable between main control board
and AD board
1
NC
19 AD_CLK
6 NC
8
J23
RXD232
8 GND
White 10
PC COM
GND 5
6 AD_DIN
Black 4
6 RTS
NC 4
PC communications
patch cord
20 AD_RC
Green 3
Blue 2
5 GND
5
1
14
Red
2 RXD
3 TXD
ISE module
2
15
NC
7
ISP_RESET
8
NC
15
14
P1
16
17
18
20
19
21
22
23
25
24
9
NC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
11
12
B
13
NC
NC 12
SHIELD
NC 13
J21
J22
Red 2
4 NC
Red 1
3
16
Black1
2
1 VCC
4
17
Reagent preheating sensor patch
cord
NC 1
RXD 2
TXD 3
5
18
19
3 red
1 NC
3
6
20
2 black
Patch cord from main control board to ISE
module
21
Black
1 red
VCC
1
4 white
PHO_FILL_T
2
2 black
GND
3
3 green
GND
4
1 red
VCC
5
4 white
PHO_FILL_TC
6
2 black
GND
7
3 green
GND
8
1 red
VCC 9
PHO_WASH_UP
10
4 white
11
2 black
GND
12
3 green
GND
1 red
VCC
13
4 white PHO_WASH_SUCKSYR
14
2 black
GND
15
3 green
GND
16
1 red
VCC
17
18
4 white PHO_WASH_EJECT
2 black
GND
20
3 green
GND
1 red
VCC
21
4 white
PHO_RESERVED1 22
2 black
23
GND
3 green
24
GND
VCC
25
4 white
PHO_RESERVED2 26
27
2 black
GND
28
3 green
GND
1 red
VCC
29
4 white
PHO_RESERVED3 30
2 black
31
GND
3 green
32
GND
33 NC
34 NC
22
Reaction carousel temperature
sensor cable
+
C
E
+
C15:sample/reagent
C
carousel
coder sensor
E
+
C
Standby
E
+
C
Standby
E
+
Cuvette wash station
C
anti-collision
E
+
Wash Station Home Position C
E
+
C
E
+
Wash Solution Syringe
C
Home Position
E
23
2 PRTD_REF
Cable 2 from main control board to
position sensor
C16:sample/reagent
carousel
home position sensor
7
J18
24
25
3
4
1
2
2
7
1
8
5
SENSOR
6
3
SHIELD
4
1
REF
2
33
AD collection board BA10-30-77759
NC 14
NC 15
3
34
31
2
32
29
1
30
25 27
Deionized water temperature sensor cable
26 28
23
3
24
21
SENSOR
22
19
3
20
17
2
18
15
REF
16
13
2
14
11
Wash solution temperature sensor cable
12
9
1
10
7
SHIELD
8
5
1
6
3
M29: Reagent
Preheating Sensor
4
1
3 PRTD_T1
B
2
Dioni
zed
water
syring
e
home
positi
on
Cable 1 from main control board to
position sensor
1 red
VCC
1
+ 4 white
PHO_REAC_T
2
C 2 black
GND
3
GND
4
E 3 green
1 red
VCC
5
+
4 white
PHO_REAC_TC
6
C
Reaction Carousel Coder
GND
7
- 2 black
Sensor
3
green
GND
8
E
9
1 red
VCC
+
PHO_FILTER_MOTOR
10
4 white
C
C40: filter wheel
11
2 black
GND
home position sensor
12
GND
E 3 green
1 red
VCC
13
+
C18: sample vertical
4 white PHO_FILL_UP
14
C
movement motor
GND
15
- 2 black
home position sensor
GND
16
E 3 green
1 red
VCC
17
C17: sample probe rotation + 4 white PHO_FILL_R
18
C
motor
19
GND
- 2 black
home position sensor
20
GND
E 3 green
1 red
VCC
21
+
22
PHO_FILL_SYR
C19: sample syringe motor C 4 white
23
GND
home position sensor
- 2 black
3
green
24
GND
E
VCC
25
+
26
4 white
PHO_STIR_UP
C28: mixer vertical
C
27
GND
- 2 black
movement motor
28
GND
E 3 green
home position sensor
1 red
VCC
29
+
4 white
30
PHO_STIR_R
C27: mixer rotation motor
C
31
GND
home position sensor
- 2 black
3
green
32
GND
E
33 NC
34 NC
C13: reaction carousel
home position sensor
J13
18 AD_BUSY
33
5 GND
34
31
7 GND
32
29
4 15GND
30
25 27
16 VCC
26 28
23
3 VCC
24
21
17 15GND
22
19
1 +15V
20
17
14 +15V
18
15
2 -15V
16
13
15 -15V
14
11
Reagent bar code reader
12
9
C29: reaction
carousel
temperature sensor
10
7
8
3
8
5
9
2
6
3
10
1
4
1
11
2
2
12
13
3
J12
J7
J6
1
J5
MINDRAY
A
A
TITLE:
File:
Bytes:
Date:
Time:
Main control board cabling diagram
BA10
DWG NO.
SHEET 3 OF 9
Software & Rev: Microsoft office Visio 2003
1
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
2
3
4
5
6
REV
SIZE A2
7
6-37
1.1
6 Hardware Circuits
6.6 Wiring Diagram of Analyzer
5
3
1
8
6
4
2
P350
3 yellow
4 red
12V 4
VCC 3
1 blue
2 black
GND 7
Power drive board power cord
2 white
12GND 8
3 orange
1 white
P403
24V 2
GND 6
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3
1
B
3 blue
1 red
2 blue
GND 5V
DGND 12V
GND 24V
J8
1
2
J13
3
4
J20
3
25 26
31 32
33 34
29 30
35 36
37 38
39 40
41 42
6-38
4
5
6
7
8
9
4
C
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
21 22
J40
23 24
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 34
35 36
37 38
39 40
B
41 42
43 44
45 46
47 48
49 50
2 blue
1 red
1 red
3 yellow
4 yellow
MINDRAY
TITLE:
BA23
SHEET 4 OF 10
3
4
5
6
A
Power drive board connection diagram
DWG NO.
2
2
3
1
3 blue
2
3
4
4 white
3
6 white
1 red
1 red
1
6
2 blue
3 blue
3
4
Mixer vertical
movement motor cable
4 white
3 yellow
1
6 white
2
4 yellow
3
4
6
1 red
4
Reaction carousel
motor cable
1 red
1
2 blue
3
3 yellow
1
3 blue
2
Software & Rev: Microsoft office Visio 2003
1
1
J14
1
J16
4 yellow
3
4
6 white
Mixer rotation
motor cable
4 white
4
6
1 red
1 red
1 red
1
2 blue
2 blue
3 blue
2
1 red
4 white
3
J10
1
4
1
3 yellow
2
4 yellow
4
1
Reagent carousel motor cable
1 red
1 red
3
J4
6 white
2 blue
3 blue
3
4
6
4 white
3 yellow
1
6 white
2
4 yellow
6
4
Wash solution syringe
motor patch cord
3
J15
3 yellow
4
4
Time:
1GND
2 NC
3 NC
4 NC
5 NC
6 NC
7 NC
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
37
38
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
16
17
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
49 50
J12
3 blue
1 red
3
1 red
4
3
1
45 46
1 GND
2 NC
3 NC
4 NC
5 NC
6 NC
7 NC
8 PUMP_FILL_IN
9 VAVLE_FILL_IN
10 PUMP_FILL_OUT
11 VALVE_WASH_INJECT1
12 VALVE_WASH_INJECT2
13 PREHEAT_REAG
14 STIR_DC
15 LAMP_CTRL
16 CLK_WASH_SYR
17 DIR_WASH_SYR
18 RELAY_T
19 GND
20 REAC-CLK
21 REAC-DIR
22 CLK_STIR_R
23 DIR_ STIR_R
24 CLK_RESERVED_MOTOR1
25 DIR_RESERVED_MOTOR1
26 CLK_WASH_UP
27 DIR_WASH_UP
28 CLK_FILL_T
29 DIR_FIIL_T
30 CLK_RESERVED_MOTOR2
31 DIR_ RESERVED_MOTOR2
32 CLK_STIR_UP
33 DIR_STIR_UP
34 GND
35 CLK_SYR_MOTOR1
36 DIR_ SYR_MOTOR1
37 CLK_RESERVED_MOTO4
38 DIR_RESERVED_MOTO4
39 CLK_RESERVED_MOTOR3
40 DIR_ RESERVED_MOTOR3
41 CLK_FILL_R
42 DIR_FILL_R
43 CLK_FILL_UP
44 DIR_ FILL _UP
45 CLK_FILL_SYR
46 DIR_FILL_SYR
47 GND
48 VCC
49 VCC
50 VCC
47 48
Cuvette wash
station motor
6 white
4 white
2 blue
4 yellow
3 blue
6
2
3
43 44
1
1
3 yellow
3
4 white
4 yellow
J11
6 white
4
Bytes:
23 24
27 28
6
Date:
4
21 22
Exterior Wash Syringe
File:
9
19 20
Power drive board
1 red
A
8
4
3 yellow
7
1
4 yellow
6
2
4
Reagent probe rotation motor
cable
6 white
4 white
5
17 18
2 blue
1 red
4
11 12
J5
6
2 blue
1 red
2
3
3
1
1
15 16
3 yellow
Cables from main control board to
power board
J6
4
3
4
D
1
GND 24V
2
J9
J17
P35
2
0
3
Main control board
7
2
1
2
GND 5
2 red
1 black
4 red
6 red
1
1
Bla
ck
R
2 e
d
4
3
1
3
yellow
2
1
2
1 blue
2 red
3
4
3
4 orange
M29: Reagent
preheating block
M19: Mixer DC motor
1
Patch cord from drive board
to three-probe board
preheater
2 red
Patch cord from drive board
to three-probe board mixer
motor
1
1 blue
5 yellow
5
6
4
J7
4
7
8
Power supply
12&5V board
Power supply 24V board
13 14
2
6
Filter wheel motor
patch cord
00
4 white
6 white
P01: interior pump
1 red
2
2 blue
1 red
J24
8
7
1
3 blue
1
SV02: interior valve
3
6
1
3 yellow
2
4
4 yellow
SV03: Sample Probe
Exterior Valve
6
1 red
Reagent probe vertical
movement motor cable
6 white
4 white
2
C
1 red
2
1
2
J22
1
1
P04: phase 4 aspiration
pump
2 blue
P03:
phase 2/3 aspiration pump
3 blue
2
3
P02:
phase 1 aspiration pump
3 yellow
2
4 yellow
SV05: Dionized water
dispense valve
4
SV06: Wash Solution
Dispense Valve
4 white
5
1
+
1
6 white
SV04: Mixer Exterior
Valve
Syringe motor cable
6
2
2
-
1
D
4
24V 1
3
5 blue
2
1
7
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
REV
1
SIZE A4
6 Hardware Circuits
6.6 Wiring Diagram of Analyzer
2
1
3
4
5
6
8
7
D
AGND_SHILED
-15V
AGND
5
6
AGND
4
3
+15V
2
Cables from AD
collection board to
preamplifier board
1
340nm
Preamplifier board
BA10-30-77760
D
C
C
2
4
6
1
3
5
J1
AD collection board
15
14
16
17
18
20
19
21
22
23
25
24
P1
B
2
4
3
1
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
B
1 +15V
14 +15V
2 -15V
15 -15V
3 VCC
16 VCC
4 15GND
17 15GND
5 GND
18 AD_BUSY
6 AD_DIN
19 AD_CLK
7 GND
20 AD_RC
8 GND
21 CH_A3
9 DCP_EN
22 CH_A2
10 DCP_CLK
23 CH_A1
11 DCP_DIN
24 CH_A0
12 GND
25 GND
13 GND
Cable between main control board and
AD board
15
14
J39
1
2
16
3
17
4
18
5
20
19
6
7
21
8
22
9
23
10
25
24
11
12
13
MINDRAY
Main Control Board
A
TITLE:
File：
Bytes：
Date：
Time：
DWG NO.
1
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
2
BA10
SHEET 5 OF 9
Software & Rev: Microsoft office Visio 2003
3
4
5
6
A
AD collection board cabling diagram
7
6-39
REV
1.1
SIZE A4
6 Hardware Circuits
6.6 Wiring Diagram of Analyzer
2
1
3
4
5
6
8
7
M42-M43: refrigeration 92 fan
C35: reagent refrigeration temperature
sensor
J81
1
J79
1
2
J80
1
2
J78
1
2
J82
1
2
J83
1
2
GND
Demisting
temperatur
e protection
switch
Demisting
heater
D
J84
1
2
J15
3
1
2
4 +5V
2
2
1
J85
1 GND
Demisting heater cable
reserved
12V
GND
12V
2 12V
Reagent refrigeration/radiating fan cable
2
1 GND
GND
12V
12V
Rear panel fan patch cord
2
2 12V
1
1 GND
J88
2 12V
Reagent refrigeration temperature sensor patch
cord
1 GND
GND
D
3
4
Power supply 12&5V board
J89
J86
PELTIER cable 1
C
1
12V
12V
1
1
4
5
12V GND
2
5
4
12V GND
3
6
M30-M31:PELTIER
12VFANGNDFAN
2
GND
2
COOLER
Reagent
refrigeration
board
PELTIER cable 2
1
12V
1
blue
2
blue
3
whit
e
4
yello
w
5
6
3
12V
1
2
yello
w
6
2
GND
COOLER
2
1
oran
ge
Refrigeration board 12V
power patch cord
Cable between reagent
refrigeration board and
PCB fan
GND
12V
12VFAN
FAN3
FAN
GND
GNDFAN
FAN4
12VFAN
12V
FAN
GNDFAN
Lamp box radiating fan patch cord
GND
B
1
2
J77
1
2
1
J87
2
6
2
3
Refrigeration board 12V
power cord
3
5V
J76
FAN
2
GND
1
5
1
Feedback patch cord from
main control board to
refrigeration board fan
J75
C
4
B
12V
3
GND
2
2 12V
1
12V
J71
1 GND
3
GND
2
12V
1
GND
J72
1 GND
3
2 12V
2
12V
1
Temperature control chamber fan patch cord
J73
GND
3
12V
2
1 GND
1
2 12V
J74
P353
J10
Power drive board
radiating fan
Lamp box fan cable
Temperature control chamber fan cable
Main control board
BA30-30-77755
MINDRAY
A
File:
Bytes:
Date:
Time:
DWG NO.
1
6-40
A-BA20-30-75232
SHEET 6 OF
Software & Rev: Microsoft office Visio 2003
2
3
4
5
6
A
Reagent refrigeration board cabling diagram
TITLE:
7
REV
SIZE A4
7
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
1.1
7
Hydropneumatic System
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7-1
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.1 Overview
7.1 Overview
The major function of the hydraulic part is:

To provide deionized water for washing interior/exterior of probes and mixers via
the water supply unit.

To provide deionized water and wash solution for washing cuvettes via the cuvette
wash station.

To provide the whole unit with deionized water via the deionized water tank and to
discharge waste liquid via the drainage module.
This chapter describes the working principles and repairing methods of the BS-240's
hydropneumatic system.
7-2
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.2 Fluidic Diagram
7.2 Fluidic Diagram
Figure 7.1 Fluidic Diagram
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7-3
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.2 Fluidic Diagram
Tube label
SV02
T104
T103
SV03
T221 D32
D07
SY03
T105
D05
Deionized water
T10
6
D06
T10
7
MIX
NS
Low-concentration waste
Reagent Reaction
Carouse Carouse
High-concentration waste
Optional
ZQ01
ZQ11
T61
3
D33
D34
SI1
T211
ZQ31
T222
SI2
SI3
SV04
D31
ZQ21
D22
D23 T212
SI4
W01
W11
W21
T312
W31
T30
ZZ23 5
SV07
W02
T52
1
T511
ZZ22
T30
4
ZZ21
T311
W22
ZZ31
T303
T502
T204
ZQ02
P04 P03
P02
ZQ33 ZQ14
ZQ03
ZZ24
ZZ08
ZZ32
T70
2
ZZ34
ZZ33
SV05
P01
T612
ZQ32 ZQ13
D24
D21
ZQ12
T61
1
T404
T405
1
ZZ05
2
3
ZZ07
D04
T602
SV06
ZZ12
D16
CAN02
ZZ04
ZZ06
ZQ15
ZZ11
T203
D11
T10
2
T202
D15
T201
T301
T302
T40
2
T40
3
SY02
D12
SV01
D14
D13
D03
CAN01
W03
SY01
ZZ03
Panel
D02
ZZ02 T401
T101
FL01
FL02
D01
T60
1
ZQ16
V01
T701
ZQ04
FS03
ZZ01
FS01
7-4
T501
W04
FS02
V02
V03 (optional)
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
V04
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.2 Fluidic Diagram
Fluidic Port Panel
Dil Detergent
inlet
DI water
inlet
Dionized
water low
level sensor
Low-conc.
waste outlet1
Low-conc.
waste outlet2
High-conc. waste
outlet
Highconcentration
waste high
level sensor
Diluted wash
solution low
level sensor
FL02
FL04
FL03
FL01
Dil Detergent tank
(CAN2)
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
High-conc. waste tank
(CAN10)
7-5
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.2 Fluidic Diagram
Analyzing Unit
Sensor
Tube
Lowconcentration
waste
Highconcentration
waste
Wash
solution tank
DI water tank
Table 7.1 Silicone tube lengths and identifiers
The tube length tolerance of the tube is not specified: when the tube length ≤ 100mm, the tolerance is ±5mm; when the tube length >
100mm, the tolerance is ±10mm.
7-6
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.2 Fluidic Diagram
Tube label
Rubber hose Type
Part No.
Actual
length
Number
of Labels
Tube
Label type
Remark
D03
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
220
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Assembling
fluidic
outlet assembly
D04
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
200
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Assembling
fluidic
outlet assembly
D05
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
350
1
PVC
8mm
hose
D06
Rubber
hose .PTFEID1.5mmXOD2.5mm×100M
M6G-020049---
320
/
/
D07
Rubber hose .PTFE,0.040"IDX0.066"OD
0040-10-32301
2300
/
/
D11
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
400
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Assembling
fluidic
outlet assembly
D12
Rubber
65,Tygon
hose
.3/32"X5/32",ND-100-
M90-100071---
50
1
PVC
7mm
hose
Assembling
fluidic
outlet assembly
D13
Rubber
65,Tygon
hose
.3/32"X5/32",ND-100-
M90-100071---
500
1
PVC
7mm
hose
D14
Rubber
65,Tygon
hose
.3/32"X5/32",ND-100-
M90-100071---
50
1
PVC
7mm
hose
Exterior wash tubing
D15
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
40
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Exterior wash tubing
D16
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
30
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Exterior wash tubing
D21
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
60
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Exterior wash tubing
D22
Rubber
65,Tygon
hose
.3/32"X5/32",ND-100-
M90-100071---
50
1
PVC
7mm
hose
Exterior wash tubing
D23
Rubber
65,Tygon
hose
.3/32"X5/32",ND-100-
M90-100071---
50
1
PVC
7mm
hose
Assembling instrument
body assembly
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
Assembling
reagent
preheating assembly
7-7
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.2 Fluidic Diagram
D24
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
900
2
PVC
8mm
hose
Assembling instrument
body assembly
D31
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
60
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Exterior wash tubing
D32
Rubber
65,Tygon
hose
.3/32"X5/32",ND-100-
M90-100071---
50
1
PVC
7mm
hose
Exterior wash tubing
D33
Rubber
65,Tygon
hose
.3/32"X5/32",ND-100-
M90-100071---
50
1
PVC
7mm
hose
Assembling instrument
body assembly
D34
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
800
2
PVC
8mm
hose
Assembling instrument
body assembly
ZZ03
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
560
2
PVC
8mm
hose
Assembling
fluidic
outlet assembly
ZZ04
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
360
1
PVC
8mm
hose
ZZ05
Rubber
65,Tygon
hose
.3/32"X5/32",ND-100-
M90-100071---
50
1
PVC
7mm
hose
ZZ06
Rubber
65,Tygon
hose
.3/32"X5/32",ND-100-
M90-100071---
200
1
PVC
7mm
hose
ZZ07
Rubber
65,Tygon
hose
.3/32"X5/32",ND-100-
M90-100071---
90
1
PVC
7mm
hose
Assembling wash tube
ZZ08
Rubber hose .1.6*3.2mm TPU polyether
082-002375-00
220
1
PVC
hose
1.5mm
Assembling wash tube
ZZ11
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
160
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Exterior wash tubing
ZZ12
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
200
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Dionized
waster
preheater tubing
ZZ21
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
50
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Dionized
waster
preheater tubing
ZZ22
Rubber
65,Tygon
M90-100071---
50
1
PVC
7mm
hose
Dionized
waster
preheater tubing
7-8
hose
.3/32"X5/32",ND-100-
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.2 Fluidic Diagram
ZZ23
Rubber
65,Tygon
ZZ24
hose
M90-100071---
120
1
PVC
7mm
hose
Assembling wash tube
Rubber hose .1.6*3.2mm TPU polyether
082-002375-00
260
1
PVC
hose
1.5mm
Assembling wash tube
ZZ31
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
200
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Dionized
waster
preheater tubing
ZZ32
Rubber
65,Tygon
hose
.3/32"X5/32",ND-100-
M90-100071---
50
1
PVC
7mm
hose
Dionized
waster
preheater tubing
ZZ33
Rubber
65,Tygon
hose
.3/32"X5/32",ND-100-
M90-100071---
120
1
PVC
7mm
hose
Assembling wash tube
ZZ34
Rubber hose .1.6*3.2mm TPU polyether
082-002375-00
260
1
PVC
hose
1.5mm
Assembling wash tube
ZQ01
Rubber hose .1.6*3.2mm TPU polyether
082-002375-00
350
1
PVC
hose
1.5mm
Assembling wash tube
ZQ02
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
400
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Assembling wash tube
ZQ03
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
400
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Assembling
fluidic
outlet assembly
ZQ11
Rubber hose .1.6*3.2mm TPU polyether
082-002375-00
280
1
PVC
hose
1.5mm
Assembling wash tube
ZQ12
Rubber hose .1.6*3.2mm TPU polyether
082-002375-00
100
1
PVC
hose
1.5mm
Assembling wash tube
ZQ13
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
400
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Assembling wash tube
ZQ14
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
100
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Assembling
fluidic
outlet assembly
ZQ15
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
300
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Assembling
fluidic
outlet assembly
ZQ21
Rubber hose .1.6*3.2mm TPU polyether
082-002375-00
280
1
PVC
hose
1.5mm
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
.3/32"X5/32",ND-100-
Assembling wash tube
7-9
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.2 Fluidic Diagram
ZQ31
Rubber hose .1.6*3.2mm TPU polyether
082-002375-00
420
1
PVC
hose
1.5mm
Assembling wash tube
ZQ32
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
400
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Assembling wash tube
ZQ33
Rubber hose .3.2*6.4mm TPU polyether
082-002374-00
140
1
PVC
8mm
hose
Assembling
fluidic
outlet assembly
W01
Rubber hose .Φ9.525XΦ15.875 natural
color PVC 55~60°
082-000384-00
240
/
/
Assembling instrument
body assembly
W02
Rubber hose .Φ9.525XΦ15.875 natural
color PVC 55~60°
082-000384-00
180
/
/
Assembling instrument
body assembly
W03
Rubber hose .Φ9.525XΦ15.875 natural
color PVC 55~60°
082-000384-00
150
/
/
Assembling
fluidic
outlet assembly
W11
Rubber hose .Φ9.525XΦ15.875 natural
color PVC 55~60°
082-000384-00
200
/
/
Assembling instrument
body assembly
W21
Rubber hose .Φ9.525XΦ15.875 natural
color PVC 55~60°
082-000384-00
110
/
/
Assembling instrument
body assembly
W22
Rubber hose .Φ9.525XΦ15.875 natural
color PVC 55~60°
082-000384-00
140
/
/
Assembling instrument
body assembly
W31
Rubber hose .Φ9.525XΦ15.875 natural
color PVC 55~60°
082-000384-00
150
/
/
Assembling instrument
body assembly
7-10
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.3 Principles of Hydropneumatic System
7.3 Principles of Hydropneumatic System
The hydropneumatic system of the BS-240 is composed of the probe wash module,
cuvette wash station, and water supply/drainage module. See the figures below:
Figure 7.2 Principles of Hydropneumatic System
Hydropneumatic
System
Probe and Mixer
Wash Module
Cuvette Wash
Module
Inlet/outlet
module
Waste drainage
Inlet
Reaction cuvette
aspiration
Reaction cuvette
dispensing
Mixer cleaning
Probe Wash
7.3.2 Probe wash module
The probe/mixer wash module consists of: 1 sample probe, 1 mixer, 2 syringes, and 1
diaphragm pump. The sample syringe SY03 is 500μl. The probe and the mixer exterior
are washed by a 10ml syringe SY01. The probe interior is washed by the diaphragm
pump P01.
This module is used for fixed-quantity sampling and two-probe cleaning.

Fixed-quantity sampling is realized through cooperation of the syringes, the
sampling solenoid valve SV02 and the sample probe NS with the aim of delivering
fixed-quantity reagent and sample.

The sample probe interior is washed by a diaphragm pump.

The probe and the mixer exterior are both washed by a 10ml syringe. The start and
end of the wash action are controlled by the exterior wash solenoid valve. A
deionized water T-valve controls the dispensing of the syringe. The volume limiter of
the syringe controls the volume of the syringe.
The schematic diagram of the probe wash module is shown below.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7-11
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.3 Principles of Hydropneumatic System
Figure 7.3 Schematic diagram of probe wash module
SV02
T10
6
D06
T104
T103
SY03
T105
D05
D07
SV03
T10
7
MIX
NS
T222
T221 D32
D33
D34
SV04
D22
T211
D31
D23 T212
D24
W01
D21
P01
T204
D04
D16
ZZ11
T203
D11
T10
2
T202
D15
T201
D12
SV01
D14
D13
D03
SY0
1
Panel
D02
T101
FL01
7.3.3 Cuvette Wash Module
The cuvette wash unit is divided into dispense module and aspirate module, which
cooperate with each other to clean the reaction cuvettes for 4 phases, making repeated
use of cuvettes possible.
The dispense module uses a cuvette wash syringe SY02 (2.5ml) to provide diluted wash
solution (alkaline) in phase 1. In phases 2 to 3, the cuvette wash syringe SY01 (10ml)
provides deionized water. In phase 4, no liquid is injected.
7-12
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.3 Principles of Hydropneumatic System
The diluted wash solution provided for phase 1 is obtained by diluting the concentrated
wash solution with deionized water at the ratio of 1:10. Samples are diluted manually.
The dispense action is controlled by the exterior wash solenoid valve and adjusted by the
syringe volume limiter. The dispensed volume is the same in phase 1 to phase 3.
A diaphragm pump is used to aspirate waste, so as to discharge waste fluid and wipe the
cuvettes after cleaning. High-concentration waste is generated in phase 1, and lowconcentration waste during phases 2-4. Wipe blocks are provided to absorb the
remaining wash solution inside cuvettes during phase 4.
When aspirating fluid, the phase-4 wash probe assembly lowers into reaction cuvettes,
and then waste pump is opened so that the waste is aspirated into the external waste
container. The schematic diagram of the module is shown below.
Figure 7.4 Schematic diagram of cuvette wash unit
ZQ01
ZQ11
ZQ21
ZQ31
T613
SI1
SI2
SI3
ZQ12
SI4
T611
T612
ZQ32 ZQ13
P04
T312
P02
ZZ34
ZZ33
SV05
P03
T702
ZQ02
ZZ23 T305
SV07
ZZ24
ZZ08
ZZ32
ZQ33 ZQ14
ZZ22
T311
ZQ03
T304
ZZ21
ZZ31
T303
T404
T405
1
ZZ05
ZZ07
2
3
T602
SV06
ZZ12
CAN02
ZZ04
ZZ06
ZQ15
T203
T302
T301
T202
D15
T201
D12
D14
SY02
SV01
T403
T402
CAN01
D13
W03
SY01
ZZ03
7.3.4 Inlet/outlet module
The water supply/drainage module includes the water supply part and waste drainage
part.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7-13
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.3 Principles of Hydropneumatic System
Inlet deionized water is provided from the outside of the instrument, and is conveyed by
the interior wash pump and the deionized water syringe to other modules. Inlet diluted
wash solution is provided by an external diluted wash solution tank outside the
instrument, and is conveyed by the wash solution syringe to phase 1 of wash, as detailed
below:

detecting deficient fluid level of dionized water, and alarming.

detecting deficient fluid level of diluted wash solution, and alarming.

filtering deionized water and diluted wash solution, and performing filtering before
the inlet deionized water and the inlet diluted wash solution outside the whole unit
are distributed to each unit.
The drainage module allows discharging high-/low-concentration waste separately. The
high-concentration waste is discharged by the waste pump to the external highconcentration waste tank; the low-concentration waste is discharged by the waste pump
of the low-concentration waste tank outside the instrument (and may be discharged via
sewers directly). The high-concentration waste tank is capable of detecting the fluid level.
The high-concentration waste is produced during cuvette cleaning in phase 1.
Low-concentration waste comes from the following sources:

Cleaning interior/exterior of sample probe and reagent probes

Cleaning exterior of sample mixer and reagent mixer

Auto cuvette cleaning in phase 2-4

Condensate water of the reagent carousels

Overflowed fluid of the reaction carousel
The first three are the major sources and account for over 99% of low-concentration
waste.
The fluidic diagram of the module is shown below.
7-14
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.3 Principles of Hydropneumatic System
Figure 7.5 Fluidic diagram of water supply/drainage module
Reagent
Carouse
MIX
NS
Reaction
Carouse
T602
W01
W11
W21
W31
ZQ15
T521
W02
T511
W22
T502
W03
ZZ03
D02
ZZ02
T101
FL01
T401
FL02
D01
T501
W04
T601
ZQ16
FS03
ZZ01
FS01
V01
T701
ZQ04
FS02
V02
V03（选配）
V04
7.3.5 Other
The Hydropneumatic system of BS-240 contains 8 external interfaces, as shown in the
figure below, where,

3 fluidic outlets: used for discharging high-concentration waste, low-concentration
waste 1, and low-concentration waste 2.

2 fluidic inlets: used for supplying deionized water and diluted wash solution.

3 control cable connectors: used for connecting the high-concentration waste level
sensor, deionized water level sensor, and diluted wash solution level sensor.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7-15
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.3 Principles of Hydropneumatic System
Figure 7.6 External fluidic interfaces of the BS-240
Interfaces for fluid connection
No. Name
1 dionized water
2 diluted wash solution
3 high concentration waste
4 low concentration waste 1
5 dionized water sensor
6 diluted wash solution sensor
7 high concentration waste sensor
8 low-concentration waste 2
Water
Waste
Wash
solution
Sensor
8
4
7
3
6
2
5
1
Legend
7-16
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.4 Introduction of Fluidic Actions
7.4 Introduction of Fluidic Actions
7.4.1 Fluidic Initialization
The specific procedure is described below:
1
Power off all the pump and valve and they return to the home position.
2
The waste pump discharges waste.
3
The floater status of the deionized water tank, diluted wash solution tank, and high
concentration waste tank are checked. If related alarm is removed, the system moves
to the next step. If not, the system gives out the alarm and the fluidic initialization
fails.
4
Cleaning Probes/Mixers Exterior is performed.
5
The probe and mixer exterior wash syringe is reset; and phase1 wash syringe is
reset.
NOTE:
The fluidic initialization is one part of the startup , system recovery and system wakeup
procedure.
7.4.2 Priming Wash Station
The specific procedure is described below:
1
Open wash waste pump P02~P04.
2
Let the wash station move down to the cuvette bottom.
3
Prime the wash station cyclically 3 times.
4
After completion of priming, close the wash solenoid valve, reset the wash syringe,
let the wash station move to the home position, and close the waste pump P02~P04.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7-17
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components
This Section describes removing and installation methods of the Hydropneumatic
components, and provides schematic diagrams and pictures of components for service
engineers to refer.
7.5.1 Overview
When an alarm is displayed on the operating software of BS-240, service engineers can
analyze the instrument status and finally locate the failure source, and if necessary,
replace the failed part or component. Generally, service engineers are not recommended
to remove the electric devices, such as pumps, solenoid valves, clog detection device,
syringes, etc. Only when both hardware and software are confirmed normal but the
Hydropneumatic alarm still remains are service engineers suggested to remove the
relevant device and then analyze or replace it.
Prior to removing Hydropneumatic components, make sure that all pumps and solenoid
valves of the Hydropneumatic system have been turned off, and both the analyzer power
switch and main power switch have been placed to the OFF position.
Table 7.2 Necessary tools for removing/installing Hydropneumatic components
Name
7-18
Quantity
Cross head screwdriver
1
Hexagon screwdriver
1
Flathead screwdriver
1
Strap
Several
Diagonal pliers
1
Tube cutter
1
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components
7.5.2 Probe and Mixer Wash Module
Figure 7.7 Assembly drawing of whole unit –Probe and mixer wash module-front view
Sample probe
500μl syringe
Mixer
Probe wash well
Mixer wash well
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7-19
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components
Figure 7.8 Assembly drawing of whole unit -- Probe wash module-rear view
Deionized water inlet T-valve
Probes exterior
wash valve
Mixer Exterior Wash valve
Deionized Water Syringe
Probe interior wash valve
Probes Interior wash pump
Table 7.3 List of materials
No.
FRU No. or Part
No.
Part Name
Remark
1
801-BA23-00025-00
Syringe 500ul(ZDV)
FRU
2
082-002435-00
Two-position two-way valve
FRU/probe interior wash valve
3
BA30-21-15311
KNF diaphragm pump assembly
FRU/probe interior wash pump
4
115-011901-00
10 ml screw rod driving syringe
assembly (FRU)
FRU/deionized water Syringe
5
082-002265-00
Vertically moving 3-way LVMK202-6J 90kPa~0.2MPa 12VDC
FRU/
valve
6
082-002264-00
Vertically moving 2-way LVMK21-6J 90kPa~0.2MPa 12VDC
FRU/probe exterior wash valve
7
M6G-020049---
Rubber
hose .PTFEID1.5mmXOD2.5mm×100M
FRU
8
0040-10-32301
Rubber hose .PTFE,0.040"IDX0.066"OD
FRU
9
082-002374-00
Rubber
hose
polyether
FRU
10
801-BA80-00009-00
Wash well shell
FRU
11
801-BA40-00221-00
Wash well (mould MR61463)
FRU
7-20
.3.2*6.4mm
TPU
deionized
water
inlet
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components
Removing/Reinstalling Wash Syringe Assembly
When to do
Analyze or replace the wash syringe when it has abnormal sound, worse precision,
leaking, or other failures.
Disassembling Steps
1
Remove the 4 M4×8 cross pan head screws used to fix the syringe shield and remove
the shield.
2
Disconnect the syringe motor cable and sensor cable.
3
Remove the tube from the barbed connector of the syringe.
4
Remove the four M3×12 hexagon socket head cap screws with spring washer and
remove the syringe.
Installation Procedure
1
Install the 4 M3×12 hexagon socket head cap screws with spring washer and do not
miss the shock pad .
2
Cut off a little from the tube's end and insert the tube to the barbed connector of the
syringe. If a strap has been applied, restore it.
3
Connect the syringe motor cable and sensor cable.
4
Use 4 M4×8 cross pan head screws to fix the syringe shield on the right side plate.
5
Power on the analyzer, log on the software with service user account, and then select
Utility -> Maintenance -> Maintenance -> Engineer -> Clear. If the interior wash
syringe is replaced, select the "Replace Interior Wash Syringe" item. If the cuvette
wash syringe is replaced, select the "Replace Cuvette Wash Syringe" item. Click OK to
zero the use count of the relevant syringe.
Figure 7.9 Details of wash syringe assembly
Right baffle weld (BA49)
Wash Syringe Assembly
115-013114-00
Syringe dust shield
M4×8 cross pan head screw
M3×12 hexagon socket cap head
screw, with spring/flat washer
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7-21
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components
Removing/Installing Solenoid Valves
When to do
When a solenoid valve cannot be turned on or has leaks, it needs to be removed and then
analyzed or replaced.
Disassembling Steps
1
Disconnect the solenoid valve’s power cord connector.
2
Mark the installation direction of the valve and the connection mode of the inlet and
outlet tubes to prevent them from being confused.
3
Remove the tubes and apply strap on their openings to prevent liquid spraying.
4
Loosen the screws on the solenoid valve and then remove the solenoid valve.
Installation Procedure
1
Check the installation direction according to the marks, connect the inlet and outlet
tubes, and then tighten the tube clamps or straps.
2
Tighten the retaining screws to fix the solenoid valve.
3
Make sure that the power cord is connected to the correct positive and negative
ends.
Verification steps
Refer to Section 8.9 Hydropneumatic Unit.
7-22
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components
Figure 7.10 Details of wash solenoid valve assembly
Disassembling/assembling interior wash pump
When to do
The pump does not work, that is, there is no flow or pressure.
The pump flow and pressure is low.
The pump has leaks.
Noise is produced when the pump is working.
Disassembling Steps
1
Disconnect the pump’s power cord connector.
2
Mark the connection mode of the inlet and outlet tubes and prevent them from being
confused.
3
Remove the tubes and apply straps on their openings or use a tank to hold water, so
as to prevent liquid from entering the instrument.
4
Loosen the screws fixing the pump and then remove the pump.
Installation Procedure
1
Connect the inlet and outlet tubes according to the marks and then tighten the tube
clamps.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7-23
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components
2
Tighten the retaining screws to fix the pump.
3
Make sure that the power cord is connected correctly.
Verification steps
Refer to Section 8.9 Hydropneumatic Unit.
NOTE:
Exercise caution to avoid confusing the inlet tube with the outlet tube.
Make sure that the power cord of the DC pump is connected to the correct positive and
negative ends.
Figure 7.11 Pump assembly structure
Probes Interior wash pump
7-24
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components
7.5.3 Cuvette Wash Module
Figure 7.12 Assembly drawing of whole unit -- Cuvette wash module –rear view
Wash Solution
Syringe
Wash
solution
shift valve
Phase-2 wash
solution dispense
valve
Phase-3 wash
solution dispense
valve
Deionized
Water Syringe
Wash
preheating
tank
P02-P04
waste pump
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7-25
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components
Figure 7.13 Assembly drawing of whole unit -- Cuvette wash module –front view
Wipe block
Cuvette wash
station
Wash probe
assembly
Table 7.4 List of materials
No.
FRU name
Remark
2000-21-06116
Rotational diaphragm pump
assembly
Phase 1-8 Wash Waste Pump
082-002273-00
Soneloid
cable
Phase 3-6 cuvette
solenoid valve
wash
3
BA38-21-88190
WTB-3R-N4E T-valve cable
Phase 1-2 cuvette
solenoid valve
wash
4
115-011901-00
10 ml screw rod
syringe assembly
Cuvette
assembly
5
115-020528-00
Preheating assembly
FRU
6
043-000422-00
Filter
FRU
7
115-027921-00
Wash probe assembly
FRU
8
041-005591-00
Wipe block
FRU
9
BA38-30-88154
Wash phase probe assembly
FRU
10
BA40-30-61934
Wipe phase probe assembly
FRU
1
2
7-26
Part No.
valve
LVMK21-6J
driving
wash
syringe
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components
Removing/Reinstalling Wash Syringe Assembly
When to do
Analyze or replace the wash syringe when it has abnormal sound, worse precision,
leaking, or other failures.
Disassembling Steps
1
Disconnect the syringe motor cable and sensor cable.
2
Remove the tube from the barbed connector of the syringe.
3
Remove the four M3×12 hexagon socket head cap screws with spring washer and
remove the syringe.
Installation Procedure
1
Install the 4 M3×12 hexagon socket head cap screws with spring washer and do not
miss the shock pad .
2
Cut off a little from the tube's end and insert the tube to the barbed connector of the
syringe. If a strap has been applied, restore it.
3
Connect the syringe motor cable and sensor cable.
4
Power on the analyzer, log on the software with service user account, and then select
Utility -> Maintenance -> Maintenance -> Engineer -> Clear. If the cuvette wash
syringe is replaced, select the "Replace Cuvette Wash Syringe" item. Click OK to zero
the use count of the relevant syringe.
Verification steps
Refer to Section 8.9 Hydropneumatic Unit.
Removing/Reinstalling Waste Pump
When to do
The pump does not work, that is, there is no flow or pressure.
The pump flow and pressure is low.
The pump has leaks.
Noise is produced when the pump is working.
Disassembling Steps
1
Disconnect the pump’s power cord connector.
2
Mark the connection mode of the inlet and outlet tubes and prevent them from being
confused.
3
Remove the tubes and apply straps on their openings or use a tank to hold water, so
as to prevent liquid from entering the instrument.
4
Loosen the screws fixing the pump and then remove the pump.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7-27
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components
Installation Procedure
1
Connect the inlet and outlet tubes according to the marks and then tighten the tube
clamps.
2
Tighten the retaining screws to fix the pump.
3
Make sure that the power cord is connected correctly.
Verification steps
Refer to Section 8.9 Hydropneumatic Unit.
NOTE:
Exercise caution to avoid confusing the inlet tube with the outlet tube.
Make sure that the power cord of the DC pump is connected to the correct positive and
negative ends.
Phase 1-3 waste pump
Removing/Reinstalling Cuvette Wash Preheating Assembly
When to do

The heater is damaged.

The temperature sensor is damaged.

The temperature protection switch is damaged.

The canister has leaks.

The connectors are leaking.
Disassembling Steps
1
7-28
Switch off the power supply of the whole unit.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components
2
Open the rear panel.
3
Mark the connection modes of the following parts: inlet/outlet tubes, heater,
temperature protection switch and temperature sensor for wash solution, and
inlet/outlet tubes, heater, temperature protection switch and temperature sensor for
deionized water.
4
Disconnect the connectors of the heaters, sensors and protection switches.
5
Loosen the two M4×8 hexagon socket head screws fixing the cuvette wash
preheating assembly.
6
Apply straps on the tube openings to prevent liquid from flowing out.
7
Disconnect the inlet and outlet tubes.
Installation Procedure
1
Prepare a new cuvette wash preheating assembly.
2
Connect the connectors according to the marks.
3
Connect the tubes according to the marks.
4
Use 2 M4×8 hexagon socket head screws to fix the preheating assembly.
5
Check if the installation is complete.
6
Restore the instrument.
7
Connect the power supply and perform fluidic prime before testing the system.
Verification steps
Refer to Section 8.9 Hydropneumatic Unit.
NOTE:
Operate carefully to prevent liquid from entering the instrument.
Connect the tubes and connectors correctly.
Do not confuse the heater and sensor channel of wash solution with those of cleaning
fluid.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7-29
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components
Figure 7.14 Structure of cuvette wash preheating assembly
Wash solution
outlet
Wash solution
heater/sensor
Wash
solution inlet
Deionized water
heater/sensor
Deionized
water inlet
Deionized
water outlet
Removing/Reinstalling Filter
When to do
The filter should be maintained regularly.
Disassembling Steps
1
The filter is located outside and under the inlet assembly.
2
Remove the filter tube and the filter, and then apply straps on the tube opening to
prevent liquid inside the tube from spraying out.
Installation Procedure
1
Install the filter tube and apply a strap.
Verification steps
Refer to Section 8.9 Hydropneumatic Unit.
Figure 7.15 Assembly drawing of whole unit -- Acetabular filter
Removing/Reinstalling Wash Probe Assembly
When to do
7-30
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components
When fluid overflows the cuvettes or the dispensed cleaning fluid is less than the normal
volume, probably a wash probe is clogged and needs to be removed and unclogged.
Disassembling Steps
1
Manually loosen the retaining screws on the wash probe bracket.
2
Remove the wash probe assembly and place it in a container.
3
Turn on the dispense valves and vacuum valves, and then locate the clogged wash
probe.
4
Use a needle to unclog the probe.
Installation Procedure
1
Align the locating holes on the wash probe assembly with the stop studs on the
bracket, and then slightly tighten the retaining screws.
2
Lower the wash probe assembly, use an alignment fixture or eyes to check the phase
4 wipe blocks corresponding to the cuvette wall, and then slightly adjust the wash
probe assembly to prevent the wash probes from colliding with the cuvettes.
3
After finishing the second step, completely tighten the retaining screws on the wash
probe assembly.
Verification steps
Refer to Section 8.9 Hydropneumatic Unit.
NOTE:
Operate carefully to prevent liquid from dropping into the reaction carousel and
cuvettes.
7.5.4 External Modules
External high-concentration waste tank cap assembly
The external high-concentration waste tank cap assembly contains one FRU.
Table 7.5 High-concentration waste tank cap assembly FRU
No
1
FRU No. or Part No.
115-037348-00
Part Name
Waste tank cap assembly
Remark
FRU
External diluted wash solution tank cap assembly
The external diluted wash solution tank cap assembly contains one FRU.
Table 7.6 High-concentration waste tank assembly FRU
No
FRU No. or Part No.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
Part Name
Remark
7-31
7 Hydropneumatic System
7.5 Removing and Reinstalling Hydropneumatic Components
1
115-037347-00
Wash solution tank cap
assembly
FRU
External deionized water tank cap assembly
The external deionized water tank cap assembly contains one FRU.
Table 7.7 High-concentration waste tank assembly FRU
No
1
7-32
FRU No. or Part No.
115-037347-00
Part Name
Wash solution tank cap
assembly
Remark
FRU
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8
Alignment
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-1
8 Alignment
8.1 Basic Operation
8.1 Basic Operation
8.1.1 Utility - Maintenance
Table 8.1 Utility - Maintenance
No
Description
1, 2
Maintenance and Diagnostics: used to maintain and diagnose the
system at user end.
3
Alignment: used to align all mechanical positions, and the
hydropneumatic, pyrology and ISE units.
4
Parameters: used to inquire and configure parameters, and to
export parameters of each unit.
5
SPT: provides basic performance tests for the system, including
photometer test, precision test (dye), precision test (weight),
cuvette residue test, and carryover test.
6
Export Parameters: allows
alignment parameters
exporting
mechanical
position
Figure 8.1 "Maintenance" screen
8-2
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.1 Basic Operation
NOTE:
Before replacing the main control board, you must export the alignment parameters to
a local folder on the Parameter Configuration window. After finishing the replacement,
import the parameters to the software. Otherwise, the system, when started up, will
give an alarm indicating key parameters not configured and cannot be restored. Also
change the parameter of fluidic prime status.
8.1.2 Alignment fixtures
Table 8.2 Alignment fixtures
No
Code
Name
Image/Precision
Quantity
1
BA24-J04
BA24 cuvette alignment
fixture
2
2
BA10-J16
Reagent bottle center
alignment fixture
3
3
BA48-J10
Sample
position
alignment fixture
3
4
BA60-J07
Pseudo probe
1
5
BA80-J20001
Alignment fixture block
1
6
BA48-J16
Mixer alignment lever
1
7
BA24-J05
BA24 mixer horizontal
position
alignment
cuvette
1
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-3
8 Alignment
8.1 Basic Operation
No
Code
Name
Image/Precision
Quantity
8
BA40-J76
Mixer
wash
alignment fixture
well
1
9
BA24-J01
Wash probe position
alignment fixture
1
10
BA48-J12
Sample probe wash well
alignment fixture
1
11
BA24-J03
Reagent carousel bar
code reader alignment
fixture
1
12
/
Clearance gauge
0.5mm
1
8.1.3 Mechanical Reset
Alignment methods and procedure:
8-4
1
Install the pseudo probe (BA60-J07), and block the collision sensor with folded thick
paper.
2
Access the Alignment window and select Mech Reset to reset the mechanical parts of
the system.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.2 Alignment Procedure
8.2 Alignment Procedure
Figure 8.2 Alignment Procedure
Start
Preparation
Powering On
Photoelectric unit
adjustment
Signal Collecting
Position
Adjustment
Bar Code Unit
(Optional)
Bar code label
printing and
affixing
Sample/reagent
carousel unit
parameter
adjustment
Reaction Carousel
Circumferential
Position
Adjustment
Setting
Parameters of
Probe Unit
Aligning Horizontal
Position from Probe to
Reaction Carousel
Sample Probe Rotary to
SIC Height (Optional)
Setting
Parameters of
Cuvette Wash Unit
Adjust Horizontal
Position from Wash Probe
to Reaction Cuvette
Adjusting Horizontal
Position from Mixer
to Reaction Carousel
Preparations before
Alignment
Setting Pyrology
Unit Parameter
Setting Reaction
Carousel Sensor
Parameter
Download program
of upper
layer/lower layer
unit
Photoelectric gain
adjustment
Adjusting Bar Code
Reader Position
Testing reagent bar
code scanning
stability
Sample/Reagent
Carousel Outer Ring
Radial Position
Sample/Reagent
Carousel Middle
Ring Radial Position
Adjust Horizontal
Position from Probe to
Sample/Reagent Carousel
Outer Ring
Sample Probe Rotary to
ISE (Optional)
Setting Mixer Unit
Parameter
Fluidics Alignment
Installation of
Operating Software
Sample Carousel
Inner Ring Radial
Position
Adjust Horizontal
Position from Probe to
Sample/Reagent Carousel
Middle Ring
Aligning Horizontal and
Vertical Positions from
Probe to Wash Well
Vertical Extreme Position
from Probe to Reagent
Bottle
Adjust Horizontal
Position from Probe to
Sample/Reagent Carousel
Inner Ring
Sample Probe Cuvette
Height
Cuvette Wash Station
Height
Adjusting Mixing Position
from Mixer to Reaction
Carousel
Checking Floater/
Valve Status
Reaction carousel
heating detection
Adjusting Horizontal
Position from Mixer to
Wash Well
Syringe Check
Wash Solution
Temperature
Curve
Fluidic Prime
Reagent
refrigeration
adjustment
Completing parameter
configuration table and test
record table
End
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-5
8 Alignment
8.3 Photoelectric Unit
8.3 Photoelectric Unit
Select Utility—>Maintenance—>Alignment—>Photoelectric unit. The window is shown
below.
8.3.1 Photoelectric collection position adjustment
Alignment index:
The collected signal of 3# cuvette position is between two border lines.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
The reaction carousel location sensor is located on the right side of the whole unit. To
perform alignment, the right cover needs to be opened.
2
Use an M3 hexagon wrench to loosen 3 screws that fasten the sensor. Put the sensor
in the middle of the adjustable range, slightly tighten a screw, and then select Signal
Collecting Position Adjustment to display the alignment window.
8-6
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.3 Photoelectric Unit
Reaction carousel
position sensor
3
Make sure the lamp has been turned on for over 1 minute. If not, wait for 1 minute,
and then select "Start" to proceed to the next step.
4
A prompt box appears. Select "Start", and use a pipettor to add 200μl deionized
water into the reaction cuvette indicated on the screen. Select "Next".
5
Observe the waveforms in the upper part of the window and check if the
photoelectric signal meets the alignment requirement. See the figure below. If not,
adjust the photocoupler.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-7
8 Alignment
8.3 Photoelectric Unit

To adjust the photocoupler, loosen the 3 M3 hexagon screws that fasten the
photocoupler bracket. Use a wrench to hit the sensor gently to adjust its location, and
the green box graph moves rightward. Adjust the sensor location counterclockwise,
and the green box graph moves leftward. After the adjustment, tighten one screw
slightly. Click "Realign", and the software performs tests and judgment again.

If the photocoupler is in a proper position, select Done without any adjustment.
6
Tighten the sensor screws.
8.3.2 Photoelectric gain adjustment
Index Setup
8-8
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.3 Photoelectric Unit
Figure 8.3 Access the "Index Setup" screen:

The water blank AD value of each channel is set to 48000-54000.

The optical gain coefficient of all channels is generally set to 40 for a new instrument,
and may be set to 30 for a client-side old instrument.

The dark current of all channels is 1~200.
Alignment methods and steps:
1
Select Photoelectric Gain Adjustment.
2
Make sure the lamp has been turned on for over 3 minutes, and then select "Done". If
you do not click "Done", you need to wait for 3 minutes.
3
Add 200uL deionized water into cuvettes 1~5 in segment 1 according to step 4 on
the screen.
4
The photoelectric gain is adjusted automatically. When adjustment is complete, select
Done.
5
Select "Continue" to test the dark current and the water blank AD of each channel.
6
Select "Continue" to finish the alignment and exit the procedure.
NOTE:
Ensure that the screws on the reaction carousel position sensor bracket have been
tightened.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-9
8 Alignment
8.3 Photoelectric Unit
Alignment parameters can be saved only after each procedure is complete. Another
alignment is required if a procedure is terminated. If the parameter is not successfully
configured or out of range, the parameter range will be displayed by the alarm message
and re-perform the alignment.
8-10
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.4 Sample/reagent carousel unit
8.4 Sample/reagent carousel unit
Select Utility -> Maintenance -> Alignment -> Sample/Rgt Carousel. The window is shown
below.
8.4.1 Reaction Carousel Rotary
Alignment index:
The sample probe (pseudo probe BA60-J07) can pass through the through-hole on the
cuvette alignment fixture (BA24-J04).
Operation methods and steps:
1
Select Reaction Carousel Rotary. Access the alignment screen and operate as
prompted.
2
Select "Continue" to reset all mechanical parts of the whole unit.
3
Place a cuvette alignment fixture (BA24-J04) in cuvettes of the sample position 19#
and dilution position 14# of the reaction carousel body
4
Adjust the sample probe to the position of the reaction carousel.

Tighten the screw of the arm of the sample probe to such an extent that the arm
cannot swing freely but can rotate freely when you push the arm. Note: If the arm
can rotate automatically, the position is not proper. When you push the arm
manually, do not drive rotation of the motor. If the motor rotates, exit the window
and access the alignment window again.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-11
8 Alignment
8.4 Sample/reagent carousel unit

Click the button in the dialog box, rotate the probe to the top of the sample dispense
position of the reaction carousel, and then use a hand to push the probe arm to
swing it, and observe whether the probe can pass through the center hole of the
alignment fixture on two cuvette positions simultaneously. If it cannot, adjust the
radial position of the probe and the circumferential parameters of the probe (the left
and right arrows on the lower right corner of the screen control the circumferential
movement of the carousel) to achieve the alignment purpose. After the radial
position of the probe is confirmed, tighten the radial retaining screw.
BA60-J07
BA24-J04
Circumferential track of reaction carousel
Probe track
Find an intersection at reaction cuvette
center between the probe track and the
circumferential track of reaction carousel

After completion of the alignment, select "Continue" to proceed to the next step.
5
Click "Continue" to check whether the positions of the dispense position and the
dilution position of the reaction carousel are correct.
6
Select "Continue". The alignment is complete. Select Exit to close the window.
NOTE:
The alignment fixtures will be used in following alignment. Leave them aside.
The left arrow button is equivalent to rotating clockwise and the right arrow button
rotating counterclockwise.
When selecting Large Step, you can set up the concrete steps according to the
reference range.
8-12
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.4 Sample/reagent carousel unit
Once the probe arm length is determined, it must not be adjusted during alignment of
probes and carousels.
If the probe arm length is changed, the probe and carousel units should be aligned
again.
Alignment parameters can be saved only after each procedure is complete. Another
alignment is required if a procedure is terminated. If the parameter is not successfully
configured or out of range, the parameter range will be displayed by the alarm message
and re-perform the alignment.
8.4.2 Sample/Reagent Carousel Outer Ring Radial Position
Alignment index:
The sample probe (fixture: BA60-J07 pseudo probe) can pass through the center hole of
the sample position alignment fixture (BA48-J10) in sample positions 1#, 14#, and 27# of
the outer ring of the sample/reagent carousel.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Select "Sample/Reagent Carousel Inner Ring Circumferential Position", and then
operate according to the screen prompts.
2
Place a sample position alignment fixture BA48-J10 in sample positions 1#, 14#, and
27# of the outer ring of the sample/reagent carousel.
Select "Continue".
The probe tip can pass
through the central hole
of the alignment tool.
BA48-J10
3
Loosen the arm screw a little so that the probe arm cannot rotate freely but can be
rotated by hands. If the arm rotates freely, the adjusted position will be inaccurate.
Do not move the motor when rotating the probe arm. If the motor moves, exit the
window and access again.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-13
8 Alignment
8.4 Sample/reagent carousel unit
4
Manually rotate the probe arm to 1# position of the sample/reagent carousel outer
ring, and click the up and down arrow buttons to stop the probe at the visually
nearest position above the fixture. Check if the probe tip is aligned with the middle of
the through-hole. If it is not, manually rotate the arm to the crossing point in
circumferential direction of the sample carousel outer ring, and click the left and
right arrow buttons to adjust the probe's circumferential position on the outer ring,
so that the probe tip can pass through the center hole of the fixture in 1# position.
The 4 arrows are
used to control the
probe.
The 2 arrows are
used to control the
carousel.
5
Adjust the reagent probe in 14# and 27# positions of the sample/reagent carousel
outer ring according to step 3.
6
Select "Continue". The alignment is complete. Select Exit to close the window.
8.4.3 Sample/Reagent Carousel Middle Ring Radial Position
Alignment index:
The sample probe (fixture: BA60-J07 pseudo probe) can pass through the center hole of
the reagent center alignment fixture (BA10-J16) in reagent positions 1#, 14#, and 27# of
the middle ring of the sample/reagent carousel.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
8-14
Select "Sample/Reagent Carousel Middle Ring Radial Position".
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.4 Sample/reagent carousel unit
2
Place a reagent position alignment fixture BA10-J16 in positions #1, #14 and #27 of
the sample/reagent carousel, and then select "Continue".
3
Adjust the positions #1, #14 and #27 of the middle ring of the sample/reagent
carousel according to step 4 of "Sample/Reagent Carousel Inner Ring
Circumferential Position".
4
Select "Continue". The alignment is complete. Select Exit to close the window.
8.4.4 Sample/Reagent Carousel Inner Ring Radial Position
Alignment index:
The sample probe (fixture: BA60-J07 pseudo probe) can pass through the center hole of
the reagent center alignment fixture (BA10-J16) in reagent positions 41#, 54#, and 67#
of the inner ring of the sample/reagent carousel.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Select "Sample/Reagent Carousel Inner Ring Radial Position".
2
Place a sample position alignment fixture BA10-J16 in positions 41#, 54#, and 67#
of the sample carousel, and then select "Continue".
3
Adjust the positions 41#, 54#, and 67# of the inner ring of the sample/reagent
carousel according to step 4 of "Sample/Reagent Carousel Inner Ring
Circumferential Position".
4
Select "Continue". The alignment is complete. Select Exit to close the window.
NOTE:
When the alignment is complete, there is no need to take out the alignment fixture.
Alignment parameters can be saved only after each procedure is complete. Another
alignment is required if a procedure is terminated. If the parameter is not successfully
configured or out of range, the parameter range will be displayed by the alarm message
and re-perform the alignment.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-15
8 Alignment
8.5 Probe unit
8.5 Probe unit
Select Utility—>Maintenance—>Alignment—>Sample Probe Unit. The window is shown
below.
8.5.1 Probe to Horizontal Position on Reaction Carousel
Alignment index:
The sample probe (pseudo probe BA60-J07) can pass through the through-hole on the
cuvette alignment fixture (BA24-J04).
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Select Sample Probe Rotary to Cuvette.
2
Place the cuvette alignment fixture (BA24-J04) in positions 19# and 14# of the
reaction carousel, and then select "Continue".
3
Select the down arrow button to lower the sample probe to the top of the alignment
fixture in position 19# so that it can align with the center hole.
4
Adjust the circumferential position of the probe arm and ensure that the sample
probe can enter the center hole on the fixture. Press the probe arm and tighten the
screws on it. If error exists, click the left and right arrow buttons to adjust the probe
till it meets the requirement.
8-16
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.5 Probe unit
BA24-J04
5
Select "Continue" and verify the alignment with the up and down arrow buttons. If
the index is not satisfied, return to the previous step and try again.
6
Click "Continue". Move the sample probe to the top of the position 14#. Click the up
and down arrows to drop the sample probe to the top of the fixture. Check whether
the probe tip can enter the center hole of the fixture. If it cannot, click the left and
right arrows to adjust parameters until index requirements are met.
7
Select "Continue" and verify the alignment with the up and down arrow buttons. If
the index is not satisfied, return to the previous step and try again.
8
Select "Continue" to save parameters and exit the window.
8.5.2 Aligning Horizontal and Vertical Positions from Probe to Wash Well
Alignment index:

Horizontal position: The sample probe tip can enter the center hole on the wash well
alignment fixture (BA48-J12). The gap between the wash well and the cover is even.

Vertical position: When reaching the bottom of the center hole on the wash well
alignment fixture (BA48-J12), the sample probe is lifted for 0.15mm, which means
that the clearance gauge can pass with 0.15mm through the gap between the sensor
plate and the arm base and it cannot pass with 0.20mm.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Select "Sample Probe Rotary to Wash Well and Home".
2
According to step 2 on the screen, place a wash well alignment fixture (BA48-J12) in
the sample probe wash well, and then select "Continue".
3
Select the up/down and left/right arrow buttons to move the sample probe till it
lowers into the center on the alignment fixture. If the reagent probe is greatly
deviating from the alignment fixture, use a big cross head screwdriver to loosen the
screws that fasten the wash well or the wash well bracket, adjust the wash well till
the sample probe can enter to the center hole on the alignment fixture, and then
tighten the screws that fasten the wash well (and the wash well bracket).
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-17
8 Alignment
8.5 Probe unit
Use the clearance gauge to
measure the gap here and keep
it away from the slit on the
photocoupler
side.
The
soldering lug is deformable and
may affect the measurement.
Criteria: The clearance gauge
can pass with 0.15mm and
cannot pass with 0.2mm.
BA48-J12
4
Confirm the alignment result. If the requirements are not met, return to the previous
step.
5
Adjust the sample probe's vertical position above the wash well by using the up and
down arrow buttons. Check that the clearance gauge can pass with 0.15mm and
cannot pass with 0.20mm.
6
Check the vertical position. If the requirements are not met, return to step 5.
7
Remove the alignment fixture according to screen prompts.
8
Select "Continue" to save parameters and exit the window.
8.5.3 Probe to Sample/Reagent Carousel Outer Ring
Alignment index:
The sample probe tip can enter the center hole of the alignment fixture (BA48-J10) in
positions 1#, 14#, and 27# of the outer ring of the sample/reagent carousel.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Select Sample Probe Rotary to Sample/Reagent Carousel Outer Ring.
2
Place a sample position alignment fixture (BA48-J10) in positions 1#, 14#, and 27#
of the outer ring of the sample/reagent carousel, and then Select "Continue".
3
Select the up/down and left/right arrow buttons to move the sample probe so that it
can enter into the center hole on the alignment fixture.
4
Select "Continue" to save parameters and exit the window.
8.5.4 Probe to Sample/Reagent Carousel Middle Ring
Alignment index:
The sample probe tip can enter the center hole of the alignment fixture (BA10-J16) in
positions 1#, 14#, and 27# of the middle ring of the sample/reagent carousel.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
8-18
Select "Sample Probe Rotary to Sample/Reagent Carousel Middle Ring".
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.5 Probe unit
2
Place a reagent position alignment fixture (BA10-J16) in positions 1#, 14#, and 27#
of the middle ring of the sample/reagent carousel, and then Select "Continue".
3
Select the up/down and left/right arrow buttons to move the sample probe so that it
can enter into the center hole on the alignment fixture.
4
Select "Continue" to save parameters and exit the window.
8.5.5 Probe to Sample/Reagent Carousel Inner Ring
Alignment index:
The sample probe tip can enter the center hole of the alignment fixture (BA10-J16) in
positions 41#, 54#, and 67# of the inner ring of the sample/reagent carousel.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Select "Sample Probe Rotary to Sample/Reagent Carousel Inner Ring".
2
Place a reagent position alignment fixture (BA10-J16) in positions 41#, 54#, and
67# of the inner ring of the sample/reagent carousel, and then Select "Continue".
3
Select the up/down and left/right arrow buttons to move the sample probe so that it
can enter into the center hole on the alignment fixture.
4
Select "Continue" to save parameters and exit the window.
8.5.6 Sample Probe Cuvette Height
Alignment index:
When reaching the cuvette bottom, the sample probe is lifted for 0.15mm, which means
that the clearance gauge can pass with 0.15mm through the gap between the sensor plate
and the arm base and it cannot pass with 0.20mm.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Select "Adjust Vertical Extreme Position from Probe to Reaction Carousel".
2
Check that cuvettes are loaded in positions 1#, 14#, and 27# of the reaction carousel.
3
Adjust the sample probe over the 3 cuvette positions, and ensure that the lifting
height meets the requirement.
4
Select "Continue" to save parameters and exit the window.
8.5.7 Vertical Extreme Position from Probe to Reagent Bottle
Alignment index:
When reaching the reagent bottle bottom, the sample probe is lifted for 0.15mm, which
means that the clearance gauge can pass with 0.15mm through the gap between the
sensor plate and the arm base and it cannot pass with 0.20mm.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-19
8 Alignment
8.5 Probe unit
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Select "Adjust Vertical Extreme Position from Probe to Reagent Bottle".
2
Check that reagent bottles are loaded in positions 1#, 14#, and 27# of the middle ring
of the sample/reagent carousel.
3
Adjust the sample probe over the 3 reagent positions, and ensure that the lifting
height meets the requirement.
4
Select "Continue" to save parameters and exit the window.
8.5.8 Sample Probe Rotary to ISE (Optional)
Alignment index:
The sample probe has its tip above the ISE sample injection port but deviates slightly from
the center hole. The probe tip should not contact with the inwall of the sample inject port.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Check if the ISE module has been installed.
2
Select "S Probe Rotary to ISE".
3
According to step 3, select the down arrow button to lower the sample probe to
above the ISE sample injection port. Select the left/right arrow buttons to adjust the
sample probe radially till it is 1mm away from the center of the sample injection port
or deviating slightly from the center hole. The probe tip should not contact with the
inwall of sample inject port.
4
If the sample probe fails by adjusting parameters, loose the screws fixing the ISE
module on the chassis, and then move it till requests are met.
5
If the problem still remains, use a cross head screwdriver to loosen the screws on the
ISE module and move it till requests are met.
6
The operation in step 3 is verified in step 4. If requirements are not met, return to
step 3.
7
Select "Continue" to save parameters and exit the window.
8.5.9 Sample Probe Rotary to SIC Height (Optional)
Alignment index:
The sample probe has its tip level with the third transition line in the sample injection cup.
Alignment methods and procedure:
8-20
1
Check if the S Probe Rotary to ISE alignment has been completed.
2
Select "S Probe Rotary to SIC Height".
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.5 Probe unit
3
According to step 3 on the screen, select the up/down arrow buttons to make the
probe tip level with the third transition line inside the sample injection cup. (You can
see three transition lines, and the probe tip shall be level with the one at the bottom,
as shown in the figure below.)
4
The operation in step 3 is verified in step 4. If requirements are not met, return to
step 3.
5
Select "Continue" to save parameters and exit the window.
Probe tip level
with this line
NOTE:
Alignment of each position is verified the next step.
Alignment parameters can be saved only after each procedure is complete. Another
alignment is required if a procedure is terminated.
If the parameter is not successfully configured or out of range, the parameter range
will be displayed by the alarm message and re-perform the alignment.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-21
8 Alignment
8.6 Mixer Unit
8.6 Mixer Unit
Select "Utility—>Maintenance—>Alignment—>Mixer Unit". The window is shown below.
8.6.1 Adjusting Horizontal Position from Mixer to Reaction Carousel
Alignment index:
The mixer (using BA48-J16 mixer alignment lever as a fixture) can enter the through hole
of the BA24-J05 mixing horizontal position alignment cuvette in position 9# of the
reaction carousel.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
8-22
Install the mixer fixture BA48-J16, and then select "Adjusting Horizontal Position
from Mixer to Reaction Carousel".
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.6 Mixer Unit
BA48-J16 ： Alignment
lever (inserted to the end)
2
Place 1 mixer-reaction cuvette horizontality alignment fixture (BA24-J05) in position
9# of the reaction carousel.
3
Adjust the mixer position according to step 3.

Click the up and down arrow to move the mixer to the top of the fixture.

When the mixer can be aligned with the center position of the fixture on the
circumferential track, use an M3 hexagon wrench to pre-tighten the arm screw (to
such an extent that the arm cannot swing freely but can rotate freely when you push
the arm manually).

Rotate the arm to a lower position that has enough space. Pre-tighten the radial
screw of the mixer, and then rotate back to the top of the reaction carousel fixture.
Determine the radial position of the mixer, and then rotate the arm to a position that
has enough space, and tighten the radial screw.
The radial retaining
screw of the mixer is on
the lower part, and the
retaining screw space is
deficient, so that the arm
needs to be moved to
sufficient
space
to
facilitate operation
BA48-J16
BA24-J05

Return to the top of the reaction carousel fixture and fasten the circumferential
screw of the arm.
4
If the lever is not correct horizontally, select the left/right arrow buttons in step 4 to
adjust so that it can align with the alignment fixture.
5
The operation in step 4 is verified in step 5. If requirements are not met, return to
step 4.
6
Select "Continue", remove the fixture and store it properly.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-23
8 Alignment
8.6 Mixer Unit
8.6.2 Adjusting Vertical Position from Mixer to Reaction Carousel
Alignment index:
The lever drops to the center of the cuvette, so that the go gauge of the block of the
alignment fixture (BA80-J20-001) can pass through the gap between them and the no-go
gauge cannot.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Select "Adjust Vertical Position from Mixer to Reaction Carousel". Make sure that the
fixture of the mixing position is holding a cuvette instead of the alignment fixture.
2
Select "Continue". After the system resets mechanically, the mixer moves into the
cuvette.
3
Select the up/down arrow buttons, and insert the alignment fixture BA80-J20-001
between the mixer's straight-knurled column and cuvette edge. Gently push the
alignment fixture to observe if the Go Gauge can easily pass while the No-go Gauge
cannot.
The go gauge of mixer alignment
tool (thin) can be passed through
and no-go gauge (thick) cannot be
passed through
4
The operation in step 2 is verified in step 3. If requirements are not met, return to
step 2.
5
Select "Continue" to save parameters and exit the window.
8.6.3 Adjusting Horizontal Position from Mixer to Wash Well
Alignment index:
The mixer (using BA48-J16 mixing alignment lever as a fixture) can enter the through
hole on the alignment fixture (BA40-J76) of the position from the mixer to the wash well,
and the gap between the mixer/wash well and the cover is even.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
8-24
Select "Adjust Horizontal Position from Mixer to Wash Well".
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.6 Mixer Unit
2
Click "Continue". Place a wash well alignment fixture BA40-J76 in the mixing wash
position.
3
Click the up and down arrow to move the mixer fixture to the top of the wash well
alignment fixture. Click the left and right arrows so that the circumferential position
of the mixer fixture can be aligned with the center hole of the wash well alignment
fixture. If the radial position cannot be aligned, loosen the wash well retaining screw,
and adjust the position of the wash well to meet alignment requirements.
BA40-J76
4
The operation in step 2 is verified in step 3. If requirements are not met, return to
step 2.
5
Remove the fixture, Select "Continue" to save parameters and exit the window, and
then replace the mixer.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-25
8 Alignment
8.7 Setting Parameters of Cuvette Wash Unit
8.7 Setting Parameters of Cuvette Wash Unit
Select Utility—>Maintenance—>Alignment—>Cuvette Wash Unit. The window is shown
below.
8.7.1 Setting Parameters of Best Alignment Position
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Search the H-046-008697-00 BS-240 Series Parameter Configuration Table for the
best alignment cuvette segment number. Input the best cuvette segment number of
the cuvette wash unit, and the maximum deviation cuvette segment in positive and
negative directions, and then click "Configure". Select "Search" and check whether
the configuration result is correct.
8-26
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.7 Setting Parameters of Cuvette Wash Unit
8.7.2 Adjust Horizontal Position from Wash Probe to Reaction Cuvette
Alignment index:
The wash probe can pass through the hole of the wash probe alignment fixture (BA24J01), and move smooth.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Select "Adjust Horizontal Position from Wash Probe to Reaction Cuvette".
2
Remove the reaction cuvette segment in the best cuvette segment position, place a
fixture BA24-J01 in the position, and Select "Continue".
3
According to Step 3 on the screen, use an M4 hexagon wrench to loosen the two
screws on the wash probe conversion board, adjust the wash probes till the wipe
blocks can move vertically in the center hole of the alignment fixture. When requests
are met, tighten the two screws gradually. Exercise caution to prevent deforming the
probes.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-27
8 Alignment
8.7 Setting Parameters of Cuvette Wash Unit
BA24-J10
4
Remove the fixture, change back the reaction cuvette segment, click the up and down
arrows, and control the wash probe to move vertically in the reaction cuvette. The
movement should be smooth without interfering with the cuvette wall. If the
requirements are not met, return to step 3 and adjust again.
5
In Step 5, the reaction carousel rotates to the forward maximum deviating cuvette
segment. Click the up and down arrows to move the wash station so that the wipe
blocks and wash probes are in the center of the cuvettes and can move smoothly.
6
In Step 6, the reaction carousel rotates to the backward maximum deviating cuvette
segment. Click the up and down arrows to move the wash station so that the wipe
blocks and wash probes are in the center of the cuvettes and can move smoothly.
7
Select "Continue" to save parameters and exit the window.
8.7.3 Cuvette Wash Station Height
Alignment index: When the wash station lowers to the vertical washing position, the
wash probes bounce by 0.7 to 0.8mm, which means that the clearance gauge can pass
with 0.7mm through the gap between the anti-collision blocks and the wash station
bracket and it cannot pass with 0.8mm.
Alignment methods and procedure:
8-28
1
Select "Adjust Vertical Position from Wash Probe to Reaction Cuvette".
2
Check if the wipe blocks can insert into the center of each cuvette. Select "Continue".
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.7 Setting Parameters of Cuvette Wash Unit
3
When the wash probes move vertically to the bottom of the cuvettes, make the
phase-4 probe contact the cuvette bottom, and select Small Step or Large Step. Adjust
the probes with the up/down arrow buttons while measuring the lifting height with
0.7mm and 0.8mm clearance gauges. Make sure the gap between the anti-collision
blocks and the wash station bracket is enough for passing through the 0.7mm
clearance gauge but not enough for passing through the 0.8mm clearance gauge.
4
Verify Step 3. If requests are not met, return to Step 3, and select the up/down arrow
buttons to adjust the mixer till requests are met.
5
Select "Continue" to save parameters and exit the window.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-29
8 Alignment
8.8 Bar Code Unit (Optional)
8.8 Bar Code Unit (Optional)
8.8.1 Bar Code Sticking Requirements
1
The bar code label should be clear, and not vague, dirty or scratched.
2
The sample bar code label should be stuck upright and plane and 9mm away from the
tube bottom.
Sample
tube
Area
for
affixing
bar
code
9mm
3
The reagent bar code label should be stuck in the front side below the bottle opening,
and in the middle of the vertical and horizontal directions.
Do not stick to the
corner
8-30
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.8 Bar Code Unit (Optional)
Do not stick to the corner
8.8.2 Bar code Unit
Select Utility -> Maintenance -> Alignment -> Bar code. The window is shown below.
8.8.3 Adjusting Bar Code Reader Position
Alignment index:
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-31
8 Alignment
8.8 Bar Code Unit (Optional)

The light beam transmitted from the reagent bar code reader can pass through the
slit in the sample position on the bar code reader fixture (BA24-J03) and the slit in
the reagent position.

The bar code in outer ring positions 1~5# and middle ring positions 1~5# of the
sample/reagent carousel can be identified correctly and completely and displayed on
the screen.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Select "Adjust Bar Code Reader".
2
Use a cross screwdriver to remove the tube holder base in the outer positions 26#
and 27#, place the bar code alignment fixture BA24-J03 (the notch surface of the
fixture faces outside), and Select "Continue".
Remove the sample
rack, and insert the
lower positioning pin
of BA24-J03 into the
two holes
3
Reagent bar
scan gap
code
Sample bar
scan gap
code
Loosen 4 screws that fasten the bar code reader and the bracket. Adjust the angle of
the light beam until the bar code reader light can pass through the slit in the sample
position of the fixture. If a small circumferential deviation exists, click the left and
right arrows on the screen, and adjust the sample/reagent carousel parameters to
meet requirements.
8-32
4
Check again if the light goes through the slot on the fixture. If not, return to previous
step to make adjustment.
5
Remove the alignment fixture, load bar-coded sample tubes in positions 1#-5# of
outer ring and 1#-5# of middle ring, and then start scanning.
6
If all bar code cannot be read, check if the light direction meets the requirement and
the bar code reader works normally.
7
Select "Continue" to save parameters and exit the window.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.8 Bar Code Unit (Optional)
Place white paper in front of the fixture, and
the alignment succeeds when the scan light
penetrates the gap on the fixture and falls on
the paper to form a complete straight line
Adjust the screw here (with
two more screws below),
and adjust the location of
the bar code reader
8.8.4 Bar Code Stability Test
Alignment index:

When the sample/reagent carousel rotates for several circles, the bar code identified
in the same position should be the same.

The bar code in outer ring positions 1~40# and middle ring positions 1~40# of the
sample/reagent carousel can be identified correctly and completely and displayed on
the screen. Randomly select 3 bar codes on the outer ring and the middle ring
separately, and the software display is consistent with the affixed bar code.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Place bar-coded tubes and reagent bottles in sample positions #1- 40# on the outer
ring of the sample carousel, and in reagent positions #1- 40# on the middle ring of
the reagent carousel.
2
Select Reagent Bar Code Stability Test, set the scan circle as 10, and select "Start".
3
After scanning, check if the identified bar code meets the requirement. If different
bar code is read in the same position, the position will be indicated in red.
4
If the stability test fails, find the reasons and take actions according to the following
probabilities:

Check if the failed bar code meets the printing standard, the bar code label is not
tilting, dirty or damaged and has been applied in correct position.

Check if the glass scanning window is clean without contamination.

The scanning window is not blocked by the sponge cushion.

If none of the above happens, replace the bar code reader, adjust it properly and do
the test again.

Generally, the three methods above are enough to troubleshoot the problem.
NOTE:
Check that the sponge cushion seals the bar code reader completely without blocking
the scanning light. Otherwise, adjust the bar code reader again.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-33
8 Alignment
8.8 Bar Code Unit (Optional)
After alignment, check if the screws on the bar code reader and conversion board have
been tightened.
8-34
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.9 Hydropneumatic Unit
8.9 Hydropneumatic Unit
Select Utility—>Maintenance—>Alignment—>Hydro Unit. The window is shown below.
8.9.1 Preparations before Alignment
1
Check if all tubes have been connected correctly.
2
Check if the transit tubes on the fourth phase wash probe assembly have been
connected properly. Visually check that the fourth phase aspirate tubes are inserted
with the same depth and not bent, and all tubes are smooth without crossover or
protrusion.
3
Check if the solenoid valves have connected to the correct cables.
4
Enough diluted wash solution exists in the diluted wash solution bottle. The dilution
factor of the wash solution is configured according to the cuvette type.
Cuvette type
Plastic Cuvette
Wash Solution Dilution Factor 1
8~12 (water):1 (concentrated wash solution)
5
Fill the water tank with water.
6
Connect the water supply tubing to the instrument, and connect the high-/lowconcentration waste tanks.
7
Check if the inlet filter assembly has been installed.
8
Remove the pseudo probes from the sample probe arm, and install the real probes
instead.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-35
8 Alignment
8.9 Hydropneumatic Unit
Installation requirements: (1) Gap between the probe plate and the arm surface is not
allowed; otherwise, check the retaining bolt and tube, because the tube's elasticity will
also affect the probe's bouncing; (2) a washer has been applied on the retaining bolt, and
the nut has been tightened; (3) after fixing the probe with bolt and spring, manually lift
the probe and release it, and check that the probe can bounce back freely through the
spring; (4) Adjust the level sense board and the relative positions of the probe plate and
photocoupler so that the probe plate is in the middle of the photocoupler.
8.9.2 Checking Floater and Valve Status
Manually switch the floater status one by one according to the table below, and then select
Query to refresh the floater status. Check if the actual fluid level of each container is the
same as the status displayed on the screen.
Tank Name
Floater Status
Screen Display
Water tank,
solution tank
diluted
wash
Floater triggered (high level)
Not empty
Water tank,
solution tank
diluted
wash
Floater
level)
Empty
not
triggered
(low
High-concentration waste tank
Floater triggered (high level)
Full
High-concentration waste tank
Floater
level)
Not Full
not
triggered
(low
8.9.3 Syringe Check
1
8-36
Select Syringe Check.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.9 Hydropneumatic Unit
2
Click "deionized water syringe" and "wash solution syringe". If no alarm appears, the
syringes are OK.
8.9.4 Fluidic Prime
1
Select "Fluidic Prime".
2
According to instruments on the window, make sure that the inlet and outlet tubing
has been connected. Remove the wash probe, and place it in an empty container.
3
Enter step 3, click "Continue", and click "Start" to prime the wash probe. When
phase 1-3 wash probes spray water continuously, click "Stop" to stop priming. Click
"OK" to enter the next step. If the priming is not finished in the specified number of
times, set a new number of times, and perform priming again.
4
Reinstall the wash station. According to the prompt on the window, execute the wash
instruction twice, and confirm that no overflow occurs.
5
Click "Continue". According to the prompt on the software, perform mixer exterior
washing and priming. When the mixer wash well can spray water continuously, click
"Stop" to stop priming. Select "OK" to move to the next step.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-37
8 Alignment
8.9 Hydropneumatic Unit
6
Click "Continue". According to the prompt on the software, perform probe interior
and exterior washing and priming. When the probe interior and exterior are
washed and water is sprayed continuously, click "Stop" to stop priming. Select "OK"
to move to the next step.
Note: When the software is run, remove the sample syringe of the probe, push and pull
the syringe plunger repeatedly until air bubbles are removed completely from
syringes and T pieces. After all air is discharged, click "Stop". Reinstall the syringe in
such a way that the syringe scale 7.5 is aligned with the V notch. Click "OK" in the
dialog box, and enter the next step.
7
Prime the phases 3-6 wash probes. Select "Continue" to pop up a countdown dialog
box. The instrument primes the phase 3-6 wash probes. Check the dispense probes
till those of phase 3-6 spray clear water continuously without bubbles. After
completion of the priming, observe if the phase 3-6 wash probes are stopped in
order. If yes, select OK; otherwise, select OK and then select Stop at the lower-right
corner. Troubleshoot the error and prime the probes again.
8
Select "Continue" to reset the mechanical parts for 3 times. Check that the
mechanical parts are moving normally.
9
Select "Continue".
10 Select Exit to finish the alignment procedure. Select Maintenance -> Parameters ->
Wash Station to check if the value of "Fluidic Prime Complete" is 1. If yes, the prime is
successful.
8-38
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.10 Pyrology Unit
8.10 Pyrology Unit
Select Utility -> Maintenance -> Alignment -> Pyrology Unit. The window is shown below.
8.10.1 Sensor Configuration window
Alignment index: Configure the parameters correctly according to the rated values of the
reaction carousel sensors, and configure the △AD value of temperature sensors.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Select Sensor Configuration.
2
According to the sequence number on the temperature sensor, contact the
headquarters to find the resistance of rated temperature points (0, 37 and 100),
select sensor 1 and input the resistance for each temperature point, and then select
Calculate.
3
When a dialog box pops up indicating qualified sensor, select Configure to configure
the parameters to the relevant sensor.
4
Observe the △AD value of PCB, and input it in the edit boxes of the window for
sensor 1. Select Configure, and then select Search to verify them.
5
When configuration is complete, select Exit.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-39
8 Alignment
8.10 Pyrology Unit
8.10.2 Observe Temperature Curve
Alignment index:
The reaction carousel heating temperature is 36.7~37.3°C, and the reagent preheating
temperature is 43~47°C.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Select Reaction Carousel Temperature Curve.
2
Select "Turn on heater".
3
Select "Sensor Temp Curve 1"(namely, reaction carousel heating temperature curve).
In the temperature curve query area, select "Start". After the curve is steady (when
the temperature rises to about 37°C), observe the reaction carousel temperature
curve for about 1 minute (which may be counted according to the time displayed on
the computer). Make sure that the temperature curve of the sensor is straight and
stable and fluctuate within 36.7~37.3°C.
8-40
4
Similarly, check whether the reagent preheating curve is in the specified range
("sensor temperature curve 2" is the reagent preheating curve).
5
Select "Stop". Select "Exit" to close the window.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8 Alignment
8.10 Pyrology Unit
8.10.3 Wash Solution Temperature Control
Alignment index:
The temperature of cleaning fluid and wash solution is within 39°C-49°C.
Alignment methods and procedure:
1
Select Wash Station on the Parameter Configuration window, and check that the
value of "Fluidic Prime Complete" is 1. Select Utility -> Maintenance -> Alignment ->
Pyrology Unit -> Wash Solution Temp Curve.
2
Select Deionized Water Heater and Wash Solution Heater, and then select "Turn On".
3
Select "Start". Observe the temperature curves of deionized water and wash solution,
and check if they are straight and stable (for about 2 minutes, counted by the
computer time) with average value within 39°C-49°C.
4
Select "Stop". Select "Exit" to close the window.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
8-41
8 Alignment
8.10 Pyrology Unit
8.10.4 Reagent Refrigeration Alignment
Methods and procedure:
1
8-42
Keep refrigerating the reagent compartment for 30 minutes, and touch the reagent
compartment with a hand to check the refrigeration effect.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
9
Proactive Maintenance
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
9-1
9 Proactive Maintenance
9.1 Overview
9.1 Overview
Proactive maintenance is a preventive measure taken by service personnel of Mindray or
authorized by Mindray with the aim of eliminating hidden troubles to ensure system
reliability and achieve best performance during operation. The proactive maintenance
cycle for the chemistry analyzer is one year and for ISE module, half a year. The
maintenance includes changing, cleaning or checking the parts as shown in the table
below.
Table 9.1 Maintenance items to be performed by service personnel
Category
Replacement items
Cleaning items
Check Item
9-2
Procedure
When to do
Replace Water Inlet Filter
More than 1 year
Replace Diluted Wash Solution Filter
More than 1 year
Replace Syringe
Over 300,000 times
Replace Calibrator Tube(ISE configured)
More than 1 year
Replace Pump Tube(ISE configured)
More than half year
Replace Probe Washer
More than 1 year
Clean dust screens
When needed
Clean the dust of the heatsink fan
When needed
Clean Wash Wells
When needed
Clean Cuvette Wash Station and Tubes
When needed
Clean ISE Injection Port (ISE Configured)
When needed
Clean deionized water Tank
When needed
Clean Diluted Wash Solution Tank
When needed
Clean Sample/Reagent Compartment
When needed
Clean Analyzer Panels
When needed
Special Wash
When needed
Clean Probe Exterior
When needed
Clean Mixers
When needed
Pump Calibration (ISE Configured)
When needed
Air Bubble
configured)
When needed
Detector
Calibration(ISE
Cuvette Check
When needed
Photometer Check
When needed
Check Waste Pump
When needed
Check deionized water Syringe
When needed
Check Wash Solution Syringe
When needed
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
9 Proactive Maintenance
9.2 Maintenance Tools
9.2 Maintenance Tools
Table 9.2 Maintenance Tools
Too Name
Applicable Maintenance
Philips-head screwdriver φ3.3×100
Removing the system enclosure and the
cooling fans
Philips-head screwdriver φ4.7×100
Installing and removing the probes and lamp
Slot-head screwdriver φ4.7×100
Removing probe and pipe hoop
Round-head
cleaning
0.25±0.01mm×125mm round tip
tool,
Unclogging the probes
Hair brush
Cleaning filter core and dust screens
Gauze
Wipe
probe/mixer
exterior
sample/reagent compartment
Cotton swabs
Clean Wash Wells
Suction cleaner
Cleaning fans and dust screens
Tweezers
Removing/Installing
washers
Beaker
Maintaining wash station
Pipette
Clean ISE sample injection port
Ethanol
Cleaning photometer, probes, mixers and
wash station
NaClO (0.5% sodium hypochlorite solution)
Clean wash wells
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
probes
and
and
syringe
9-3
9 Proactive Maintenance
9.3 Maintenance Procedure
9.3 Maintenance Procedure
9.3.1 Execution order of maintenance items
Among the proactive maintenance items of BS-240, some of them are performed with
the main power switched off, while the other are performed through the maintenance
window on the operating software, where maintenance logs are recorded. To improve the
efficiency and shorten the field maintenance time, you are recommended to follow the
procedure below:
Table 9.3 Execution order of maintenance items
No
9-4
Procedure
Maintenance Tools
Operations
1
Clean Analyzer Panels
Ethanol and gauze
Wipe
2
Clean dust screens
Hair brush,
cleaner
suction
Remove dust
3
Clean the dust of the heatsink fan
Hair brush,
cleaner
suction
Remove dust
4
Replace Water Inlet Filter
Filter
Replace
5
Replace Diluted Wash Solution Filter
Filter
Replace
6
Clean deionized water Tank
/
Wash
7
Clean Diluted Wash Solution Tank
/
Wash
8
Replace Syringe
Syringe
Replace
9
Replace Probe Washer
Washer
Replace
10
Replace Pump Tube(ISE configured)
Pump Tube
Replace
11
Replace Calibrator Tube(ISE configured)
Calibrator Tube
Replace
12
Clean Probe Exterior
Ethanol and gauze
Wipe
13
Clean Mixers
Ethanol and gauze
Wipe
14
Clean Wash Wells
NaClO solution
cotton swabs
15
Clean Cuvette Wash Station
Ethanol and
swab
16
Clean Sample/Reagent Compartment
Ethanol, gauze,cotton
swab
Disassemble
and wipe
17
Clean ISE Injection Port (ISE Configured)
Ethanol and
swab
Wipe
18
Pump Calibration (ISE Configured)
/
Execute
19
Air Bubble
configured)
/
Execute
20
Special Wash
Concentrated
solution
21
Cuvette Check
/
Execute
22
Photometer Check
/
Execute
Detector
Calibration(ISE
and
Wipe
cotton
Wipe
cotton
wash
Execute
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
9 Proactive Maintenance
9.3 Maintenance Procedure
23
Check Waste Pump
/
Execute
24
Check deionized water Syringe
/
Execute
25
Check Wash Solution Syringe
/
Execute
9.3.2 Steps
Clean Analyzer Panels
1
Open the upper protective shield of the analyzer.
2
Use clean gauze moistened with ethanol to clean the analyzer panels and carousel
covers.
3
Use wash solution to clean the monitor screen and keyboard.
4
Restore the protective shield.
5
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
9-5
9 Proactive Maintenance
9.3 Maintenance Procedure
Cleaning dust screens
1
Switch off the analyzer power.
2
Remove the left cover and the rear panel of the analyzer.
3
Remove the dust screen. For the Disassembling Steps, refer to 5.2.4 Removing
left/right dust screen.
4
Tidy and clean the dust screens.
5
Dry the dust screens in air.
6
Restore the dust screen.
7
Reinstall the left cover and the rear panel of the analyzer.
8
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Cleaning the dust of the heatsink fan
1
Refer to Section 5.1.8 in Chapter 5 for cleaning dust of the fans.
2
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Replacing Water Inlet Filter
1
Check the maintenance log and when the age of the inlet filter is more than 1 year,
change it.
2
Refer to Section 7.5.3 in Chapter
disassembling/assembling the filter.
3
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
7
Cuvette
wash
module
for
Replacing Diluted Wash Solution Filter
1
9-6
Check the maintenance log and when the age of the diluted wash filter is more than
1 year, change it.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
9 Proactive Maintenance
9.3 Maintenance Procedure
2
Refer to Section 7.5.3 in Chapter
disassembling/assembling the filter.
3
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
7
Cuvette
wash
module
for
Cleaning deionized water Tank
1
Refer to Section 7.5.4 in Chapter 7.
2
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Cleaning Diluted Wash Solution Tank
1
Refer to Section 7.5.4 in Chapter 7.
2
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Replacing Syringe
1
Check the using count of the syringe on the status screen. When the sample syringe
has been used for 100,000times, change it.
2
Prepare a new syringe or its plunger assembly and washer, put the plunger head in
the deionized water beaker to remove air from the syringe, and then moisten the
washer in the deionized water.
3
Place the analyzing unit power to the OFF position.
4
Loosen the front cover retaining screw of the syringe.
5
Loosen counterclockwise the four retaining screws on top of the syringe, and then
remove the screws and the fixing blocks.
6
Loosen counterclockwise the retaining screw at the bottom of the syringe and then
remove it.
7
Hold the T piece with one hand and the syringe connector with the other hand.
Loosen the syringe counterclockwise and then remove the washer.
8
Loosen the plunger guide cap counterclockwise, hold the plunger head and pull it
slightly to remove the plunger assembly from the syringe.
9
Insert the plunger head of the new plunger assembly into the bottom of the syringe,
and then tighten the retaining screw to fix the plunger head. Tighten the plunger nut
clockwise.
10 Soak the new syringe connector in the deionized water beak, gently pull the plunger
head to aspirate half syringe of deionized water, and then push the plunger head to
remove the air.
11 If no washer is found in the T piece, put the new washer in the T piece. Hold the T
piece with one hand and the syringe connector with the other hand, and then screw
the T piece clockwise.
12 Install the syringe on the bracket.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
9-7
9 Proactive Maintenance
9.3 Maintenance Procedure
13 Install the fixing blocks and four retaining screws while having the retaining screws
not tightened.
14 Align the plunger head to the retaining screw at the bottom of the syringe, and then
tighten clockwise the retaining screw.
15 Pinch the plunger guide cap to adjust the syringe height. For the sample syringe,
make the syringe head exceed the upper fixing block by 7.5 scales.
16 Tighten the four retaining screws on the fixing blocks.
17 After finishing replacement, switch on the analyzer power.
18 Perform the "Home maintenance" procedure. Check the new syringe for leak and
bubbles. If leak occurs, check the syringe and the connector.
19 Fasten the front cover of the syringe
20 The procedure is completed. Write the maintenance log and input the maintenance
information and clear the using count of the syringe.
Replacing Probe Washer
1
Check the maintenance log. When the sample probe washer has been used for 1 year
and change it.
2
Remove the probe and take out the probe washer.
3
Install a new washer and reinstall the sample probe.
4
Run the operating software, and select Utility-Maintenance-MaintenanceBiochemistry Maintenance and then select Probe interior clean and prime.
5
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Replacing Pump Tube (ISE configured)
1
Check the maintenance log. When Pump Tube has been used for half year, change it.
2
Refer to Section 5.10.4 in Chapter 5 for replacing Pump Tube.
3
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Replacing Calibrator Tube (ISE configured)
1
View the maintenance log. When the Calibrator Tube has been used for more than 1
year, change it.
2
Refer to Section 5.10.5 in Chapter 5 for Replace Calibrator Tube.
3
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Cleaning Probe Exterior
9-8
1
Place the analyzing unit power to the OFF position.
2
Lift gently the probe to the utmost height and move it to the position convenient for
maintenance.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
9 Proactive Maintenance
9.3 Maintenance Procedure
3
Use gauze soaked with ethanol to gently wipe the probe exterior. Clean the probe tip
until it becomes clear without stain. Use gauze moistened with deionized water to
clear the ethanol on the probe. Do not pull the probe vertically to prevent probe
damage.
4
After the procedure, Restore the upper protective shield of the analyzer. Power on
the analyzing unit and select "Home".
5
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Cleaning Mixers
1
Place the analyzing unit power to the OFF position.
2
Lift gently the mixer to the utmost height and move it to the position convenient for
maintenance.
3
Use gauze soaked with ethanol to gently wipe the mixer exterior. Clean it until it
becomes clear without stain. Use gauze moistened with deionized water to clear the
ethanol on the mixer. Do not pull the mixer vertically to prevent probe damage.
4
After the procedure, Restore the upper protective shield of the analyzer. Power on
the analyzing unit and select Home.
5
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Cleaning Wash Wells
1
Place the analyzing unit power to the OFF position.
2
Move the probe and mixer away from the wash well for the convenience of
maintenance.
3
Use clean cotton swabs moistened with NaClO solution to clean the wash wells.
4
After finishing replacement, switch on the analyzer power.
5
Execute "Home" command or Check Probes/Mixers/Wash Wells maintenance
command. Check if the wash wells have a normal water flow.
6
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Cleaning Cuvette Wash Station
1
The analyzing unit should be powered off, or in failure mode or in standby or
incubation status.
2
Open the upper protective shield of the analyzer. Remove the wash station, and use
gauze moistened with ethanol to clean the nozzles and wipe blocks.
3
Use gauze moistened with deionized water to clear the ethanol on the wash probes.
4
Reinstall the wash station and close the upper shielding cover of the analyzer.
5
Execute the "Prime Wash Station" instruction on the "Maintenance" window.
6
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
9-9
9 Proactive Maintenance
9.3 Maintenance Procedure
Cleaning Sample/Reagent Compartment
1
The analyzing unit should be powered off, or in failure mode or in standby or
incubation status.
2
Remove the carousel cover and carousel, and then store them properly.
3
Use clean gauze soaked with deionized water or ethanol to clean the interior of the
compartment . If necessary, you can use gauze moistened with neutral wash solution.
4
Use clean gauze soaked with deionized water or ethanol to clean the carousel body
and bar code scanning window, and then use cotton swabs dipped with ethanol to
clean the sample or reagent positions.
5
Reinstall the carousel into the compartment and restore the carousel cover.
6
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Cleaning ISE Injection Port (ISE Configured)
1
Make sure that the system status is Incubation or Standby.
2
Enter ISE maintenance screen and select "Clean ISE injection port".
3
Open the upper protective shield of the analyzer.
4
Open the cover of the ISE module on the analyzer’s front panel.
5
Use clean cotton swab soaked with ethanol to wipe the sample injection port
(interior of the sample injection cup of the ISE module ) until it is clean; then use a
clean cotton swab soaked with deionized water to wipe the interior and periphery of
the sample injection port .
6
Enter the ISE Maintenance window and execute "purge A" and "purge B" each for
three times.
7
Restore the cover of the ISE module on the analyzer’s front panel. Restore the upper
protective shield of the analyzer.
8
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Pump Calibration (ISE Configured)
1
Make sure that the system status is Incubation or Standby.
2
Enter ISE maintenance screen and click Pump Calibration.
3
Fill a sample tube with at least 500μl deionized water, and then place it in No.40
position of the sample carousel.
4
Continue the procedure until it is completed.
5
After the procedure is completed, the calibration results are displayed. If calibration
is successful, the procedure is completed. If not, ISE enters error status.
6
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Air Bubble Detector Calibration (ISE configured)
1
9-10
Ensure ISE is standby.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
9 Proactive Maintenance
9.3 Maintenance Procedure
2
Enter ISE maintenance screen, and select Air Bubble Detector Calibration. The
procedure is performed automatically.
3
After the procedure is completed, the calibration results are displayed. If calibration
is successful, the procedure is completed. If not, ISE enters error status.
4
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Special Wash
1
Open the upper protective shield of the analyzer.
2
Place more than 40 mL concentrated wash solution in position 39 of the reagent
carousel.
3
Select Utility – Maintenance – Maintenance – Biochemistry Maintenance, and then
select "Special Wash".
4
Confirm if cuvette check is needed after the concentrated wash. If it is, mark the
checkbox in front of Check Cuvettes.
5
Select "Continue". The system starts cleaning the sample probe, mixers, cuvettes and
wash station. When special wash is finished, the system performs cuvette check
automatically.
6
Select "Done".
7
Restore the upper protective shield of the analyzer.
8
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Cuvette Check
1
Select Utility-Maintenance-Maintenance- Biochemistry Maintenance and then select
"Cuvette check".
2
After check, check the cuvette check results for yellow indication. Record the
cuvettes highlighted in yellow and wash or replace the cuvettes via a "Replace
Cuvettes" procedure.
3
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Photometer Check
1
Select Utility-Maintenance-Maintenance- Biochemistry Maintenance and then select
"Photometer Check".
2
If the result is Normal, the system will give no alarms, otherwise the following alarm
will be given.

If the alarm indicates the lamp is off, check if the lamp has been turn on.

If the alarm light too strong is given, please perform photometric unit alignment
or check if the photometric unit is normal.

If the alarm indicates light intensity too weak, replace the lamp.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
9-11
9 Proactive Maintenance
9.3 Maintenance Procedure
Checking Waste Pump
1
Power off the analyzing unit, and remove the instrument cover and the upper cover
assembly of the reaction carousel. Run the software to reset the system, and make
the instrument become standby. Use a flat plate to cover the top of the photometer so
that the dark current detection is performed upon startup.
2
Select Utility-Maintenance-Maintenance- Biochemistry Maintenance, and then select
"Wash Cuvette" so that the system washes the reaction cuvette.
3
In the process of washing the reaction cuvette, check the liquid volume of the cuvette.
If the liquid volume is flush with the cuvette top or overflows the cuvette top, remove
the rear panel, and check and replace the problematic waste pump. The first phase
probe of the wash station corresponds to P02, and the second phase probe and the
third phase probe correspond to P03. If the fourth phase probe is unable to aspirate
the leftover liquid completely, check and replace P04.
4
If the liquid volume is too low in the cuvette washing process, perform an "Wash and
Prime" operation.
5
If everything is checked as normal, install the upper cover assembly on the reaction
carousel and the instrument cover.
6
After maintenance, open the logs and record related information.
Checking deionized water Syringe
1
Place the analyzing unit power to the OFF position, and remove the rear panel of the
instrument. Run the software to reset the system, and make the instrument become
standby.
2
Select Utility-Maintenance-Maintenance- Biochemistry Maintenance, and then select
"Wash Cuvette" so that the system washes the reaction cuvette.
3
Check whether the 10ml wash syringe leaks. If it leaks, replace the wash syringe. For
the Disassembling Steps, refer to Section 5.8.3 in Chapter 5. Open the maintenance
logs and record related information.
4
If everything is checked as normal, reinstall the rear panel.
Checking Wash Solution Syringe
1
Place the analyzing unit power to the OFF position, and remove the rear panel of the
instrument. Run the software to reset the system, and make the instrument become
standby.
2
Select Utility-Maintenance-Maintenance- Biochemistry Maintenance, and then select
"Wash Cuvette" so that the system washes the reaction cuvette.
3
Check whether the 2.5ml wash syringe leaks. If it leaks, replace the wash syringe. For
the Disassembling Steps, refer to Section 5.8.3 in Chapter 5. Open the maintenance
logs and record related information.
4
9-12
If everything is checked as normal, install the upper cover assembly on the reaction
carousel and the instrument cover.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
9 Proactive Maintenance
9.3 Maintenance Procedure
Checking Probe/Mixer Exterior Wash Flow
1
Open the upper cover of the analyzer and home the system.
2
Select Utility-Maintenance-Maintenance,
Maintenance" command.
3
Choose "Prime Probe/Mixer Exterior". The maintenance guide window shows. Select
"Continue".
4
Liquid flows out of the probe and mixer wash well automatically. Observe the liquid
flow of the wash wells. Spillage, overflow or no liquid flow should not occur. The
and
then
select
"Biochemistry
probe wash height should be no less than 5mm. The liquid in the mixer wash well
should flow out of the its center and form a convex with a height of 1-2mm.
5
Repeat the above steps for three times to check if the probe/mixer flow is normal. If
not, check if the exterior wash tubing is abnormal (Check first if the restrictor ring at
the exterior wash valve outlet is clogged). Check the flow again.
6
Select "Done".
7
Close the maintenance window.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
9-13
9 Proactive Maintenance
9.3 Maintenance Procedure
9-14
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10
Troubleshooting
This chapter provides methods to locate and troubleshoot the errors and problems. Read
this chapter thoroughly to achieve the best performance of the instrument.
10-1
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10 Troubleshooting
9.3 Maintenance Procedure
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10-2
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Table 10.1 Error Messages and Corrective Actions
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
A00006
Middle-layer
unit
Error
Equipment
configuration cannot
be read or saved
/
E2PROM read/write error.
Switch off the analyzing unit power and
switch on it again. Recover failure by
performing the Home maintenance
procedure. If this message appears for 3
times, contact our customer service
department or your local distributor.
A00007
Middle-layer
unit
Error
Instruction
execute
error. Specific error:
Error details:
/
Instrument instructions cannot
be executed.
1. Switch off the analyzer power and
switch on it again. Recover failure by
performing the Home maintenance
procedure.
2. If this message appears for 3 times,
contact our R&D department.
A01006
Probe unit
Error
Probe
movement
Position:
Error:
Probe
movement
Position:
Error:
Probe
movement
Position:
Error:
/
Probe vertical movement error
1. Sensor status error: Belt or
belt pulley is loose.2. Failed to
find the zero position: 1) The
assembly is jammed; 2) Driving
circuit error; 3) Vertical motor
error; 4) Vertical sensor error; 5)
Belt pulley is loose; 3. Collision
occurs during operation other
than aspirating: 1) Collision
sensor or circuit or cable failure;
2) Collision sensor is not blocked
when assembling the sample
probe; 3) Incorrect sample probe
positioning;
4)
Incorrect
sample/reagent
carousel
positioning; 4. Collision error
Probe vertical movement error
1. Sensor status is incorrectCheck if belt
or belt wheel is loose, tighten them if so;
2. Failed to find the zero position: 1)
Remove obstacle or replace with a new
assembly; 2) Replace PCB; 3) Replace
motor; 4) Replace sensor; 5) Tighten
properly;
3. Collision occurs during operation other
than aspirating: 1) Replace sensor or PCB
or cable; 2) Reassemble; 3) Rotate
positioning sensor to remove dust or
adjust probe to be vertical; if problem
remains, adjust positioning parameters;
4) Adjust sample/reagent carousel
positioning parameters;
vertical
error
horizontal
error
syringe
error
(The specific type of
error needs to be
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10-3
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
Problem Description
determined
and
displayed according to
the movement result)
Error:
Probe
vertical
movement error
1. Sensor status is
incorrect.
2. Failed to find the
zero position.
3. Collision occurs
during operation other
than aspirating.
4.
Collision
error
remains.
5. Moving vertically is
not allowed in current
horizontal position.
Probe
horizontal
movement error
1. Sensor status is
incorrect.
2. Failed to find the
zero position.
3. Collision occurs
during
horizontal
movement.
4. Moving horizontally
is not allowed in
current
vertical
position.
Probe
syringe
movement error
1. Sensor status is
Flag
Probable Causes
remains: 1) Collision sensor or
circuit or cable failure; 2)
Collision sensor is not blocked
when assembling the sample
probe; 3) Collision sensor is not
blocked due to deformation of
blocking plate’s driving spring; 5.
Vertical movement is not allowed
in current horizontal position:
Software error
Probe horizontal movement error
1. Sensor status error: Belt or
belt pulley is loose.2. Failed to
find the zero position: 1) Driving
circuit error; 2) Motor error; 3)
Home position sensor error; 4)
Belt pulley is loose; 3. Collision
occurs
during
horizontal
movement: 1) Driving circuit
error; 2) Motor error; 3) Home
position sensor error; 4) Belt
pulley is loose; 4. Horizontal
movement is not allowed in
current
vertical
position:
Software error
Probe syringe movement error
1. Sensor status error: Belt or
belt pulley is loose.2. Failed to
find the zero position: 1) The
assembly is jammed; 2) Driving
circuit error; 3) Motor error
4) Sensor error; 5) Belt pulley is
loose.
Corrective Actions
4. Collision error remains: 1) Replace
sensor or PCB or cable; 2) Reassemble; 3)
Mount the spring of blocking plate again;
5. Vertical movement is not allowed in
current
horizontal
position:Home
instrument or sample probe unit.
Probe horizontal movement error
1. Sensor status is incorrectCheck if belt
or belt wheel is loose, tighten them if so;
2. Failed to find the home position. 1)
Replace PCB; 2) Replace motor; 3)
Replace sensor; 4) Tighten properly;
3. Collision occurs during horizontal
movement. 1) Replace PCB; 2) Replace
motor; 3) Replace sensor; 4) Tighten
properly;
4. Horizontal movement is not allowed in
current
vertical
position:
Home
instrument or sample probe unit.
Probe syringe movement error
1. Sensor status is incorrectCheck if belt
or belt wheel is loose, tighten them if so;
2. Failed to find the zero position: 1)
Remove obstacle or replace with a new
assembly; 2) Replace PCB; 3) Replace
motor; 4) Replace sensor; 5) Tighten
properly;
10-4
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
incorrect.
2. Failed to find the
zero position.
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
A01007
Probe unit
Warning
Sample probe collides
with an obstacle when
aspiratingPosition:Sam
ple
ID/bar
code:Position:
/
1) Collision sensor or circuit or
cable failure;
2) Collision sensor is not blocked
when assembling the sample
probe;
3) Incorrect sample probe
positioning;
4)
Incorrect
sample/reagent
carousel positioning.
1) Replace sensor or PCB or cable;
2) Reassemble;
3) Rotate the positioning sensor to
remove dust or adjust the probe to be
vertical; if problem remains, adjust the
positioning parameters;
4) Adjust sample/reagent carousel
positioning parameters.
A01024
Probe unit
Warning
Insufficient sample
Position:
(diluting
position on reaction
carousel)
Sample ID/bar code:
/
1. No sample is loaded on the
designated position;
2. Insufficient sample.
3. Sample probe level detection
error.
1. Check if there is sufficient sample, and
run the test again;
2. If there are level detection error,
check sample probe, level detection
board and connecting cable; replace if
any abnormity is identified.
(Probe level detection
failed
Position:
(diluting
position on reaction
carousel)
Sample ID/bar code:)
A01028
Probe unit
Error
The probe detects no
fluid
level
during
washing.
/
1. No deionized water or hydro
error;
2. Sample probe level detection
error.
1. Check if hydro is normal; troubleshoot
if there is any abnormity;
2. If level detection error is identified,
check probe, level detection board and
connecting cable; replace if any
abnormity is identified.
A01033
Probe unit
Warning
The probe detects no
fluid level on reaction
carousel
when
dispensing.Cuvette
No.:Sample
ID/bar
/
1. There is no reagent or
insufficient reagent in the
cuvette;
2. Incorrect vertical extreme
1. Check if R1 volume is sufficient and
the reagent bottle is free of air bubbles,
and then try again;2. Check if the vertical
extreme position parameter for sample
probe on reaction carousel is correct;3. If
10-5
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
code:Chemistry:(Prob
e
level
detection
failedCuvette
No.:Sample
ID/bar
code:Chemistry:)
Flag
Probable Causes
position parameter for sample
probe on reaction carousel;
3. Sample probe level detection
error.
Corrective Actions
there are level detection error, check
sample probe, level detection board and
connecting cable; replace if any
abnormity is identified.
A01039
Probe unit
Error
Instruction
execute
error. Specific error:
Error details:
/
Instrument instructions cannot
be executed.
1. Switch off the analyzer power and
switch on it again. Recover failure by
performing the Home maintenance
procedure.
2. If this message appears for 3 times,
contact our R&D department.
A02007
Probe unit
Warning
Sample probe collides
with an obstacle when
aspirating
Reagent position:
Position:
/
1) Collision sensor or circuit or
cable failure;
2) Collision sensor is not blocked
when assembling the sample
probe;
3) Incorrect sample probe
positioning;
4)
Incorrect
sample/reagent
carousel positioning.
1) Replace sensor or PCB or cable;
2) Reassemble;
3) Rotate the positioning sensor to
remove dust or adjust the probe to be
vertical; if problem remains, adjust the
positioning parameters;
4) Adjust sample/reagent carousel
positioning parameters.
A02023
Probe unit
Warning
Insufficient
reagentChemistry:Posi
tion:(Probe
level
detection
failedChemistry:Positi
on:)
/
1. There is no reagent or
insufficient reagent on the
designated position;
2. Sample probe level detection
error.
1. Check if the reagent is sufficient, and
then try again.2. If there are level
detection error, check sample probe,
level detection board and connecting
cable; replace if any abnormity is
identified.
A02025
Probe unit
Error
The probe dispenses
insufficient reagent.
Cuvette No.:
Sample ID/bar code:
Chemistry:
/
1. The reagent probe aspirates
nothing.
2. Syringe assembly error.
1. Check if the reagent meets the
requirement and is sufficient in volume,
and then try again.
2. Check if there is any abnormity of
syringe assembly.
A02027
Probe unit
Warning
Water residues exist in
the cuvette
/
deionized water residual exists in
cuvette.
Check if aspirating tubing and solenoid
valves of wash station is normal;
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10-6
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Cuvette No.:
Sample ID/bar code:
Chemistry:
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
Mixer vertical movement error
1. Sensor status error
Belt or belt pulley is loose.
2. Failed to find the zero
position.
1) Assembly is jammed;
2) Driving circuit error;
3) Vertical motor error;
4) Vertical sensor error;
5) Belt pulley is loose;
3. Vertical movement is not
allowed in current horizontal
position.
Software error
Mixer horizontal movement error
1. Sensor status error
Belt or belt pulley is loose.
2. Failed to find the zero
position.
1) Driving circuit error;
2) Motor error;
3) Home position sensor error;
4) Belt pulley is loose;
3. Horizontal movement is not
Mixer vertical movement error
1. Sensor status error
Check if belt or belt wheel is loose,
tighten them if so;
2. Failed to find the zero position.
1) Remove obstacle or replace with a
new assembly;
2) Replace PCB;
3) Replace motor;
4) Replace sensor;
5) Tighten properly;
3. Vertical movement is not allowed in
current horizontal position.
Reset the whole unit or the relevant unit.
Mixer horizontal movement error
1. Sensor status error
Check if belt or belt wheel is loose,
tighten them if so;
2. Failed to find the zero position.
1) Replace PCB;
2) Replace motor;
3) Replace sensor;
4) Tighten properly;
3. Horizontal movement is not allowed in
(Probe level detection
failed
Cuvette No.:
Sample ID/bar code:
Chemistry:)
A05006
Mixer
Error
Mixer
vertical
movement error
Position:
Error:
Mixer
horizontal
movement error
Position:
Error:
Mixer
vertical
movement error
1. Sensor status is
incorrect.
2. Failed to find the
zero position.
3. Moving vertically is
not allowed in current
horizontal position.
Mixer
horizontal
movement error
1. Sensor status is
incorrect.
2. Failed to find the
10-7
/
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
zero position.
3. Moving horizontally
is not allowed in
current
vertical
position.
Flag
Probable Causes
allowed in current vertical
position.
Software error
Corrective Actions
current vertical position.
Reset the whole unit or the relevant unit.
A05007
Mixer Unit
Error
Instruction
execute
error. Specific error:
Error details:
/
Instrument instructions cannot
be executed.
1. Switch off the analyzer power and
switch on it again. Recover failure by
performing the Home maintenance
procedure.
2. If this message appears for 3 times,
contact our R&D department.
A06006
Reaction
Carousel
Unit
Error
Reaction
carousel
movement error
Error:
1. Failed to find the
zero position.
2. The coder missed
steps
3.
The
reagent
carousel inner ring
missed steps when
moving to the home
position.
/
Reaction carousel movement
error
1. Failed to find the zero
position.
Home position sensor error
2. The coder missed steps
1) Assembly is jammed;
2) Driving circuit error;
3) Motor error;
4) Sensor error;
5) Belt pulley is loose;
3. The reagent carousel inner
ring missed steps when moving to
the home position.
Home position sensor error
1. Failed to find the home position;
Replace sensor or cable
2. The coder missed steps
1) Remove obstacle or replace with a new
assembly;
2) Replace PCB;
3) Replace motor;
4) Replace sensor or cable;
5) Replace belt pulley and motor
assembly;
3. The reagent carousel inner ring missed
steps when moving to the home position.
Replace sensor or cable
A06007
Reaction
Carousel
Unit
Error
Filter
wheel
movement error
/
1. Software instruction execute
error
2. The filter wheel motor goes
wrong.
3. The home position sensor of
the filter wheel goes wrong.
1. Switch off the analyzer power and
switch on it again. Recover failure by
performing the Home maintenance
procedure.
2. Check if the cable of the filter wheel
motor and the sensor are normal.
3. Check if the filter wheel motor and the
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10-8
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
sensor are faulty.
A06008
Reaction
Carousel
Unit
Error
Instruction
execute
error. Specific error:
Error details:
/
Instrument instructions cannot
be executed.
1. Switch off the analyzer power and
switch on it again. Recover failure by
performing the Home maintenance
procedure.
2. If this message appears for 3 times,
contact our R&D department.
A07006
Sample/reag
ent carousel
unit
Error
Sample/Reagent
carousel
movement
error.
Error:
1. Failed to find the
zero position.
2. The coder missed
steps
3.
The
reagent
carousel inner ring
missed steps when
moving to the home
position.
/
Sample/Reagent
carousel
movement error.
1. Failed to find the zero
position.
Home position sensor error
2. The coder missed steps
1) Assembly is jammed;
2) Driving circuit error;
3) Motor error;
4) Sensor error;
5) Belt pulley is loose;
3. The reagent carousel inner
ring missed steps when moving to
the home position.
Home position sensor error
Sample/Reagent
carousel
movement
error.
1. Failed to find the zero position.
Replace sensor or cable
2. The coder missed steps
1) Remove obstacle or replace with a
new assembly;
2) Replace PCB;
3) Replace motor;
4) Replace sensor or cable;
5) Replace belt pulley and motor
assembly;
3. The reagent carousel inner ring missed
steps when moving to the home position.
Replace sensor or cable
A07009
Sample/reag
ent carousel
unit
Error
Sample
bar
reader error
/
Sample
bar
code
reader
connection error due to system
failure. If this occurs repeatedly,
and failure recovery cannot be
performed, bar code reader is
not initialized correctly, or
communication
cable
is
disconnected.
If bar code reader is not
available, please try again.
Recover the failure. If the error remains,
initialize the sample bar code reader. If
initialization cannot be performed, check
if bar code reader is connected properly.
If problem remains, replace bar code
reader or control driver board.
10-9
code
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
A07010
Sample/reag
ent carousel
unit
Warning
Sample
bar
errorPosition
code
/
Sample bar code reader does not
work
normally
due
to
communication error.
Perform the bar code scan operation
again. If problem remains, check bar
code reader connection, replace bar code
reader and control driver board.
A07011
Sample/reag
ent carousel
unit
Error
Sample
bar
code
sending buffer is full
/
Sample bar code sending buffer
is full due to communication
error.
Recover the failure
analyzing unit.
A09011
Sample/reag
ent carousel
unit
Error
Reagent
bar
code
reader does not work
normally
/
Reagent
bar
code
reader
connection error due to system
failure. If this occurs repeatedly,
and failure recovery cannot be
performed, bar code reader is
not initialized correctly, or
communication
cable
is
disconnected.
If bar code reader is not
available, please try again.
Recover the failure. If the error remains,
initialize the sample bar code reader. If
initialization cannot be performed, check
if bar code reader is connected properly.
If problem remains, replace bar code
reader or control driver board.
A09012
Sample/reag
ent carousel
unit
Warning
Reagent
bar
code
reader data error
Reagent position:
/
Communication error. Reagent
bar code instruction buffer is
full.
Perform the bar code scan operation
again. If problem remains, check bar
code reader connection, replace bar code
reader and control driver board.
A09014
Sample/reag
ent carousel
unit
Error
Reagent
bar
code
sending buffer is full
Reagent position:
/
Reagent bar code reader does
not work normally due to
communication error.
Recover the failure
analyzing unit.
A11005
Wash unit
Error
Wash
station
movement error
Error:
1. Movement error
2. The wash station
collides
with
an
obstacle
when
moving.
/
1. Sensor status error
Belt pulley is loose;
2. Home position is not found.
1) Driving circuit error;
2) Motor error;
3) Home position sensor error;
4) Belt pulley is loose;
3. The wash station collides with
an obstacle when moving.
1. Sensor status error
Check if belt or belt wheel is loose,
tighten them if so;
2. Home position is not found.
1) Replace PCB;
2) Replace motor;
3) Replace sensor;
4) Tighten properly;
3. The wash station collides with an
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
or
or
10-10
reboot
reboot
the
the
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
1) Wash probes are not vertical;
2) Reaction carousel positioning
is deviated;
3) Collision sensor or circuit
error
(Only BS-240)
Corrective Actions
obstacle when moving.
1) Align wash probes;
2) Align reaction carousel positioning;
3) Replace sensor, cable or PCB
(Only BS-240)
A11013
Wash unit
Warning
Water tank is empty
/
1. Water tank is empty and not
filled.
2. The low-level floater of the
water tank goes wrong.
1. Check if the water level inside the
water tank is low and replenish.2. Check
if the error is accidental.
3. If the error is not accidental, contact
our customer service department or your
local distributor.
A11015
Wash unit
Warning
Diluted wash solution
tank is empty.
/
1. Diluted wash solution tank is
empty and not filled.
2. The low-level floater of the
diluted wash solution tank goes
wrong.
(Only BS-240)
1. Replenish the diluted wash solution
until the tank is full.
2. Check if the low-level floater signal of
the diluted wash solution tank is correct.
(Only BS-240)
A11020
Wash unit
Warning
High
concentration
waste tank is full
/
1. The high concentration waste
tank is full
2. The floater of the high
concentration waste tank goes
wrong.
(Only BS-240)
1. Check the high-concentration waste
tank. If the tank is full, replace it. Cover
the full tank and dispose of the waste
properly.
2. Check if high-concentration waste goes
wrong.
(Only BS-240)
A11034
Wash unit
Error
Deionized
water
syringe
movement
error.
1. Sensor status is
incorrect.
2. Failed to find the
mechanical
zero
position.
/
1. Sensor status error.
2. The syringe assembly is
probably forced to move.
3. Failed to find the zero
position.
1) Assembly is jammed;
2) Driving circuit error;
3) Motor error;
4) Sensor error;
1. Replace sensor or cable;
2. Remove obstacle or replace with a new
assembly;
3. Replace drive board.
4. Replace the motor;
(Only BS-240)
10-11
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
(Only BS-240)
Corrective Actions
A11038
Wash unit
Error
Instruction
execute
error. Specific error:
Error details:
/
Instrument instructions cannot
be executed.
1. Switch off the analyzer power and
switch on it again. Recover failure by
performing the Home maintenance
procedure.
2. If this message appears for 3 times,
contact our R&D department.
A12005
Temperature
Control Unit
Warning
Reaction
carousel
temperature is out of
range
TDISP temperature:
TS01:
/
1. The ambient temperature is
out of range.
2. The temperature sensor goes
wrong. (component error, cable
error)
3. The temperature protection
switch goes wrong. (component
error, cable error)
4. The heater goes wrong.
(component error, cable error)
5.
The
fan
goes
wrong.
(component error, cable error)
6. PCB error
7. Parameters are lost.
8. Electromagnetic interference
exists.
1. Reproduce failure.
2. Detect ambient temperature to check
if it is out of range.
3. Temperature sensor error: check for
any signs of short circuit or broken
circuit; check if connections are secure.
4. Temperature protection switch error:
check if protection switch is shut and
connections are secure.
5. Heater error: check if resistance under
normal temperature is correct, and
connections are secure.
6. Fan error: check if fan is working
normally, and connections are secure.
7. PCB error
8. Parameters are lost: check if
temperature control parameters are
correct.
9. Electromagnetic interference exists.
A12006
Temperature
Control Unit
Warning
Temperature of wash
solution for cleaning
cuvettes is out of
range
Temperature:
/
1. The ambient temperature is
out of range.
2. The temperature sensor goes
wrong. (component error, cable
error)
3. The temperature protection
1. Reproduce failure.
2. Detect ambient temperature to check
if it is out of range.
3. Temperature sensor error: check for
any signs of short circuit or broken
circuit; check if connections are secure.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10-12
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
switch goes wrong. (component
error, cable error)
4. The heater goes wrong.
(component error, cable error)
5. PCB error
6. Parameters are lost.
7. Electromagnetic interference
exists.
(Only BS-240)
Corrective Actions
4. Temperature protection switch error:
check if protection switch is shut and
connections are secure.
5. Heater error: check if resistance under
normal temperature is correct, and
connections are secure.
6. PCB error
7. Parameters are lost: check if
temperature control parameters are
correct.
8. Electromagnetic interference exists.
(Only BS-240)
A12007
Temperature
Control Unit
Warning
Temperature
of
deionized water for
cleaning cuvettes is
out of range
Temperature:
/
1. The ambient temperature is
out of range.
2. The temperature sensor goes
wrong. (component error, cable
error)
3. The temperature protection
switch goes wrong. (component
error, cable error)
4. The heater goes wrong.
(component error, cable error)
5. PCB error
6. Parameters are lost.
7. Electromagnetic interference
exists.
(Only BS-240)
1. Reproduce failure.
2. Detect ambient temperature to check
if it is out of range.
3. Temperature sensor error: check for
any signs of short circuit or broken
circuit; check if connections are secure.
4. Temperature protection switch error:
check if protection switch is shut and
connections are secure.
5. Heater error: check if resistance under
normal temperature is correct, and
connections are secure.
6. PCB error
7. Parameters are lost: check if
temperature control parameters are
correct.
8. Electromagnetic interference exists.
(Only BS-240)
A12010
Temperature
Control Unit
Warning
Reagent
preheating
temperature is out of
range.
/
1. The ambient temperature is
out of range.
2. The temperature sensor goes
wrong. (component error, cable
error)
1. Reproduce failure.
2. Detect ambient temperature to check
if it is out of range.
3. Temperature sensor error: check for
any signs of short circuit or broken
10-13
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
3. The temperature protection
switch goes wrong. (component
error, cable error)
4. The heater goes wrong.
(component error, cable error)
5. PCB error
6. Parameters are lost.
7. Electromagnetic interference
exists.
Corrective Actions
circuit; check if connections are secure.
4. Temperature protection switch error:
check if protection switch is shut and
connections are secure.
5. Heater error: check if resistance under
normal temperature is correct, and
connections are secure.
6. PCB error
7. Parameters are lost: check if
temperature control parameters are
correct.
8. Electromagnetic interference exists.
A21001
Wash unit
Error
Wash solution syringe
movement error.
1. Sensor status is
incorrect.
2. Failed to find the
mechanical
zero
position.
/
1. Sensor status error.
2. The syringe assembly is
probably forced to move.
3. Failed to find the zero
position.
1) Assembly is jammed;
2) Driving circuit error;
3) Motor error;
4) Sensor error;
(Only BS-240)
1. Replace sensor or cable;
2. Remove obstacle or replace with a new
assembly;
3. Replace drive board.
4. Replace the motor;
(Only BS-240)
A22001
ISE module
Error
Slope
out
range.Electrode:
/
1. Electrode is not installed
correctly.
2. Calibration is invalid.
3. Electrode is degenerated.
4. Bubbles exist inside reference
electrode.
5. Reference electrode has been
used for a long time.
6. Electrodes interfere with each
other.
7. Module or fluidic temperature
1. Remove and reinstall the electrode.
2. Replace the calibrator.
3. Replace the failed electrode and run
tests again.
4. Remove the electrode, clap it to
remove the bubbles, reinstall it, and then
run calibration.
5. Replace the reference electrode and
run tests again.
6. Replace electrode by different
combinations to troubleshoot the failed
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
of
10-14
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
A22002
ISE module
Error
Air
in
position:
A22004
ISE module
Error
ISE unit cannot
connected.
A22005
ISE module
A22006
ISE module
10-15
sample,
Flag
Probable Causes
exceeds 32°C.
Corrective Actions
one.
7. Monitor the temperature. If the
ambient temperature is too high, move
the instrument to another position.
8. If the problem persists, contact
Mindray.
/
1. Sample is insufficient, or
contains bubbles after being
dispensed.
2. No or insufficient sample is
dispensed to the injection port.
3. Leaks exist due to improper
installation of electrode.
4. Waste pump tube is aging or
broken.
1. Increase the sample volume. Place
enough sample in the tube, at least 90μl
for ISE measurement.
2. Electrode is not installed correctly.
Reinstall it.
3. Check the waste tube, and if
necessary, replace it.
be
/
1. Power supply of ISE module
goes wrong.
2. Communication cable between
ISE module and middle-layer unit
goes wrong.
3. Communication interface or
pins go wrong.
4. Main control board of the ISE
module goes wrong.
1. Replace the 24V power supply board of
the ISE module.
2. Replace the communication cable.
3. Replace the interface or pins.
4. Replace the main control board of the
ISE module.
Error
ISE unit response error
/
1. Communication cable between
ISE module and middle-layer unit
goes wrong.
2. Communication interface or
pins go wrong.
3. Main control board of the ISE
module goes wrong.
4. Software error
1. Replace the communication cable.
2. Replace the interface or pins.
3. Replace the main control board of the
ISE module.
4. Upgrade or reinstall the software.
Error
Purge A and B failed.
/
1. Leaks exist due to improper
installation of electrode or O
1. Reinstall the electrode and check for
the O ring.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
ring's missing.
2. Sample injection port of
electrode inside is blocked.
3. Calibrator in the reagent pack
is exhausted.
4. Purge cycle is not enough.
5. Peristaltic pump tube is aging,
blocked or broken.
6. Calibrator cannot be output
due to the blocked wand tube.
Corrective Actions
2. Use warm water to rinse the sample
injection port, and unclog the electrode
tube. Check the inside of the reference
electrode for salt buildup.
3. Replace the reagent pack.
4. Increase the prime cycle.
5. Replace the pump tube.
6. Use warm water to unclog the wand
tube.
A22007
ISE module
Warning
ISE reagent is going to
be exhausted.
/
Calibrator is exhausted.
Replace the reagent pack with a new one.
A22008
ISE module
Error
Electrode
Overflow
Electrode:
Voltage
/
1. Electrode or reagent pack is
invalid.
2. Electrode is unsteady.
3. New reagent pack is unstable.
4. Reference electrode has been
used for over 6 months.
5. Main control board of the ISE
module goes wrong.
1. Replace the failed electrode or reagent
pack.
2. New electrode can become stable only
after 15 minutes since installation.
3. Multiple calibrations are required after
installing new reagent pack.
4. Replace the reference electrode.
5. Replace the main control board.
A22009
ISE module
Error
Electrode slope drift.
Electrode
voltage
drift.Electrode:
/
1. Electrode or reagent pack is
invalid.
2. Electrode is unsteady.
3. New reagent pack is unstable.
4. Reference electrode has been
used for over 6 months.
5. Main control board of the ISE
module goes wrong.
6. The ambient temperature is
fluctuating greatly.
1. Replace the failed electrode or reagent
pack.
2. New electrode can become stable only
after 15 minutes since installation.
3. Multiple calibrations are required after
installing new reagent pack.
4. Replace the reference electrode.
5. Replace the main control board.
6. Monitor the ambient temperature and
ensure the fluctuation is within ±4.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10-16
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
/
1. Electrode failure.
2. Environment interference.
3. Main control board of the ISE
module goes wrong.
4. Fluidic leaks exist, resulting in
salt buildup around the electrode
or tube.
1. Replace the electrode.
2. Relocate the instrument.
3. Replace the main control board of the
ISE module.
4. Clean the tube and electrode.
A22010
ISE module
Error
Electrode
Noise
Electrode:
A22011
ISE module
Error
Air in calibrator B
/
1. Calibrator B is exhausted.
2. Calibrator B tube contains
many air bubbles.
3. Peristaltic pump B tube is
aging, clogged and broken.
4. Waste pump tube is aging,
clogged and broken.
5. The sample injection port and
fluidic tube is blocked or leaking.
6. The air bubble detector is
invalid.
1. Replace the reagent pack with a new
one.
2. Perform purge B to remove air bubbles.
3 and 4. Replace the peristaltic pump
tube.
5. Clean the sample injection port, or
reinstall the electrode.
6. Replace the air bubble detector.
A22012
ISE module
Error
Air in calibrator A
/
1. Calibrator A is exhausted.
2. Calibrator A tube contains
many air bubbles.
3. Peristaltic pump A tube is
aging, clogged and broken.
4. Waste pump tube is aging,
clogged and broken.
5. The sample injection port and
fluidic tube is blocked or leaking.
6. The air bubble detector is
invalid.
1. Replace the reagent pack with a new
one.
2. Perform purge A to remove air bubbles.
3 and 4. Replace the peristaltic pump
tube.
5. Clean the sample injection port, or
reinstall the electrode.
6. Replace the air bubble detector.
A22013
ISE module
Error
Pump
calibration
result error
/
1. Peristaltic pump tube is aging.
2. Aspiration and dispensing of
sample probe goes wrong.
1. Replace the pump tube.
2. Replace the sample probe.
10-17
Voltage
Flag
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
A22014
ISE module
Error
Bubble
failure.
A22015
ISE module
Error
Reagent pack
reading error.
the
reagent
again.
A22016
ISE module
A22017
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
/
1. Air bubble detector board is
eroded due to the leaks at the
joint of sample injection port
and bubble detector.
2. The air bubble detector is
invalid.
Replace the air bubble detector.
chip
Load
pack
/
1. Reagent pack is not installed.
2. Reagent pack wand is failed.
1. Install the reagent pack.
2. Install the reagent pack wand.
Error
Cannot write into the
chip of reagent pack.
/
1. Reagent pack is not installed.
2. Reagent pack wand is failed.
1. Install the reagent pack.
2. Install the reagent pack wand.
ISE module
Error
Air
in
solution
wash
/
1.
ISE
wash
solution
is
insufficient.
2. Waste pump tube is aging,
clogged and broken.
3. The sample injection port and
fluidic tube is blocked or leaking.
4. The air bubble detector is
invalid.
1. Place sufficient ISE wash solution.
2. Replace the peristaltic pump tube.
3. Clean the sample injection port, or
reinstall the electrode.
4. Replace the air bubble detector.
A22018
ISE module
Error
The ISE tube has no
liquid or has leaks.
/
1.
ISE
wash
solution
is
insufficient.
2. Waste pump tube is aging,
clogged and broken.
3. The sample injection port and
fluidic tube is blocked or leaking.
4. The air bubble detector is
invalid.
1. Place sufficient ISE wash solution.
2. Replace the peristaltic pump tube.
3. Clean the sample injection port, or
reinstall the electrode.
4. Replace the air bubble detector.
A22019
ISE module
Error
Stored
calibration
value error.
/
1. Communication cable is
disconnected.
2. The interface and pins are
faulty.
3. Main control board of the
1. Replace the communication cable.
2. Replace the interface or pins.
3. Replace the main control board of the
ISE module.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
detector
Flag
ISE
10-18
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
module goes wrong.
4. Unmatched software version.
Corrective Actions
4. Upgrade or reinstall the software.
A22021
ISE module
Error
Command format or
execution error
/
1. Communication cable is
disconnected.
2. The interface and pins are
faulty.
3. Main control board of the
module goes wrong.
4. Unmatched software version.
1. Replace the communication cable.
2. Replace the interface or pins.
3. Replace the main control board of the
ISE module.
4. Upgrade or reinstall the software.
A22022
ISE module
Error
Air in segment
/
1.
ISE
wash
solution
is
insufficient.
2. Waste pump tube is aging,
clogged and broken.
3. The sample injection port and
fluidic tube is blocked or leaking.
4. The air bubble detector is
invalid.
1. Place sufficient ISE wash solution.
2. Replace the peristaltic pump tube.
3. Clean the sample injection port, or
reinstall the electrode.
4. Replace the air bubble detector.
A22023
ISE module
Error
No reagent module
has been loaded.
/
1. Reagent pack is not installed.
2. Reader/writer error.
1. Install the reagent pack.
2. Install the reagent pack wand.
A22024
ISE module
Error
ISE response
code error
/
1. Communication cable is
disconnected.
2. The interface and pins are
faulty.
3. Main control board of the
module goes wrong.
4. Unmatched software version.
1. Replace the communication cable.
2. Replace the interface or pins.
3. Replace the main control board of the
ISE module.
4. Upgrade or reinstall the software.
A22027
/
Error
Fluidic prime failed.
/
Fluidic prime is not performed.
Switch off the analyzing unit power and
switch on it again. If this message
appears for 3 times, contact our customer
service department or your local
distributor.
10-19
check
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
A22036
/
Error
Initializing sample bar
code reader failed.
/
Sample
bar
code
reader
connection error due to system
failure. If this occurs repeatedly,
and failure recovery cannot be
performed, bar code reader is
not initialized correctly, or
communication
cable
is
disconnected.
Recover the failure. If the error remains,
initialize the sample bar code reader. If
initialization cannot be performed, check
if bar code reader is connected properly.
If problem remains, replace bar code
reader or control driver board.
A22038
/
Error
Scanning reagent bar
code failed.
/
Scanning reagent bar code failed.
Contact our R&D department.
A22039
/
Error
Unmatched
version.
/
1. Executing version query
instruction failed. 2. Returned
control software version and that
stored in the operating software
does not match.
1. Switch off the analyzing unit power
and
switch
on
it
again.
2. If this message appears for 3 times,
contact our customer service department
or your local distributor.
C00007
Operating
system
Error
CPU error
/
The CPU is too busy.
Reboot the computer and operating
software. If this message appears for 3
times, contact our customer service
department or your local distributor.
C00011
Operating
system
Error
The
operating
software has not been
closed normally.
/
The
operating
software
abnormal or the analyzer
powered off accidentally.
is
is
After rebooting the software, perform the
special wash procedure.
C00012
Operating
system
Warning
Sound card failure
/
No sound card is installed. Sound
card failure. Incorrect sound card
driver.
Reinstall the sound card or the sound card
driver.
C00013
Operating
system
Error
The last abnormal exit
may cause absence of
update of the reaction
cuvette status. Check
the reaction cuvette
manually and replace
it with a new cuvette
to ensure accurate
/
The operating software did not
exit normally for reasons such
power failure. (Only BS-230)
Remove and check the idle reaction
cuvette segment on the reaction
carousel. If the cuvette segment has been
used, replace it; or, if it is not sure
whether the cuvette segment has been
used, still replace it. (Only BS-230)
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
software
10-20
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
results.
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
C01001
System
communicati
on
Error
Equipment cannot be
connected
/
The
serial
cable
connected; or the
power is switched off.
is
not
analyzer
Check the serial port connection. Replug
the cable. Check if the analyzing unit are
powered on. Start the initialization again.
Restart the computer and analyzing unit.
If three continuous attempts are failed,
contact our customer service department
or your local distributor.
C02001
Database
Error
Database
failed
initializing
/
Database
software
is
not
installed;
database
is
not
established; database system or
database file is damaged or lost;
database is opened exclusively
Install database software; re-establish
database; if problem remains, contact
our R&D department
C02002
Database
Error
Database
failed
upgrade
/
Database upgrade failed
Install database software; re-establish
database; if problem remains, contact
our R&D department
C02004
Database
Warning
Data backup failed
/
Database record is being used.
Database is locked.
Back up database again; if problem
remains, contact our R&D department
C02005
Database
Warning
Reading/Writing
database failed
/
Cannot read or write necessary
information
from
or
into
database
Check if database has been damaged;
contact our R&D department
C03001
Result
calculation
Warning
Result
cannot
be
calculatedSample
ID/bar
code:Position:Chemist
ry:
RCE
Absorbance data for calculation
is incomplete, or the dividend is
0.
Investigate the cause of photoelectric
data loss; contact our R&D department
C03002
Result
calculation
Warning
Absorbance out of
range
Sample ID/bar code:
Position:
ABS
The absorbance measured at the
primary
and
secondary
wavelength is greater than 3.3A.
1. Check the reaction curve. If R1
absorbency is too high, check whether
the reagent has bubbles or the syringe
leaks.
2. Check if the reagent is installed
correctly.
10-21
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
3. Rerun the test after diluting the
reagent.
4. Contact our customer service
department or your local distributor.
C03003
Result
calculation
Warning
R1 blank absorbance
out of range
Sample ID/bar code:
Position:
Chemistry:
RBK
The reagent goes wrong; the
cuvette is not clear; the reaction
cuvette
is
overflowed;
or
insufficient
reagent
is
dispensed.(BS-240)
The reagent goes wrong; the
reagent is not replenished
enough.(BS-230)
Check if cuvette is clean or overflowed;
check if reagent is sufficient, without air
bubbles; check if chemistry parameters
are reasonable; if previous problems do
not exist, replace reagent and rerun the
test (BS-240).
Check if reagent is sufficient (if reagent
bottle contains air bubbles); check if
chemistry parameters are reasonable; if
previous problems do not exist, replace
reagent and rerun the test (BS-230).
C03004
Result
calculation
Warning
Substrate depletion
Sample ID/bar code:
Position:
Chemistry:
BOE
The sample concentration is too
high, and substrate depletion
occurs
during
fixed-time
measurements.
Check the reaction curve and the
substrate depletion limit. Rerun the test
with diluted sample.
C03005
Result
calculation
Warning
Result
cannot
be
calculatedSample
ID/bar
code:Position:Chemist
ry:
ENC
The sample concentration is too
high, and substrate depletion
occurs within the lag time of rate
check measurements.
Check the reaction curve and the
substrate depletion limit. Rerun the test
with diluted sample.
C03006
Result
calculation
Warning
Linearity limit out of
range
Sample ID/bar code:
Position:
Chemistry:
LIN
The measuring points for result
calculation
are
nonlinear,
because
the
sample
concentration is too high, or the
substrate depletion limit is not
specified or unreasonable.
Check the reaction curve and the
substrate depletion limit. Rerun the test
with diluted sample.
C03007
Result
calculation
Warning
Prozone check error
Sample ID/bar code:
Position:
PRO
Antigen excess occurs due to too
high sample concentration.
Check the reaction curve and the prozone
check parameters. Rerun the test with
diluted sample.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10-22
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Chemistry:
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
C03008
Result
calculation
Warning
Sample concentration
is higher than that of
the
highest-level
calibrator
Sample ID/bar code:
Position:
Chemistry:
RRN
The
sample
concentration
exceeds the high limit of the
calibrator concentration.
Rerun the test with diluted sample.
C03009
Result
calculation
Warning
Mixed
blank
absorbance out of
rangeChemistry:
MBK
The reagent goes wrong; the
cuvette is not clear; the reaction
cuvette
is
overflowed;
or
insufficient reagent is dispensed.
Check if the cuvette is clear and not
overflowed, the reagent is sufficient
without air bubbles, and the chemistry
parameters are reasonable. If yes,
replace the reagent and then rerun the
test.
C03010
Result
calculation
Warning
Blank response out of
range
Chemistry
BLK
The
reagent
goes
wrong;
insufficient reagent is dispensed;
the cuvette contains air bubbles;
the light drifts; or the cuvette is
overflowed.(BS-240)
The
reagent
goes
wrong;
insufficient reagent is dispensed;
the cuvette contains air bubbles;
the light drifts.(BS-230)
Check if the cuvette is not overflowed,
the reagent is sufficient without air
bubbles, the light does not drift and the
chemistry parameters are reasonable. If
yes, replace the reagent and then rerun
the test (BS-240).
Check if reagent is sufficient (if reagent
bottle contains air bubbles); check if
chemistry parameters are reasonable; if
the light drifts, if previous problems do
not exist, replace reagent and rerun the
test (BS-230).
C03011
Result
calculation
Warning
Calibration
repeatability
range.
Chemistry:
DUP
The difference between the
maximum and minimum response
of the calibrator exceeds the
specified limit.
Check if the acceptance limit is
reasonable, troubleshoot the error, and
then recalibrate.
Result
calculation
Warning
SEN
The difference of final response
of the maximum and minimum
concentration
calibrators
Check if the acceptance limit is
reasonable and the reagent and calibrator
are normal, and then recalibrate.
C03012
10-23
out
of
Calibration sensitivity
out of range.
Chemistry:
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
exceeds the specified limit.
Corrective Actions
C03013
Result
calculation
Warning
Calibration
curve
standard deviation out
of range. Chemistry:
CSD
The
calculated
standard
deviation of the calibration curve
exceeds the specified limit.
Check if the acceptance limit is
reasonable and the reagent and calibrator
are normal, and then recalibrate.
C03014
Result
calculation
Warning
Calibration
determination
coefficient out
range
Chemistry:
DET
The calculated fit of the
calibration curve exceeds the
specified limit.
Check if the acceptance limit is
reasonable and the reagent and calibrator
are normal, and then recalibrate.
of
C03015
Result
calculation
Warning
Calibration coefficient
differential
limit
exceeds limit.
Chemistry:
FAC
The
slope
difference
is
applicable to linear calibration
only and refers to the K factor
(slope) difference between two
adjacent calibrations. It exceeds
the specified limit.
Check if the acceptance limit is
reasonable and the reagent and calibrator
are normal, and then recalibrate.
C03016
Result
calculation
Warning
Calibration curve not
monotonic.
Chemistry:
MON
The
calibration
data
calibration
curve
are
monotonic.
and
not
Check if the calibrator is defined and
placed correctly, and then recalibrate.
C03017
Result
calculation
Warning
Calibration curve is
not
convergent.Chemistry:
COV
For nonlinear calibration, a
satisfying
base
cannot
be
calculated and no calibration
curve is drawn.
Check that the reagent and calibrator are
normal, and then recalibrate. If
troubleshooting fails, choose other
calibration rules and recalibrate.
C03018
Result
calculation
Warning
Chemistry:
Control: 1-2S warning
12s
The QC result is between ±2 and
±3 standard deviations from the
assigned mean concentration.
No actions are required.
C03019
Result
calculation
Warning
Chemistry:
Control: 1-3S out of
control
13s
The current QC result is greater
than ±3 standard deviations from
the
assigned
mean
concentration.
Check if the reagent is qualified, control
sample is normal, and the instrument is
working correctly.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10-24
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
C03020
Result
calculation
Warning
Chemistry:
Control: 2-2S out of
control
22s
Results of two controls in the
same run or two continuous
results of a control are on the
same side and greater than ±2
standard deviations from the
assigned mean concentration.
Check if the reagent is qualified, control
sample is normal, and the instrument is
working correctly.
C03021
Result
calculation
Warning
Chemistry:
Control: R-4S out of
control
R4s
One result of a run is greater
than +2 standard deviations from
the assigned mean and the other
greater than -2SDs.
Check if the reagent is qualified, control
sample is normal, and the instrument is
working correctly.
C03022
Result
calculation
Warning
Chemistry:
Control: 4-1S out of
control
41s
Results of two runs (4 results), or
4 continuous results of a control
are on the same side and greater
than ±1 standard deviation from
the
assigned
mean
concentration.
Check if the reagent is qualified, control
sample is normal, and the instrument is
working correctly.
C03023
Result
calculation
Warning
Chemistry:
Control: 10-X out of
control
10x
Results of recent 5 runs, or 10
continuous results of a control
are on the same side.
Check if the reagent is qualified, control
sample is normal, and the instrument is
working correctly.
C03024
Result
calculation
Error
Test period timed out;
Cannot continue
/
1. Software error
2. Operating system error
Rerun the test, or reboot the operating
software and analyzing unit. If the error
remains, contact our customer service
department or your local distributor.
C03026
Result
calculation
Warning
Photoelectric data is
lost
/
Communication error.
If the error persists, contact our R&D
department.
C03030
Result
calculation
Error
Photoelectric
measurement is time
out
Sample ID/bar code:
Position:
TD
Software error
1. Rerun the operating software.
2. Restart the analyzing unit.
3. If problem remains, contact our R&D
department.
10-25
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Chemistry:
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
C03031
Result
calculation
Error
Multiple photoelectric
measurements
are
time
outSample
ID/bar code: Position:
/
Software error
1. Rerun the operating software.
2. Restart the analyzing unit.
3. If problem remains, contact our R&D
department.
C04001
Sample
code
bar
Warning
Duplicate sample bar
code. Sample ID/bar
code: %s Position 1: %s
Position 2: %s
/
Duplicate bar code is used.
Replace the duplicate sample bar code
label.
C04002
Sample
code
bar
Warning
Corresponding
program information
does not exist
Sample ID/bar code:
Position
(sample/reagent
carousel position)
/
The sample of the bar code has
not been programmed.
Program the sample of the bar code.
C04006
Sample
code
bar
Warning
Sample is expired.
Sample ID/bar code:
Position
(sample/reagent
carousel position)
/
The sample is loaded after its
shelf life is exceeded.
The sample is expired. Replace the
sample and program it again. Reject the
expired sample. If the sample shelf life is
too short, change it to a reasonable one.
C04008
Sample
code
bar
Warning
Sample bar code is
longer than 27 digits.
Position
(sample/reagent
carousel position)
/
The bar code length is greater
than the maximum value of 27
digits.
Redefine the bar code with no more than
27 digits.
C04009
Sample
code
bar
Warning
Sample bar code is
less than 3 digits.
Sample bar code: ,
Position:
/
The bar code length is less than
the minimum value of 3 digits.
Redefine the bar code with no less than 3
digits.
C04012
Sample
bar
Warning
Sample
/
Bar code data does not accord
Reset the bar code format, or reprint and
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
bar
code
10-26
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
code
Event Class
Problem Description
analysis error Sample
bar code: Position:
Flag
Probable Causes
with the defined format.
Corrective Actions
scan the bar code.
C05001
Reagent bar
code
Warning
Duplicate reagent bar
code
Position 1:
Position 2:
/
Incorrect reagent or reagent bar
code is being used, or an invalid
reagent bar code is being used in
a closed-reagent system. Closedreagent bar code is aligned with
closed reagents, and cannot be
used again for new reagent when
a reagent is exhausted.
Reprint the reagent bar code, or replace
the reagent bottle with an invalid bar
code.
C05002
Reagent bar
code
Warning
Reagent
bar
code
information error.
Position:
/
Incorrect reagent bar code is
being used, or reagent bar code
is not configured reasonably. The
reagent bar code contains
incomplete or incorrect reagent
information, such as expiration
date, reagent volume, etc.
Print the new reagent bar code with
correct settings and check the bar code
against the settings. In the case of a
closed-reagent system, replace the
reagent bottle, or contact the reagent
supplier.
C05003
Reagent bar
code
Warning
Reagent
bar
code
analysis error.Position:
/
Incorrect reagent bar code is
being used, or reagent bar code
settings are incorrect. Nonclosed reagent bar code is being
used in a closed-reagent system.
The system fails to extract
reagent information from the bar
code.
Check the reagent bar code settings, or
reprint the reagent bar code against the
settings. In the case of a closed-reagent
system, contact the reagent supplier.
C05006
Reagent bar
code
Error
Wash solution position
on
sample/reagent
carousel is occupied
by another reagent.
Position:
/
Reagent
rather
than
wash
solution is placed in the fixed
wash
solution
position
on
sample/reagent carousel.
Reposition the reagent, or remove it from
the fixed wash solution position.
C05008
Reagent bar
code
Error
Physiological
saline
position
on
sample/reagent
carousel is occupied
by another reagent.
Position:
/
Reagent rather than physiological
saline is placed in the fixed
physiological saline position on
sample/reagent carousel.
Reposition the reagent, or remove it from
the fixed wash solution position.
10-27
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
C05010
/
Warning
/
/
The pretreat reagent position is
occupied by other reagent.
(Only BS-240)
Check if the reagent is placed correctly
and if the reagent position is set correctly
(Only BS-240).
C05011
/
Warning
/
/
The ISE wash solution position is
occupied by other reagent.
Check if the reagent is placed correctly
and if the reagent position is set
correctly.
C06001
LIS
communicati
on
Error
LIS initialization error
/
Host file is damaged or does not
exist.
Reboot operating software; initialize LIS
module
C06002
LIS
communicati
on
Error
LIS
communication
parameter error
/
Host parameters error
Check system configuration parameters;
re-connect LIS
C06003
LIS
communicati
on
Error
LIS
error
communication
/
Communication failure
If the error occurs accidentally, send or
receive the instruction again. If the error
occurs for several times, contact LIS
vendor. If problem remain, contact our
R&D department.
C06004
LIS
communicati
on
Error
LIS host cannot be
connected
/
Abnormal network connection, or
the LIS host is not started.
Check if LIS host and LIS station is started
normally.
C06005
LIS
communicati
on
Warning
Sending sample results
failed.
Sample ID/bar code:
Position:
/
Communication failure
If the error occurs accidentally, send or
receive the instruction again. If the error
occurs for several times, contact LIS
vendor. If problem remain, contact our
R&D department.
C06006
LIS
communicati
on
Error
Sending
sample
information failed.
Sample ID/bar code:
Position:
/
Communication failure
If the error occurs accidentally, send or
receive the instruction again. If the error
occurs for several times, contact LIS
vendor. If problem remain, contact our
R&D department.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10-28
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
C06007
LIS
communicati
on
Warning
Inquiring
sample
information failed
Sample ID/bar code:
Position:
/
LIS server failure.
If the error occurs accidentally, neglect
it. Neglect the error. If the error occurs
for several times, contact LIS vendor. If
the problem remains, contact our
customer service department or your
local distributor.
C06008
LIS
communicati
on
Warning
Downloading sample
failed.
Sample ID/bar code:
Position:
/
Incorrect channel settings; or
insufficient
or
redundant
chemistries on the LIS host.
Check
and
re-set
the
chemistry
correspondence between the operating
software and the LIS host.
C07003
Light Source
Error
Light intensity is too
weak
/
1. The lamp is not installed
correctly.
2. The cuvette is contaminated.
3. The lamp is aging.
4. The wash station dispenses
liquid incorrectly (only BS-240).
1. Check if the lamp is installed correctly.
2. Perform the special wash procedure
and then the lamp check procedure (only
BS-240).
3. Replace the lamp.
4. Check if the wash station dispenses
liquid with correct volume to reaction
cuvettes (only BS-240).
5. Check if the cables on the AD
collection board are installed correctly.
6. Replace the AD collection board.
7. If the problem remains, contact the
R&D department of Mindray.
C07004
Light Source
Warning
Cuvette blank out of
range
Cuvette No.: XX
/
1. The cuvette is contaminated.
2. The lamp is aging.
3. The lamp is not installed
correctly.
4. The wash station dispenses
liquid incorrectly.
5. The photoelectric collection
board goes wrong.
(Only BS-240)
1. Replace or clean the failed cuvette.
2. Check if the lamp is installed correctly.
3. Perform the diluted wash procedure
and then the cuvette check procedure.
5. Replace the lamp.
6. Check if the wash station dispenses
liquid with correct volume to reaction
cuvettes.
6. Check if the cables on the AD
collection board are installed correctly.
7. Replace the AD collection board.
10-29
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
8. If the problem remains, contact the
R&D department of Mindray.
(Only BS-240)
C07005
Light Source
Error
Lamp is not turned on
/
1. The lamp is damaged.
2. The lamp cable is not
connected properly.
3. The power board of the lamp
is not connected properly.
4. The power supply of the
analyzing unit is disconnected.
5. The photoelectric collection
board goes wrong.
1. Open the reaction carousel and check
if the lamp is turned on. If it is not, rerun
the operating software.2. Check if the
lamp cable is tightened.3. Replace the
lamp.4. Check if the connect of the lamp
power board is loose, and if necessary,
reinsert the connector.5. Check if the
cables on the AD collection board are
installed correctly.6. Replace the AD
collection board.7. If the problem
remains, contact the R&D department of
Mindray.
C07006
Light Source
Error
Light intensity is too
strong
/
1. A cuvette position has no
cuvette installed.
2. The circuit gain is too high and
beyond the measurement range.
1. Check if all cuvette positions have
cuvettes installed.
2. Readjust the gain or(/and) lamp
voltage.
3. If the problem remains, contact the
R&D department of Mindray.
C07007
Light Source
Error
Dark current is too
high
/
1. The circuit gain is too high and
beyond the measurement range.
2. The power board of the lamp
is not connected properly.
3. The photoelectric collection
board goes wrong.
1. Perform dark current fluctuation test
to identify failure.
2. Check if the abnormal channel has
something to do with the channel gain. If
it does, adjust the channel gain.
3. Check if the cables on the AD
collection board are installed correctly.
4. Unplug the cables from the AD
collection board and pre-amplification
board and perform the dark current
fluctuation test again. Check if the
failure is related to the pre-amplification
board. If yes, replace the optical
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10-30
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
measurement assembly.
5. Replace the AD collection board.
6. If the problem remains, contact the
R&D department of Mindray.
C07009
Light Source
Warning
Water blank out of
range (10X).
L!
1. Overflow (only BS-240).
2. The lamp has been replaced
incorrectly.
3. Cuvette Check is not
performed
after
cuvette
maintenance.
4. Wash solution inside the
cuvette is little (only BS-240).
5. The cable connector or
retaining screw of the lamp are
not tightened.
6. The lamp is aging.
7. The photometer goes wrong.
1. Check if the cuvette is overflowing
(only BS-240).
2. Check if the Replace Lamp command is
executed during lamp replacement.
3. Check if the Cuvette Check command
is executed after cuvette maintenance.
4. Check if the cleaning liquid inside the
cuvette is no less than half of the cuvette
(only BS-240).
5. Check if the cable connectors and
retaining screw of the lamp have been
tightened.
6. Check if the reaction curve fluctuates
irregularly. If yes, replace the lamp.
7. If the problem remains, contact the
R&D department of Mindray.
C07012
Others
Warning
Storage device error;
Cannot import data
/
No floppy disk or U disk is
inserted. No file is found in the
floppy disk or U disk, or file
error, or file is damaged. The
floppy disk or U disk is locked or
damaged.
Check if a USB drive or floppy disk is
inserted or full. Check if the storage
device is damaged.
10-31
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
C07013
Others
Warning
Storage device error.
Cannot export data
/
No floppy disk or U disk is
inserted. Insufficient disk space.
The floppy disk or U disk is
locked or damaged.
Check if a USB drive or floppy disk is
inserted or full. Check if the storage
device is damaged.
C07014
Others
Warning
Biochemistry
exhausted
Chemistry:
Position:
reagent
/
All reagents of the reagent type
for the chemistry are less than
the minimum limit. All reagents
of the type are too little to be
detected.
Refill or replace the reagent.
C07016
Others
Warning
Insufficient
wash
solution. Position:
/
Insufficient wash solution on the
sample/reagent carousel.
Refill the wash solution
sample/reagent carousel.
on
the
C07017
Others
Warning
Wash
solution
exhausted.
Position:
is
/
The wash solution on the
sample/reagent
carousel
is
exhausted.
Refill the wash solution
sample/reagent carousel.
on
the
C07022
Others
Warning
Less than X tests are
left in biochemistry
reagent
Chemistry:
/
All reagents of the reagent type
for the chemistry are less than
the minimum limit. All reagents
of the type are too little to be
detected.
Refill or replace the reagent.
C07023
Others
Warning
Chemistry:%s,
30
minutes left for next
calibration.
/
The calibration factors are about
to be expired.
Recalibrate the chemistry.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10-32
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
Corrective Actions
C07027
Others
Warning
Calibrator %s has been
expired
/
The calibrator is expired.
Replace the calibrator.
C07028
Others
Warning
Chemistry: %s, lot
No.: %s,position: %s,
has been expired
/
Expired reagent
Replace the reagent.
C07029
Others
Warning
Chemistry: %s,
No.: %s,
position:
%s,
exceeded
uncapping time
/
The uncapping time of
reagent pack is too long.
lot
the
Replace the reagent.
has
the
C07034
Others
Warning
Insufficient
physiological saline on
sample/reagent
carousel
Position:
/
Insufficient physiological saline
on sample/reagent carousel
Refill the physiological saline on the
sample/reagent carousel.
C07035
Others
Warning
Physiological saline on
sample/reagent
carousel is exhausted.
Position:
/
Physiological
sample/reagent
exhausted
Refill the physiological saline on the
sample/reagent carousel.
C07036
Others
Warning
Chemistry:%s.
Calibration factors are
expired
/
The calibration factors have been
expired.
Recalibrate the chemistry.
C07037
Others
Warning
Reagent
bottle
number
of
%s
chemistry is changed.
Please recalibrate
/
Serial number of the reagent is
changed.
Reagent serial number of the chemistry is
changed. Please recalibrate
C07038
Others
Warning
Reagent
bottle
number
of
%s
chemistry is changed.
Please recalibrate
/
Lot number of the reagent is
changed.
Reagent lot number of the chemistry is
changed. Please recalibrate
10-33
saline
carousel
on
is
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Error Codes and Troubleshooting
Error Code
Component
Event Class
Problem Description
Flag
Probable Causes
C07039
Others
Warning
Calibration
factors
of %s chemistry are
expired. Recalibrate
/
The calibration
expired.
C07040
Others
Warning
Biochemistry
exhausted.
Chemistry:
/
Reagent is exhausted.
Reagent
level
cannot
detected.
reagent
factors
Corrective Actions
are
The calibration factors are expired.
Refill or replace the reagent.
be
C07041
Others
Error
Less than X tests are
left in ISE reagent
/
Inventory of the ISE reagent is
lower than the alarm limit.
Check the inventory,
reagent if necessary.
C07042
Others
Warning
%s, Lot number:%s,
position: %s, has been
expired
/
One or more special reagents
have expired.
Replace the reagent.
C07043
/
Warning
/
/
Pretreat reagent is exhausted
(only BS-240)
Replenish pretreat reagent (only BS-240)
C07044
/
Warning
/
/
Pretreat reagent
(only BS-240)
Replenish pretreat reagent (only BS-240)
c
/
Warning
/
/
ISE wash solution is exhausted.
Replenish ISE wash solution
C07046
/
Warning
/
/
Insufficient ISE wash solution.
Replenish ISE wash solution
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
is
deficient
and
10-34
refill
ISE
10 Troubleshooting
10.2 Error feedback sheet
10.2 Error feedback sheet
BS-240 Analyzer Error Feedback Sheet
Serial No.
Hospital
Name
Installation
date
Error date
Software
version
Customer
service
engineer
and Tel
Problem Description
Error
content
Error process (for software problems, describe detailed operation steps,
preferably give screenshot).
Error occurrence time (yy/mm/dd/hh/mm; give software alarm reporting time if
any)
Error description:
Software alarm code:
Error
frequency
Always;
repeatable;
frequent: times per hour;
other
On-site
Corrective
Actions
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
occasional: times per day;
not
Effects
10-35
10 Troubleshooting
10.2 Error feedback sheet
Document
The customer service engineer should feed back the following documents:
AlarmFile corresponding to the error date;
Address: D:\Mindray\BS240\OperationSoft\AlarmFile;
LOG file corresponding to the error date;
Address: D:\Mindray\BS240\OperationSoft\WorkstationLOG;
D:\Mindray\BS240\OperationSoft\Instrument_1\InstrumentLOG;
3) Provide screenshots in the case of software issues.
4) If abnormal halt or database error occurs, return the database file in the
following path:
Address: D:\Mindray\BS240\OperationSoft\DataBase\Backup (Copy the file under
this folder after restarting the computer)
5) If a failure leading to abnormal clinical results occurs, return the database file
in the following path as well as the reaction curve data of the failure date:
Address: D:\Mindray\BS240\OperationSoft\DataBase\Backup (Copy the file under
this folder after restarting the computer)
D:\Mindray\BS240\OperationSoft\AbsData
Note: Do not export the logs through the software screen.
R&D
response
The R&D engineer confirms the foregoing faults and gives corrective measures
and plans.
BS-240 Chemistry Analyzer Service Manual
P/N:046-009169-00(1.0)